Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence

To read the full report click hereExternal Link


Date:
October 2021

Acronyms

Acronyms

Term
Definition

AFP

Australian Federal Police

AML

anti-money laundering

AML/CTF

anti-money laundering/counter-terrorism financing

ASIC

Australian Securities and Investments Commission

ASX

Australian Securities Exchange

AUSTRAC

Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre

CALD

culturally and linguistically diverse

CBPGR

Commission Based Players’ Gaming Revenue

CPH

Consolidated Press Holdings Pty Limited

CRA

Casino Regulatory Authority (Singapore)

CTF

counter-terrorism financing

CUB

Carlton & United Breweries Ltd

CUP

China Union Pay

DAB

deposit account balance

EGM

electronic gaming machine

FATF

Financial Action Task Force

FATG

fully-automated table game

FCCCP

Financial Crime and Compliance Change Program

GGR

Gross Gaming Revenue

HCL

Hudson Conway Limited

ICS

internal control statement

IFTI

International Funds Transfer Instruction

ILGA

Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority (NSW)

IMA

International Marketing Agent (Singapore)

JTO

junket tour operator

JTR

junket tour representative

KYC

know your customer

n.d.

no date

PBL

Publishing and Broadcasting Limited

RGA

Responsible Gaming Advisor

RGC

Responsible Gaming Centre

RMC

Risk Management Committee (Crown)

RSG

Responsible Service of Gaming

SMR

Suspicious Matter Report

TTR

Threshold Transaction Report

VCCA

Victorian Casino Control Authority

VCGA

Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority

VCGLR

Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation

VCGR

Victorian Commission for Gambling Regulation

VGCCC

Victorian Gambling and Casino Control Commission

VRGF

Victorian Responsible Gambling Foundation


Glossary

Glossary

Term
Definition

Bergin Inquiry

The inquiry under section 143 of the Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) undertaken by the Hon. Patricia Bergin, AO, SC to look into whether Crown Sydney was suitable to hold a casino licence in New South Wales.

Bonus Jackpots

A Crown Melbourne promotional scheme offering dining, hotel accommodation and parking benefits to members.

buy-in

The amount of money or funds a player credits to an electronic gaming machine, fully-automated table game or semi-automated table game, or exchanges for chips or chip purchase vouchers for play on a table game at the Melbourne Casino.

buy-out

The amount of money or funds a player has returned to them on a gambling product at the Melbourne Casino.

Cage

A secure area of the Melbourne Casino in which financial transactions, including exchanging cash or chips for play, are conducted in relation to the casino’s gaming operations.

carded and uncarded customers

Customers gambling at the Melbourne Casino using a Crown loyalty card or without a card. Commonly referred to as ‘carded play’ and ‘uncarded play’, and ‘carded’ and ‘uncarded’ customers.

Casino Agreement

An agreement between Crown Melbourne (then Crown Casino Ltd) and the regulator (then the Victorian Casino Control Authority) dated 21 September 1993, incorporating all variations as at the date of this Report (unless the context requires otherwise).

casino licence

A licence granted under part 2 of the Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) that allows the licence holder to operate a casino.

casino licensee

The holder of a licence granted under part 2 of the Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic). See also casino operator.

casino operator

The casino licensee who operates the casino.

Commission Based Player

A person who participates in an approved premium player arrangement or an approved junket. The person must meet the casino regulator's requirements.

Crown Australian Resorts

Crown Melbourne, Crown Perth and Crown Sydney integrated casino resorts.

Crown Melbourne

Crown Melbourne Limited. The holder of the Melbourne casino licence and the casino operator.

Previously known as Crown Casino Ltd, Crown Limited, Haliboba Pty Ltd and Crown Melbourne Limited.

Crown Melbourne is a wholly owned subsidiary of Crown Resorts.

See Appendix E for the corporate history of the Crown group.

Crown Melbourne Contracts

In the context of this Commission, the documents referred to in section 25(1)(c) of the Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic). They are:

  • a suite of commercial agreements concerning the operation of the Melbourne Casino Complex
  • any other agreements between Crown Melbourne and the State, or a body representing the State, that impose obligations on the casino operator in relation to gaming.

Crown Resorts

Crown Resorts Limited. An ASX-listed, Australian public company and Crown Melbourne’s ultimate holding company.

See Appendix E for the corporate history of the Crown group.

cuckoo smurfing

A method of money laundering criminals use to move funds across borders and make money generated by their illegal activities appear to have come from a legitimate source. It usually occurs when one or more third parties intercepts legitimate payments and replaces them with deposits of illicit funds. See Chapter 6 for a detailed explanation.

electronic gaming machine

A device for playing a game of chance or a game that involves chance and skill that can be wholly or partly electronic. Players make bets on the machine with winnings returned as credits.

front money

The amount of money or funds a junket organiser or promoter lodges with the casino operator before the junket player starts playing at the casino as part of the junket.

fully-automated table game

Table games that do not require a dealer for play.

gambling

Gambling requires a player to risk losing something of value (usually money) for the chance of winning more. Gambling outcomes may depend on correctly predicting an uncertain outcome (such as a particular horse coming first in a race) or luck (such as a winning combination of symbols on an electronic gaming machine).

Gambling Code

Also called a Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct. Each gambling industry participant needs to have a Gambling Code under the Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic), and Crown Melbourne must have one under the Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic). Gambling Codes must meet certain standards and requirements.

gaming

A formalised expression of play. Games can come in many different types and genres, such as board games or electronic/digital games played via a computer or smartphone.

Gross Gaming Revenue

The total amount a casino operator receives through gaming, less the amount paid out as winnings. See Chapters 11 and 12 for a detailed explanation.

high roller

A person who gambles very large amounts of money in a casino through a Commission Based Player arrangement.

holding company

A company that holds majority voting rights or shares in other companies. See also subsidiary and wholly owned subsidiary.

internal control statement

The approved and documented system of internal controls and administrative and accounting procedures for Crown Melbourne.

junket

An arrangement whereby a person, or a group of people, is introduced to a casino operator by a junket organiser or promoter, who receives a commission based on the turnover of the junket players play in a casino. See Chapter 7 for a detailed explanation.

Management Agreement

An agreement between Crown Melbourne (then Crown Casino Ltd) and the State of Victoria dated 20 September 1993, a copy of which is set out in schedule 1 of the Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993, as varied by ten Deeds of Variation, copies of which are set out in schedules 2 to 11 of that Act (unless the context requires otherwise).

Melbourne Casino

The casino operated in Melbourne by Crown Melbourne, including the areas in which money counting, surveillance, storage and other activities related to the conduct and playing of games are carried on.

Melbourne Casino Complex

The Melbourne Casino and connected facilities at the Crown Melbourne site on Southbank. It includes hotels, restaurants, bars and other non-gaming amenities.

money laundering

The act of disguising or legitimising the origins of money that is used in or derived from crime. See Chapter 6 for a detailed explanation.

net loss

When the total amount outlaid by a player exceeds winnings or returns from gambling.

Observable Signs

Seen or reported behaviours or patterns of behaviours which are potential indicators that a person may be experiencing problems with their gambling behaviours.

offsetting

A practice that enables the international transfer of value without actually transferring money. This is possible because the practice involves a financial credit and debit (offsetting) relationship between two or more entities operating in different countries.

patron account

A bank account maintained by Crown into which patrons can deposit money.

Play Safe Limits

Crown Melbourne’s voluntary money and time limit setting program. It allows Crown Resorts’ loyalty program members to set money and time limits for their fully-automated table game play.

pre-commitment system

A system that involves a gambler setting a loss limit and a time limit before they commence gambling. This can be mandatory or voluntary.

premium player arrangement

An arrangement whereby a casino operator agrees to pay a patron of the casino a commission based on the patron’s play. The commission could be based on the patron’s turnover or some other aspect of their play.

problem gambler

A person whose gambling has negative consequences. They may often spend more than their limit, gamble to win money back and feel stressed about their gambling.

problem gambling

Gambling characterised by difficulties in limiting money and/or time spent gambling, which leads to adverse consequences for the person gambling and often for others in the community.

regulator

The regulator of the casino operator has had a number of different names since it was first established. In this Report, the term ‘regulator’ is used instead of the regulator’s name, unless the name is needed for clarity.

Responsible Gaming Register

The electronic database maintained by Crown Melbourne into which gaming staff log activities or incidents relating to the Responsible Service of Gaming.

risk appetite

The boundaries for risk an organisation sets and is willing to accept in pursuit of strategic objectives.

risk management plan/framework

The totality of policies, processes and risk management tools used by an organisation to manage the variety of risks it faces.

root cause analysis

Any systematic process that identifies the cause of an undesired event.

Self-Exclusion Program

A program Crown Melbourne offers to customers wanting to voluntarily ban themselves from gaming areas for a period of at least 12 months.

spin rate

The interval between spins on an electronic gaming machine.

structuring

The practice of deliberately splitting what could be a single cash transaction into several smaller transactions, each of which is less than $10,000 individually but which collectively equal or exceed $10,000. The purpose of structuring to is avoid authorities detecting large cash deposits.

subsidiary

A company that is more than 50 per cent owned and controlled by another company or firm.

SYCO

An electronic customer relationship management system used by Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth.

table game

A game played on a table or similar surface, typically with counters, balls or other playing pieces. In the context of a casino, a game played at a table, as opposed to an electronic gaming machine, fully-automated table game or semi-automated table game.

turnover

The amount wagered. It is all the money bet before any winnings are paid out or losses incurred. It does not include any additional charges that may also be paid at the point of purchase.

unincorporate

An unincorporated association or entity consisting of a group of individuals with a common interest without a legally recognised structure.

VIP International

The business unit of Crown Resorts focused on marketing Crown’s casinos to overseas gamblers.

wholly owned subsidiary

A subsidiary company all of whose shares are owned by a holding company.

YourPlay

The voluntary pre-commitment system that is mandatory under the Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) for all electronic gaming machines at all gaming venues in Victoria, including the Melbourne Casino. The system allows patrons to pre-set money and/or time limits for gambling on electronic gaming machines.


Reports

Reports

Short form
Report

1983 Report

Xavier Connor, Report of Board of Inquiry into Casinos in the State of Victoria (April 1983)

1991 Report

Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos (February 1991)

Banking Royal Commission Final Report

Final Report of the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (February 2019)

Bergin Report

Parliament of New South Wales, Report of the Inquiry under Section 143 of the Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) (February 2021)

First Review

Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority, First Triennial Report of Investigation into the Casino Operator and Licence under Section 25 of the Casino Control Act 1991 (June 1997)

Second Review

Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority, Second Triennial Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (June 2000)

Third Review

Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority, Third Triennial Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (June 2003)

Fourth Review

Victorian Commission for Gambling Regulation, Fourth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (June 2008)

Fifth Review

Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation, Fifth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (June 2013)

Sixth Review

Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation, Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (June 2018)


Chapter 01

Overview

  1. The Commission was established to inquire into, and report on, the suitability of Crown Melbourne to hold its casino licence. The precursor was two findings in the Bergin Report:
    • Crown Melbourne facilitated millions of dollars to be laundered through a bank account of its subsidiary.
    • Crown Melbourne allowed operators with links to organised crime to arrange for junket players to gamble at the casino.
  2. The main focus of the Commission’s inquiries was to discover whether the misconduct identified in the Bergin Report was more widespread and, if it was, who was involved and what should be done.
  3. Within a very short time, the Commission discovered that for many years Crown Melbourne had engaged in conduct that is, in a word, disgraceful. This is a convenient shorthand for describing conduct that was variously illegal, dishonest, unethical and exploitative.
  4. The catalogue of wrongdoing is alarming, all the more so because it was engaged in by a regulated entity whose privilege to hold a casino licence is dependent upon it being, at all times, a person of good character, honesty and integrity.
  5. It is difficult to grade the seriousness of the misconduct. Some was so callous that it is hard to imagine it could be engaged in by such a well-known corporation whose Melbourne Casino Complex is visited by millions annually.
  6. A trigger for the Bergin Inquiry was the arrest in October 2016 of 19 China-based Crown staff, and the subsequent imprisonment of 16 of those staff. The staff had been illegally promoting gambling in Australia to Chinese residents who would gamble large sums. Crown executives were warned that Chinese officials intended to crack down on this activity. Yet they did nothing to protect their staff.
  7. Despite knowing that staff who worked in Indonesia, Malaysia, Taiwan and Singapore were also likely contravening their local laws, Crown let them carry out promotional activities as the chance of them being charged was not significant. To have done so after the China arrests is nothing short of appalling.
  8. Crown’s underpayment of casino tax shows a similar disregard of the law. In 2011, Crown Melbourne embarked upon a plan to minimise its casino tax by claiming as a deduction amounts that its internal and external lawyers said were not, or were probably not, deductible items. The plan involved concealing from the regulator the true nature of the deductions for fear of getting caught. In the end the plan failed when its existence was exposed by the Commission. Already, over $61.5 million in back taxes and interest has been repaid. More is likely due.
  9. Not only was Crown Melbourne content to breach local laws, it also happily assisted its wealthy Chinese patrons to breach the currency laws of their country. Between 2012 and 2016, those patrons transferred up to $160 million from accounts in China to the Crown Towers Hotel. Purportedly this was to pay for hotel services, but in reality it was to spend at the gambling tables. In addition to Crown Melbourne assisting to breach Chinese currency laws, what occurred also contravened local laws and likely allowed money laundering to take place.
  10. Crown Melbourne’s relationship with the regulator provides more evidence of its indifference to acceptable conduct. Over the years the regulator conducted several investigations into Crown Melbourne’s affairs. Instead of cooperating with those investigations in the manner that is expected of a regulated entity, Crown Melbourne took the opposite tack. It bullied the regulator. It provided it with false or misleading information. It delayed the investigatory process. All in all, it took what steps it could to frustrate the regulator’s investigations.
  11. Perhaps the most damning discovery by the Commission is the manner in which Crown Melbourne deals with the many vulnerable people who have a gambling problem. The cost to the community of problem gambling is enormous. It is not only the gambler who suffers. It also affects many other people, and institutions.
  12. Crown Melbourne had for years held itself out as having a world’s best approach to problem gambling. Nothing can be further from the truth. The Commission heard many distressing stories from people whose lives were ruined by gambling but whose situation might have been improved if casino staff had carried out their obligations under Crown Melbourne’s Gambling Code.
  13. The Commission looked for reasons to explain why Crown Melbourne acted as it did. Not all the reasons are known. But some stand out.
  14. First, Crown Melbourne’s board failed to carry out one of its prime responsibilities; namely, to ensure that the organisation satisfied its legal and regulatory obligations. Perhaps the board was not told what was going on. The alternative, to adopt an old expression from the railroad industry, is that the board ‘fell asleep at the wheel’.
  15. Second, many senior executives involved in the misconduct were indifferent to their ethical, moral and sometimes legal obligations. Some were motivated by a drive for profit. Some simply did what they did because they could.
  16. Third and regrettably, both internal and external lawyers who knew that Crown Melbourne was wanting to engage in conduct that contravened some laws failed to counsel Crown Melbourne not to go ahead. They would say this is not the function of a lawyer, whose only role is to advise on what the law is. While that might sometimes be a defensible position, it cannot be right when the client/employer is a regulated entity that must remain of good repute, having regard to its ‘character, honesty and integrity’.
  17. Last, there is the Packer/CPH influence. This was dealt with in great detail by the Hon. Patricia Bergin, AO, SC who found that their influence encouraged Crown to put profit ahead of other motives for action. The Packer/CPH influence was only touched upon during this Commission’s inquiries and then largely through the evidence given by Crown’s directors. That evidence confirmed Ms Bergin, SC’s views.
  18. When these facts came to light, it was inevitable that Crown Melbourne would be found unsuitable to hold its casino licence. No other finding was open. The only difficult question was what should be done in that circumstance.
  19. Deciding what to recommend was a demanding task. It required the weighing up of two almost irreconcilable positions. On one side, there was the overriding need to maintain the integrity of the licensing system. That requires the cancellation of a casino licence held by an unsuitable person. On the other side, there were two factors: the risk that cancellation of Crown Melbourne’s licence would cause considerable harm to the Victorian economy and innocent third parties; and whether, in a short time, Crown Melbourne could so ‘remake’ itself that it would once again become suitable to hold a casino licence.
  20. In reality there is no correct view. It was simply necessary to make a recommendation knowing that whatever the decision, there will be legitimate criticism from those who would go the other way.
  21. Although Crown Melbourne rightly deserves criticism for its past misconduct, and no one connected with the organisation is entitled to much sympathy, what tipped the balance against the cancellation of its licence was that Crown Melbourne has, at great financial cost, embarked on a significant reform program led by people of good will and skill. The program is likely to succeed. If it does, that will be to the benefit of Victoria.
  22. Important steps towards reform have been taken. Most significant among them is the appointment of a new board and new and highly motivated senior executives.
  23. Still, the road forward will not be easy. If the recommendations are accepted, Crown Melbourne will not be in control of its own destiny. For the next two years, the ultimate decision maker at Crown Melbourne will be a Special Manager. This manager, most likely a firm, will oversee all aspects of the casino’s operations. It will keep a watchful eye on the progress of reform. It will make sure that all rules and regulations are complied with. It will investigate particular aspects of the casino’s operations.
  24. At the end of the two-year period, the Special Manager will report what has occurred to the regulator. The regulator will then decide whether it is ‘clearly satisfied’ that Crown Melbourne has returned to suitability. This will be a tough test to satisfy.
  25. The regulator will be tasked to make its decision ‘on the papers’. That is, there will be no further inquiries. The regulator will undertake its task by reference only to the results of the three inquiries into the Crown companies that have been carried out or are presently underway and the reports of the Special Manager.
  26. If, after taking that material into account, the regulator is not ‘clearly satisfied’ that Crown Melbourne is suitable to hold its casino licence, the licence will be cancelled forthwith.

Terms of Reference

  1. My Terms of Reference raise a number of questions. Those questions and my answers are:

Q: Whether Crown Melbourne is a suitable person to continue to hold the casino licence under the Casino Control Act.

A: No.

Q: Whether Crown Melbourne is complying with the Casino Control Act, the Casino (Management Agreement) Act, the Gambling Regulation Act (together with any regulations or other instruments made under any of those Acts), and any other applicable laws.

A: No. Crown Melbourne has contravened the Casino Control Act in various respects and has contravened the Casino (Management Agreement) Act in various respects. The details are found in Part 2 of this Report.

Q: Whether Crown Melbourne is complying with the Crown Melbourne Contracts.

A: No. Crown Melbourne has contravened provisions of the Management Agreement and the Casino Agreement. The details are found in Part 2 of this Report.

Q: Whether it is in the public interest for Crown Melbourne to continue to hold the casino licence in Victoria.

A: Not necessary to answer.

Q: If you consider that Crown Melbourne is not a suitable person, or that it is not in the public interest for Crown Melbourne to hold the casino licence in Victoria, what action (if any) would be required for Crown Melbourne to become a suitable person, or for it to be in the public interest for Crown Melbourne to continue to hold the casino licence in Victoria.

A: I recommend that the Casino Control Act be amended to create the position of a Special Manager with power to oversee and exercise control over the affairs of a casino operator who has been found to be unsuitable. In relation to Crown Melbourne, the Special Manager should be appointed to oversee and control its affairs for a period of two years. At the end of that period, the regulator should determine whether it is clearly satisfied that Crown Melbourne has become a suitable person to hold its casino licence and that it is in the public interest for it to do so. Details are explained in Chapter 16.

Q: Whether Crown Resorts is a Suitable Associate of Crown Melbourne.

A: No.

Q: If you consider that Crown Resorts is not a Suitable Associate of Crown Melbourne, what action (if any) would be required for Crown Resorts to become a Suitable Associate of Crown Melbourne.

A: No action is required. If, in two years, the regulator decides that Crown Melbourne is a suitable person to continue to hold its casino licence, it is likely that Crown Resorts will be a suitable associate of Crown Melbourne.

Q: Whether any other existing associates of Crown Melbourne are not Suitable Associates of Crown Melbourne.

A: It is unlikely that James Packer and the CPH group are presently associates of Crown Melbourne. However, they will become associates on the expiry of the undertakings they have given to the Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority (NSW). Details are explained in Chapter 20.

Q: If you consider that any other existing associates of Crown Melbourne are not Suitable Associates of Crown Melbourne, what action (if any) would be required for those persons to become Suitable Associates of Crown Melbourne.

A: Although the CPH group is not currently an associate of Crown Melbourne, I recommend that the Casino Control Act be amended to require the group to reduce its shareholding in Crown Resorts from its current 37 per cent holding to less than a 5 per cent holding. In that event, neither Mr Packer nor the CPH group will become an associate of Crown Melbourne after their undertakings to ILGA have expired.

Q: Whether you consider changes to relevant Victorian legislation, including the Casino Control Act and the Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Act, as well as the Crown Melbourne Contracts, are necessary for the State to address your findings and implement your recommendations.

A: Yes. The details of all proposed legislative and other changes are found in my recommendations.

Q: Whether there are any other matters necessary to satisfactorily resolve the matters set out above.

A: Yes. The details are found in my recommendations.

Recommendations

  1. My Report contains a number of recommendations. For convenience they are set out here. They are grouped according to subject matter and numbered in the order in which they appear in the Report. Immediately preceding each group there is a brief explanation for the recommendations.

The regulator

  1. The following recommendations have two main objectives. One is to add to the regulator’s power to obtain information. The other is to create the office of a Special Manager, who may be appointed by the Minister or the regulator to take control of a casino in certain limited circumstances.

    Recommendation 20: New powers for the regulator1

    It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended to permit the regulator:

    • to require any person attending for an examination under section 26(1)(c) to answer questions on oath or affirmation
    • in addition to the powers conferred by section 26, to require a casino operator or an associate to provide it with a written statement (verified on oath or affirmation) containing such information as the regulator reasonably requires to carry out its duties or perform its functions
    • to make a costs order in respect of any action under section 20
    • to require the casino operator to retain at its own cost and pay for a suitably qualified expert:
      • approved by the regulator
      • engaged on terms approved by the regulator

      to inquire into and report to the regulator on any matter the regulator reasonably requires to carry out its duties or perform its functions

    • to direct the casino operator to provide the expert with all information the expert reasonably requires
    • to require the casino operator to comply with any recommendation made by the regulator as a result of an investigation under section 25.

    Recommendation 21: Special Manager2

    It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended to the following effect:

    • The regulator has power by an instrument in writing to appoint a Special Manager to oversee the affairs of the casino operator:
      • if the regulator is directed to do so by the Minister; or
      • where it appears to the regulator that at least one of the following situations exist:
        • there are reasonable grounds to suspect that the casino operator has contravened, in a material respect, a provision of its casino licence, the Casino Control Act, or any agreement entered into under sections 15 or 142 of the Casino Control Act
        • the casino operator is or may no longer be a suitable person to hold a casino licence
        • it is in the public interest because fraud, misfeasance or other misconduct by a person concerned with the affairs of the casino operator is alleged
        • in any case it is in the public interest.
    • The Special Manager:
      • may be a body corporate or unincorporate
      • if a body corporate or unincorporate, the Special Manager must nominate one or more individuals to carry out any of its functions that can only be undertaken by a natural person.
    • The Special Manager must be qualified for appointment by virtue of their knowledge of, or experience in, industry, commerce, law or public administration.
    • The instrument appointing the Special Manager must specify:
      • the period of the appointment
      • the terms and conditions (if any) to which the appointment is subject
      • any particular functions the Special Manager is to perform
      • any other matter the regulator considers appropriate
      • if appointed at the direction of the Minister, any function specified in the Minister’s direction.
    • The functions of the Special Manager shall be to:
      • oversee the affairs of the casino operator including the casino operations
      • carry out investigations that are specified in the instrument of appointment
      • report to the regulator on any matter it has investigated
      • otherwise comply with any direction in the instrument of appointment.
    • The Special Manager or, if a body corporate or unincorporate, the nominated person(s), should have the following rights, privileges and powers:
      • the rights and privileges of a director of the casino operator, but not the right to vote
      • despite not having the right to vote, the power to:
        • direct the board of directors of the casino operator to take particular action
        • direct the board of directors of the casino operator to refrain from taking particular action

        if the Special Manager believes that the direction:

        • is in the best interests of the casino operator or of the casino operations; or
        • is necessary to secure compliance with any law or regulation governing the casino operator or the casino operations.
    • A failure to comply with a direction should be a strict liability offence carrying a significant penalty.
    • Without limiting its rights, privileges and powers, the Special Manager may:
      • investigate the affairs of the casino operator and the casino operations
      • attend meetings of the board of directors and any subcommittee of the board
      • attend meetings of the casino operator’s management, including meetings of any audit committee and compliance committee
      • inspect all the books and records of the casino operator
      • obtain the advice of, or services from, any third party including experts
      • require any director, officer, employee or agent of the casino operator to provide such information, including confidential or privileged information, as the Special Manager requires to carry out its duties.
    • A person who fails to comply with a requirement to provide information will be guilty of a strict liability offence with a significant penalty. The court may direct the person to comply with the requirement.
    • The Special Manager may carry out its functions, and any director or officer of the casino operator acting under the direction of the Special Manager must observe that direction, despite:
      • the Corporations Act, except to the extent of any inconsistency
      • the casino operator’s constitution.
    • The Special Manager may if special circumstances arise, and if so directed by the regulator must, make interim reports to the regulator and on the termination of its appointment shall report its opinion on, or in relation to:
      • the conduct of the casino operator and casino operations
      • the particular affairs of the casino operator or casino operations that the instrument of appointment requires the Special Manager to investigate.
    • A report may contain confidential or privileged information.
    • A copy of any interim report and the final report must be forwarded to the Minister.
    • Neither the Minister nor the regulator is to provide a copy of a report to any person unless it is in the public interest to do so. If the report contains information the subject of legal professional privilege, the privilege does not cease.
    • The regulator must consider any interim report or the final report and decide what action, including disciplinary action, it should take.
    • The costs and expenses of the Special Manager and any costs incurred by the regulator in connection with the Special Manager process must be paid by the casino operator.
    • The Special Manager is to be given an indemnity by the State for properly incurred debts.
    • If a Special Manager is appointed to Crown Melbourne:
      • The regulator must within 90 days of receiving the Special Manager’s final report decide whether it is clearly satisfied that:
        • Crown Melbourne has become a suitable person to continue to hold its casino licence; and
        • it is in the public interest that Crown Melbourne’s casino licence should continue in force.
      • The regulator must engage a senior counsel to assist in its deliberations.
      • For the purposes of its decision, the regulator must only have regard to:
        • the Bergin Report (and documents/evidence tendered)
        • the Report of this Royal Commission (and documents/ evidence tendered)
        • the Reports of the Perth Royal Commission (and documents/evidence tendered)
        • the report(s) of the Special Manager.
      • If the regulator is not clearly satisfied that:
        • Crown Melbourne has become a suitable person to continue to hold its casino licence; and
        • it is in the public interest that Crown Melbourne’s casino licence should continue in force,

        the casino licence granted to Crown Melbourne on 19 November 1993 under Part 2 of the Casino Control Act should forthwith be cancelled.

      • If the regulator has not made a decision within 90 days of receiving the Special Manager’s final report, the casino licence should be cancelled forthwith.

    Recommendation 22: Appointment of the Special Manager3

    It is recommended that the Minister direct the regulator to appoint the Special Manager to Crown Melbourne for a period of two years.

    The direction should specify the matters the Special Manager is required to investigate and report on. Those matters could include the following:

    • details of each direction the Special Manager has given to members of the board
    • whether the direction was complied with
    • whether the casino operator has put in place appropriate policies, processes and structures to meet its obligations under the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act
    • whether those Anti-Money Laundering/Counter-Terrorism Financing policies, processes and structures are being implemented
    • whether the casino operator has put in place appropriate risk management policies, processes and structures
    • whether those risk management policies, processes and structures are being implemented
    • whether the casino operator has revised its Responsible Service of Gambling practices to take account of the concerns highlighted in this Commission’s Report
    • whether the casino operator has adopted policies, processes and structures that will enable it to comply with its Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct in force
    • whether the casino operator is complying with its Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct
    • whether the casino operator is conducting its casino operations in a manner that has regard to the best operating practices in casinos of a similar size and nature to the Melbourne Casino
    • whether the casino operator has conducted a ‘root cause’ analysis into the failures outlined in the Bergin Report and in the Report of this Commission, and what the findings were
    • whether there is any evidence of maladministration
    • whether there is any evidence of illegal or improper conduct
    • whether the casino operator has engaged in any conduct that may give rise to a material contravention of any law
    • the conduct of the casino operations generally.

    Further details of the matters the Special Manager could investigate are set out in Appendix I.

    Recommendation 23: Periodic review4

    It is recommended that, if, following the receipt of the Special Manager’s report, the regulator does not cancel Crown Melbourne’s casino licence, the Casino Control Act be amended so that the next investigation due to be undertaken pursuant to section 25 of the Casino Control Act is deferred for at least three years.

    The manager

    1. The following recommendations are designed to assist a manager who is appointed to operate a casino on the cancellation or suspension of a casino licence. Currently, under the Casino Control Act, a manager must manage the casino on their own account. The recommendations will enable the manager to step into the shoes of the casino operator. They also prevent owners of personal property used in the casino operations from taking possession of their property while used by the manager.

    Recommendation 24: Additional functions and powers of the manager5

    It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended to include the following provisions relating to the manager:

    • Upon appointment the manager:
      • has control of the casino operator’s casino operations and all the property used in those operations
      • may carry on those operations and manage that property
      • may dispose of any of the property used in the casino operations and pay the net proceeds of sale to the persons entitled to the proceeds
      • may perform any function and exercise any power that the casino operator or any of its officers could have exercised in relation to the casino operations
      • when performing a function or exercising a power as manager of the casino operator, is taken to be acting as the casino operator’s agent.
    • The regulator is to determine the rate of compensation payable to the manager by the former casino operator and to approve the costs and expenses incurred by the manager.
    • During the period of management, the former casino operator must:
      • use its best endeavours to facilitate the operation of the casino within the casino complex
      • afford the manager all appropriate rights, including rights of access and egress over the casino complex, as are necessary to enable the manager to operate a casino in the casino complex.
    • The manager is to be given an indemnity by the State for properly incurred debts.

    Recommendation 25: Property rights of third parties6

    It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended so that a third party cannot, without the regulator’s permission:

    • enforce any security interest (as defined in the Corporations Act) over property that the manager retains for use in the casino’s operations
    • take possession of any property retained by the manager for use in the casino’s operations
    • levy execution on any judgment obtained against the former casino operator.

    Inspectors

    1. Inspectors are in attendance at the casino. These recommendations broaden the inspectors’ functions and give them additional powers. Their purpose is to ensure there is appropriate supervision of conduct on the casino floor and to assist in the detection of criminal activity.

    Recommendation 17: Functions of inspectors7

    It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended to add to inspectors’ functions the following:

    • to ascertain whether money laundering is taking place
    • to ascertain whether loansharking is taking place
    • to ascertain whether illicit drugs are being sold
    • to make an exclusion order when appropriate
    • on behalf of the casino operator, to withdraw a person’s licence to remain on the casino premises
    • any other functions as are prescribed by regulation.

    Recommendation 18: Powers of inspectors8

    It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be further amended so that:

    • inspectors have free and unfettered access to all parts of the casino, all the surveillance equipment used by the casino operator, and all the books and records of the casino wherever they be located
    • any interference with inspectors’ performance of their functions is to be a strict liability offence the contravention of which should carry a significant penalty.

    The casino operator

    1. These recommendations impose obligations on a casino operator to cooperate with the regulator and prohibit the casino operator from giving false or misleading information to the regulator.

    Recommendation 19: Cooperation with the regulator9

    It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended:

    • to oblige a casino operator to cooperate with the regulator in relation to the performance by the regulator of its functions. Cooperation requires the licensee to make full and frank disclosure of all information that relates to the performance by the regulator of a particular function
    • to oblige the casino operator to notify the regulator of a material breach, or a likely material breach, of the Casino Control Act, the Casino (Management Agreement) Act, the Gambling Regulation Act, its Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct and any agreements made pursuant to sections 15 and 142 of the Casino Control Act. A breach or likely breach will be material having regard to, among other things, the number and frequency of similar previous breaches or likely breaches, the impact of the breach or likely breach and any other matter prescribed by regulation
    • to prohibit the casino operator from making false or misleading statements or providing false or misleading material to the regulator
    • to make a contravention of those obligations a strict liability offence that carries a significant penalty.

    Structure of the casino operator

    1. There are two reasons for these recommendations. One is to put a limit on the ownership of shares in a casino operator to prevent outside influence. The other is to secure the independence of the board and the senior management of the casino operator.

    Recommendation 28: Limit on shareholding10

    It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended as follows:

    • No person shall have or acquire a relevant interest in 5 per cent or more of the issued capital in a casino operator or 5 per cent or more of the issued capital in the holding company or intermediate holding company of which the casino operator is a subsidiary, without the regulator’s approval.
    • If a person does hold or acquire a relevant interest in 5 per cent or more of the issued capital of a casino operator, or 5 per cent or more of the issued capital in the holding company or intermediate holding company of a casino operator without the regulator’s approval, that holding or acquisition should be deemed to be a breach by the casino operator of its casino licence.
    • ‘Relevant interest’ should have the same meaning as in sections 608 and 609 of the Corporations Act.
    • If the regulator requests the casino operator, its holding company or any intermediate holding company of a casino operator to take steps to discover who holds a relevant interest in the casino operator, or its holding company or any intermediate holding company and they fail to do so, that failure should be deemed to be a breach of the casino licence.
    • The restriction on shareholding should not apply to any existing shareholding in Crown Resorts (at the current holding) and Crown Melbourne, other than CPH’s shareholding in Crown Resorts. It should apply to CPH with effect from September 2024.
    • If a person contravenes the 5 per cent rule, the regulator may serve that person with a notice requiring the person to dispose of the relevant interest within a specified time.
    • A failure to comply with the notice should be an offence with a significant penalty. In addition, the Supreme Court should have power to make any order it considers appropriate to secure compliance with the regulator’s notice, including an order directing the person to dispose of any relevant interest.

    Recommendation 29: An independent board11

    It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended to impose an obligation that a casino operator must have a majority of its board as independent directors, including independent of any ultimate or intermediate holding company.

    Recommendation 30: Independence of senior management12

    For the avoidance of any doubt about the construction of the Casino Agreement, it is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended so that:

    • the board of a casino operator is not permitted to delegate any of its functions to any person or body of persons other than a subcommittee of the board or an individual director
    • the casino operator must appoint a full-time:
      • chief executive officer (however described)
      • chief financial officer (however described)
      • chief operating officer (however described)
      • heads of Gaming, Surveillance, International and Domestic VIP Business and Compliance (however described)

      and ensure that those persons do not report to, or take instructions from, any person or group of persons other than the board of the casino operator or an officer of the casino operator

    • the Minister has power to vary these requirements.

    The amending legislation should make clear that it does not diminish any of the other obligations imposed by clauses 22 and 28 of the Casino Agreement.

    Money laundering

    1. The following recommendations are designed to reduce the incidence of money laundering in a casino. They cover junkets, carded and cashless play, the proper identification of customers, and enhanced cooperation with law enforcement agencies.

    Recommendation 2: Carded play13

    It is recommended that a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that carded play be compulsory at the Melbourne Casino for all gaming.

    Recommendation 3: Cashless play14

    It is recommended that a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that Crown Melbourne phase out the use of cash at the Melbourne Casino, save for gaming transactions of $1,000 or less.

    Recommendation 1: Improved identification15

    It is recommended that section 122 of the Casino Control Act be amended to include a new sub-paragraph for procedures for the verification of the identity of all persons seeking to enter the Melbourne Casino. The system should include requirements for the retention of customer data.

    Recommendation 6: Single patron bank account16

    It is recommended that a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that on and from 30 June 2022, it must keep and maintain a single account as approved by the regulator at an authorised deposit-taking institution in the state for use for all banking transactions by patrons.

    Recommendation 8: Regulation of junkets17

    It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended to prohibit a casino operator from dealing with junket tour operators.

    Recommendation 7: Surveillance footage18

    It is recommended a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that it retain all security and surveillance CCTV footage for a period of 12 months.

    Recommendation 4: Information sharing with state law enforcement19

    It is recommended that a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that it enter into an information-sharing protocol with Victoria Police. The protocol must set out, to the satisfaction of Victoria Police, the information-sharing arrangements between Crown Melbourne and Victoria Police, which against the background of what Victoria Police needs, prescribes what information Crown Melbourne must provide, and the format and timeframes for the provision of that information.

    Recommendation 5: Information sharing with federal law enforcement20

    It is recommended that the regulator, if it deems appropriate, give a direction to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that Crown Melbourne enter into a similar arrangement with the Australian Criminal Intelligence Commission and the Australian Federal Police.

    Responsible service of gambling

    1. The purpose of the following recommendations is to deal with problem gambling. One recommendation is to make compulsory a pre-commitment system that imposes limits on time and money spent on gambling. The other recommendation is to impose obligations on the casino operator to properly supervise the gaming floor. There are also recommendations dealing with the collection of data that may be used for research into problem gambling.

      Recommendation 9: Player card data21

      It is recommended that a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act that the player card collect, to the extent practicable, data relating to:

      • player buy-in (time, amount)
      • player buy-out (time, amount)
      • play periods (date, start time, end time)
      • player turnover
      • player losses and wins
      • gambling product
      • such further information as the regulator reasonably requires for anti-money laundering and Responsible Service of Gaming purposes.

      Recommendation 10: Pre-commitment and time limits22

      It is recommended that as soon as possible, the YourPlay system be a full, mandatory, binding, pre-commitment system for Australian residents gambling on EGMs at the Melbourne Casino.

      The pre-commitment system should operate in the following manner:

      • Each player must set a daily, weekly or monthly time limit and a daily, weekly or monthly loss limit.
      • If the pre-set time limit or the pre-set loss limit is reached, the player cannot continue to gamble on an EGM and the limit(s) cannot be altered, for 36 hours.
      • No player can gamble on an EGM for more than 12 hours in any 24-hour period.
      • If a player has gambled for 12 hours in any 24-hour period, the player must take a break for 24 hours.
      • A player cannot gamble continuously on an EGM for more than three hours.
      • A player must take a break of at least 15 minutes after three hours of continuous gambling.
      • A player cannot gamble on EGMs for more than 36 hours per week.
      • There should be a default pre-set loss limit that the player can modify.
      • The default pre-set loss limit should be set by regulation. It could be calculated by reference to the median income of a wage earner less the standard cost of living. Or it could be calculated by estimating the median losses of a recreational gambler. The pre-set loss limit should be reviewed at least annually.

      For the effective operation of a full, mandatory, binding YourPlay system, internal control systems are needed to ensure that a customer is unable to acquire more than one card. The systems need to be approved under section 122 of the Casino Control Act.

      Recommendation 11: Gambling Code23

      It is recommended that a new Ministerial Direction be made under section 10.6.6 of the Gambling Regulation Act, in respect of a casino operator, which includes the following requirements:

      • a duty to take all reasonable steps to prevent and minimise harm from gambling, including by monitoring the welfare of players, discouraging intensive and prolonged play and intervening when a person is displaying behaviour that is consistent with gambling harm
      • a duty to take all reasonable steps to ensure that players on the gambling floor are regularly observed to monitor behaviour that is consistent with gambling harm
      • a duty to ensure that there is a sufficient number of responsible gambling officers (however called) at the casino.

      It is recommended that the Ministerial Direction:

      • set maximum play period limits
      • prescribe how long a break in play should be
      • identify the period at which players should be interacted with, and the form of interaction, while gambling.

      Different rules will be needed for different gambling products. For EGMs, the periods of play should mirror those recommended for YourPlay. For other gambling products, the limits should not be less onerous than those approved by Crown Resorts in May 2021 for domestic customers.

      Recommendation 12: Data collection24

      It is recommended that to facilitate data collection for research purposes there should be established a Gambling Data Committee made up of three persons, one appointed by the regulator, one appointed by Crown Melbourne and one appointed by the Victorian Responsible Gambling Foundation.

      The committee should have the following functions:

      • to identify the data to be included in a repository
      • to ensure the data is up-to-date and comprehensive.

      The committee should be required to carry out the following tasks:

      • oversee the design and structure of the repository and its user interface
      • identify the data that is to be publicly available and data that will have restricted access
      • ensure processes and procedures are put in place for the efficient maintenance and updating of the repository
      • establish protocols to anonymise data to respect the privacy of gamblers
      • establish a register of recognised researchers
      • establish a simple process by which a request for data is to be made.

      Recommendation 13: Crown Melbourne data25

      It is recommended that the committee have power to direct Crown Melbourne and the monitoring licensee for the YourPlay system to provide data that is reasonably required and in a particular format.

      Recommendation 14: Costs of data collection26

      It is recommended that the cost of establishment and operation of the committee is paid for by the government, with staff and Secretariat support provided by the Victorian Responsible Gambling Foundation.

      Miscellaneous

      1. The following recommendations deal with a variety of subjects such as the consequence of the non-payment of casino tax, removing the circumstances in which the State may be liable to pay damages for action taken in consequence of a casino operator’s conduct and the review of penalties under the Casino Control Act that were fixed 20 years ago. There is also a recommendation to clarify the definition of an ‘associate’.

      Recommendation 16: Unpaid casino tax27

      It is recommended that the Taxation Administration Act be amended to cover casino tax payable under the Management Agreement as well as any other taxes payable under the Casino Control Act.

      Recommendation 31: Actions against the State28

      It is recommended that legislation be enacted to the effect that:

      • no action claim or demand whatsoever may be made or allowed against the State of Victoria or any responsible Minister of the State in respect of any damage, loss or injury alleged to have been sustained as a result of the implementation of any recommendation made in this Report
      • no decision made to implement any recommendation in this Report may be subject to any appeal or any order in the nature of certiorari, prohibition or mandamus or the grant of any declaration or injunction.

      Recommendation 15: Damages payable by the State29

      It is recommended that the following obligations under the Management Agreement be repealed:

      • the obligation on the State or the regulator to obtain the written consent of Crown Melbourne before action is taken to cancel or vary Crown Melbourne’s casino licence pursuant to section 20(1)(e) of the Casino Control Act
      • the obligation on the State to pay compensation pursuant to clauses 24A.3 or 24A.4 for action taken by the State or the regulator that is a Trigger Event,

      if a reason for the cancellation or variation or action (as the case may be) is the conduct of Crown Melbourne.

      Recommendation 27: Penalties30

      It is recommended that there be a thorough review of all the penalties imposed by the Casino Control Act. Most should be substantially increased.

      Special attention should be given to the penalty to be imposed for disciplinary action. Currently the penalty is a fine not exceeding $1 million. It is recommended that the penalty be increased to at least $10 million.

      Recommendation 32: Definition of associate31

      It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended so that ‘associate’ means:

      • the holding company and each intermediate holding company of the casino operator (holding company to be defined as in the Corporations Act);
      • any person who has a relevant interest (as defined in the Corporations Act) in at least 5 per cent of the issued capital of the casino operator, or any of its intermediate holding companies or its ultimate holding company;
      • any director or officer (as defined in the Corporations Act) of the casino operator, any of its intermediate holding companies or its ultimate holding company; and
      • any individual or company certified by the regulator to be an associate.

      Recommendation 33: Increase in shareholding32

      It is recommended that an associate cannot increase its relevant interest in the issued capital of the casino operator, or any of its intermediate holding companies or its ultimate holding company, without the written approval of the regulator.

      Recommendation 26: The area of the sub-lease33

      It is recommended that steps be taken to ensure that the area in which the Melbourne Casino’s casino operations are being conducted and the area that is to be the subject of a sub-lease under the Management Agreement are the same. If the matter cannot be agreed then legislation will be necessary.

      Endnotes

      1 Chapter 16.

      2 Chapter 16.

      3 Chapter 16.

      4 Chapter 16.

      5 Chapter 16.

      6 Chapter 16.

      7 Chapter 16.

      8 Chapter 16.

      9 Chapter 16.

      10 Chapter 17.

      11 Chapter 17.

      12 Chapter 17.

      13 Chapter 6.

      14 Chapter 6.

      15 Chapter 6.

      16 Chapter 6.

      17 Chapter 7.

      18 Chapter 6.

      19 Chapter 6.

      20 Chapter 6.

      21 Chapter 8.

      22 Chapter 8.

      23 Chapter 8.

      24 Chapter 8.

      25 Chapter 8.

      26 Chapter 8.

      27 Chapter 12.

      28 Chapter 19.

      29 Chapter 9.

      30 Chapter 16.

      31 Chapter 20.

      32 Chapter 20.

      33 Chapter 16.


      Chapter 02

      History of gambling regulation in Victoria

      Introduction

      1. The first casino to open in Australia was Wrest Point Hotel Casino in 1973, located in Hobart, Tasmania. By 1986, eight casinos had opened across Australia.1 Victoria resisted the introduction of both electronic gaming machines (EGMs) and casinos in the 1970s and early 1980s. But by the late 1980s, changes in the economic fortunes of the State, and public opinion, paved the way for their introduction.2 By the time the proposed legislation to legalise casinos and EGMs reached the Victorian Parliament in 1991, both sides of politics generally supported the policy decision to legalise these forms of gambling. The Coalition opposition at the time declared that the Casino Control Bill 1991 (Vic) ‘should be regarded as a coalition initiative’.3

      Terms used in this chapter

      1. The regulator of the Melbourne Casino has had a number of different names since it was first established. In this Report, the term ‘regulator’ is used to refer to these bodies, unless otherwise required by context. See Acronyms for the names of the regulatory bodies.
      2. The Melbourne Casino licence holder has also had a number of different names. In this Report, the casino licence holder will be referred to as the ‘casino operator’ unless otherwise required by context. Appendix E details the different names of the licence holder.

      Legalisation and establishment of a casino in Victoria

      1. In Victoria, it has been—and continues to be—public policy to prohibit gambling and the conduct of gambling unless they are specifically legalised. Where permitted, legislation has carefully constrained how legal forms of gambling are conducted. Victorian gambling legislation has responded to the need to control gambling markets that were previously illegal and to mitigate or control the negative side effects of gambling activity.
      2. During the 1970s and early 1980s, successive Victorian Governments resisted legalising casinos and EGMs, and did not progress various private sector proposals to develop a casino.4
      3. In October 1982, former Federal Court judge, the Hon. Xavier Connor, QC, was appointed by the Victorian Government to inquire into and recommend whether casinos should be established in Victoria. At this time, a number of casinos had opened across Australia, providing states and territories with a source of tax revenue and helping them create employment and attract tourism. Mr Connor, QC also inquired into, among other matters:

        ...

        1. the legal and administrative measures, if any, which should be adopted to control and supervise the operations of any casino or casinos that may be established in Victoria;
        2. the measures, if any, which should be taken to prevent undesirable persons from having a financial or other connection with or being in a position to influence any aspect of the operations of any casino or casinos which may be established in Victoria; and
        3. whether such a casino or casinos should be established or operated by the Minister, an agency of Government, or private enterprise.5

      1. In April 1983, Mr Connor, QC, issued his Report of Board of Inquiry into Casinos in the State of Victoria (1983 Report). The 1983 Report recommended against the establishing of casinos in Victoria because of the social and regulatory problems that could result.6
      2. Mr Connor, QC formed the view that if casinos were to be legalised, they would need to be subject to a very high level of regulatory control. He noted:

        No one disputed the proposition that, if there were to be casinos, their establishment and operation should be strictly controlled by Government. The broad object of such control is to ensure that casinos are properly run. One indispensable requirement for a properly run casino is a proprietor of integrity and ability. Any legislation must provide for adequate machinery for selection of such a proprietor. Another indispensable requirement is a sound system of Government control staffed by honest and capable people. To those unfamiliar with casinos, the degree of control which has been found necessary may seem at first to be somewhat far fetched. Once the dangerous and volatile nature of casino gambling is understood, however, the absolute necessity for competent ongoing strict, even draconian, control becomes clear. The degree and form of control will vary in some respects according to the type of casino which is ultimately introduced; but there are many measures of control and supervision which apply to any casino. Control may be ineffective because it is corrupt; it may also be ineffective because it is incompetent, albeit honest.7

      3. The government accepted Mr Connor, QC’s 1983 Report findings and announced that Victoria would not proceed with any casino proposal. The Premier at that time, the Hon. John Cain, had argued consistently that EGMs would encourage people to gamble beyond their financial capacity and that they exploited the working class.8
      4. Mr Cain resigned in August 1990. The State was facing economic challenges and increasing political pressure to increase state revenue. The new government, led by the Hon. Joan Kirner, AC, announced the legalisation of casinos and EGMs.9
      5. There were a number of factors motivating that decision. These included that:
        • casinos would stimulate a struggling economy by bringing both employment opportunities and tax revenue
        • legalising EGMs and casinos would redirect to Victoria money being spent by Victorians crossing the border into New South Wales to use EGMs
        • community attitudes towards establishing casinos in Victoria were changing.10
      6. While political and community views on developing casinos in Victoria had changed, concern remained that casinos would attract criminal influence and exploitation. Under the gambling reforms announced in December 1990, the Kirner Government reappointed Mr Connor, QC to report on the preferred method for the establishment and control of an ‘open casino’ and ‘[t]he feasibility of establishing an unobtrusive casino prior to and in addition to the open casino’.11
      7. In his second report, Report on Casinos, delivered on 14 February 1991 (1991 Report), Mr Connor, QC inquired into, and reported on:

        1. the content of legislation to be introduced which would be designed to provide strict controls over all aspects of the operation of such casinos, including whether or not an independent authority needs to be established to oversee the operations of the casinos and if so the membership, functions and powers of the independent authority;
        2. the measures to be taken to exclude criminal activity and influence from the casinos and criteria/restrictions if any for person/bodies having a financial, ownership or other connections with the establishment or management of the casino.12

      1. The 1991 Report observed:

        It has now become commonplace to editorialise that since [1983] it has been demonstrated that Australian casinos can be conducted in a way which keeps them free of organised crime. It remains a fact, however, that crime is constantly knocking on the door and the most stringent and sustained measures are required to keep it out.13

      2. Mr Connor, QC made recommendations regarding the system of regulation and control for casinos. He concluded that he still considered Victoria would be better off without casinos and that he had no real confidence crime would be kept out over the long term.14
      3. When the Victorian Government made the policy decision to authorise the operation of a casino in Victoria, it largely accepted Mr Connor, QC’s recommendations.

      Establishing a legislative framework

      1. In the 1991 Report, Mr Connor, QC recommended that the Casino Control Act 1983 (Qld) (Queensland Act) be used as the model for casino control legislation in Victoria, subject to the modifications, adaptations and additions he specified in that report.15
      2. Mr Connor, QC noted that the Queensland Act was based substantially on New Jersey legislation. The Queensland Act did, however, differ from the New Jersey legislation in an important respect: the Queensland Act was administered by a Minister. Virtually all decisions of any importance were at the Minister’s discretion. The Queensland Act did not provide for any independent control body. With this important exception, Mr Connor, QC considered the Queensland Act generally to be a good model for Victoria to follow.16
      3. After considering the 1991 Report, the Victorian Government introduced two Bills to facilitate the establishment of a legal gambling industry in Victoria: the Gaming Machine Control Bill 1991 (Vic), to regulate EGMs, and the Casino Control Bill 1991 (Vic), to regulate casinos.
      4. During the second reading of the Casino Control Bill, the then Minister for Major Projects said:

        This Bill will enable the establishment of the casinos and is the result of the recommendations of the [1991] Connor report. The government has worked closely with the New South Wales government, which also is preparing casinos legislation based on the Connor report. The Bill mirrors the current New South Wales draft Bill, and indeed the two Bills are almost identical in format and wording. This consistency of approach will be of benefit to prospective tenderers for casino licences and will offer to both States the same high level of stringent control and regulation of casino operations.

        In order to exclude criminal activity and influence from the casinos, legislation designed to provide strict control over all aspects of the operation of casinos is required. The government believes the Bill will achieve the objective, based on the Connor report and the experience of interstate and overseas legislation.17

      5. The Casino Control Bill was passed on 4 June 1991 and received Royal Assent on 25 June 1991. Not all of Mr Connor, QC’s recommendations were adopted. The Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) was less prescriptive than the Queensland Act in several respects. Further, a number of Mr Connor, QC’s recommended modifications, adaptions and additions to the Queensland Act were not adopted, including modifications relating to the regulation of junkets.

      Grant of the Crown Casino licence

      1. In late 1991, the Victorian Government called for parties to express interest in developing and operating a large casino in Melbourne. Expressions of interest were received from Australian and international consortiums. The Hudson Conway consortium involved large Melbourne-based companies and well-known business identities. It was formed by Hudson Conway Limited (HCL) (a listed property construction company, then controlled by Mr Lloyd Williams and the late Mr Ron Walker, AC, CBE),18 Federal Hotels Ltd and Carlton & United Breweries Ltd (CUB) (collectively the founding shareholders). It was promoted as the only genuinely Melbourne-based bid. The consortium proposed raising capital from the public to establish the casino.19
      2. Following probity investigations by the Victorian Casino Control Authority (VCCA), a casino licence was granted to the Hudson Conway consortium’s Crown Casino Ltd on 19 November 1993 for a term of 40 years.20 The corporate history of the Crown group of companies is detailed in Appendix E.
      3. The temporary Melbourne Casino, called the Galleria Casino, opened on 30 June 1994. It was located at the World Trade Centre on the north bank of the Yarra River while the preferred Southbank site was being developed. Operations transferred to the Southbank site on 8 May 1997.21
      4. In October 2014, the term of the casino licence was extended by 17 years to 2050.22

      Ownership and corporate structure of the casino operator

      1. At the time the casino licence was granted, Crown Casino Ltd entered into an agreement with the VCCA under section 142 of the Casino Control Act (Casino Agreement). It also entered into the Management Agreement with the State under section 15 of the Casino Control Act (Management Agreement). The Management Agreement was ratified by the Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) (Management Agreement Act).
      2. The Casino Agreement included a number of obligations regarding the corporate structure of the casino operator, including the need for prior approval by the regulator before a person’s shareholding in the casino operator (other than the founding shareholders) exceeded 5 per cent of the total number of shares on issue.23
      3. Since Crown Casino Ltd was granted the casino licence, there have been a number of changes in the ownership of the casino operator, including the Publishing and Broadcasting Limited (PBL)–Crown merger and a subsequent restructure. Given the importance of these changes, they are dealt with separately in Chapter 17.

      Regulation of the casino operator

      1. The casino operator is currently regulated by the Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation (VCGLR). Both the regulator and the regulatory framework under which the casino is regulated have changed significantly since the Casino Control Act was first enacted.

      Overview of the current framework

      1. The casino operator is currently subject to a range of legislative, regulatory and contractual requirements set out in:
        • the Casino Control Act
        • the Management Agreement Act
        • the Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic)
        • the Liquor Control Reform Act 1998 (Vic)
        • relevant regulations and ministerial directions made under those Acts24
        • a suite of commercial agreements concerning the operation of the Melbourne Casino Complex (Transaction Documents).
      2. The Transaction Documents set out the details of the relationship between the various participants in the Melbourne Casino, including the State, the VCGLR and financiers. In its Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (June 2018) (Sixth Review), the VCGLR defined the Transaction Documents to include the Management Agreement, the casino licence, the Casino Agreement and other listed documents setting out financial and quasi-regulatory obligations and privileges of the casino operator and its holding company.25
      3. The framework in which the casino operator is regulated today is significantly different from that envisaged when the legislation authorising casinos in Victoria was passed in 1991.

      The Casino Control Act

      1. The Casino Control Act provides for the licensing and operation of casinos in Victoria. Key features of the Casino Control Act in its original form included:
        • The establishment of a specialist, standalone, independent regulator (the VCCA). This body was responsible for, among other things, licensing the casino operator and approving the casino’s systems of internal controls and procedures, accounting procedures and bank accounts.26
        • The creation of a separate office of the Director of Casino Surveillance, responsible for supervising the day-to-day operations in the casino, investigating complaints and helping to detect offences. The Director of Casino Surveillance was separate from the VCCA, but was required to report to and generally assist the VCCA.27
        • The appointment of inspectors by the Director of Casino Surveillance to supervise the operations of the casino, including handling and counting money in the casino, and helping to detect offences.28
        • The process for licensing casino operators. The Act also outlined the criteria the VCCA had to consider when determining the suitability of an applicant for a casino licence and the suitability of each of that applicant’s associates. More than one casino licence could be issued under the Casino Control Act (with the Minister’s approval), subject to any exclusivity arrangements entered into by the VCCA.29
        • The process for licensing special employees of the casino, including those working in a managerial capacity, those involved in the conduct of gaming, those involved in the counting or movement of money or chips, and those involved in the repair of gaming equipment. The Director of Casino Surveillance was required to investigate and assess each applicant against the specific suitability criteria before granting a special employee licence.30
        • A general power for the VCCA to investigate a casino at any time and a requirement for the VCCA to undertake an investigation at the Minister’s direction. Additionally, the VCCA was required to reassess, at least every three years, the suitability of the casino operator to continue holding the casino licence and to determine whether keeping the casino licence in force remained in the public interest.31
        • A requirement for the VCCA to approve certain supply contracts entered into by the casino operator. This required the VCCA to inquire into the operation of each contract and the suitability of each person who was a party to the contract. The VCCA had power to require the termination of a contract if it considered the contract was no longer in the public interest.32
        • Subject to a limited exception, a prohibition on the casino operator providing credit to patrons.33
        • The power to make subordinate legislation regulating or prohibiting the promotion and conduct of junkets.34
        • The power for the Director of Casino Surveillance or the casino operator (including on the direction of the Chief Commissioner of Police) to issue exclusion orders to a person, prohibiting them from entering or remaining in the casino.35
        • A requirement for the VCCA to approve a detailed system of internal controls and administrative and accounting procedures governing the day-to-day operations of the casino. The required content of the system of internal controls and administrative and accounting procedures was specified in the Casino Control Act.36
        • The power for the VCCA to issue directions to the casino operator that related to the conduct, supervision or control of casino operations. The casino operator was required to comply with the directions.37
        • The power for the VCCA to require a casino operator, or a person directly or indirectly associated with the operator, to provide information, to produce documents or to attend before the VCCA to be examined. Failure to comply without a reasonable excuse was punishable as if the person was in contempt of court.38
        • The power for the VCCA to take disciplinary action against the casino operator, which could include cancellation, suspension, letter of censure, variation to the terms of the licence or the imposition of a fine not exceeding $1 million.39
        • A provision that no right of compensation was enforceable against the State in relation to the cancellation, suspension or variation of the terms of the licence, or an amendment of the conditions of a licence, under the Casino Control Act.40
      2. Before a tender process for the award of a casino licence could commence, the Casino Control Act required that regulations be made setting out, among other things:

        1. the maximum permissible number of casinos;
        2. the permissible locations for casinos;
        3. the required style and size of casinos generally or of any particular casino; and
        4. such other matters (if any) as the Minister considers relevant to the expressions of interest, invitations or applications.41

      1. The Casino Control Act has been amended many times over the past 30 years. There have been several substantial changes to elements of the regulatory framework in which the Melbourne Casino operates.
      The Casino Agreement
      1. Under the Casino Control Act as originally enacted, the VCCA was permitted, subject to the Minister’s approval, to enter into agreements for or in connection with the establishment and operation of casinos. The agreement could provide that the obligations it imposed were to be considered as conditions of the casino licence.42
      2. In addition, the Casino Control Act also permitted the VCCA to enter into an agreement with the proposed casino operator as to the exclusivity of the casino licence.43
      3. On 21 September 1993, the VCCA entered into the original Casino Agreement with the proposed casino operator in relation to the establishment and operation of the Melbourne Casino and the exclusivity of the casino licence.44
      4. The Casino Agreement addressed various matters, including the development and completion of the Melbourne Casino, conditions relating to the casino operator’s company structure and disclosure requirements, the grant of the casino licence, the casino games and operating practices, and licence conditions.45
      5. Under the Casino Agreement, the casino operator was required to:
        • Obtain the VCCA’s approval for the appointment of any director or alternate director.46
        • Remove any director or alternate director from office in accordance with the VCCA’s direction.47
        • Not knowingly permit any person (other than the founding shareholders) to be entitled to more than 5 per cent of the total number of shares of the casino operator at any time without the VCCA’s approval.48
        • Obtain the VCCA’s approval before carrying on or conducting any business other than the businesses authorised under the Casino Agreement and the casino licence or any business incidental to or complementary with those businesses.49
        • Obtain the VCCA’s approval before establishing or acquiring a subsidiary unless that subsidiary related to a business incidental to or complementary with those businesses contemplated by or authorised under the Casino Agreement and the casino licence.50
      6. Other key provisions of the Casino Agreement included that:
        • While the casino licence remained in force, the VCCA undertook not to grant a casino licence to any other person for the operation of a casino anywhere in Victoria for six years from the licensing date under the Casino Agreement and, in those parts of Victoria within a radius of 150 km from the casino site, for 12 years from that licensing date.51
        • The casino operator was required to strive to obtain the maximum Gross Gaming Revenue (GGR) by conducting its operations in the temporary casino and later at the Melbourne Casino as a discrete business operated in Melbourne in a proper and efficient manner, having regard to the best operating practices in international casinos of a similar size and nature to the Melbourne Casino.52
        • Subject to a specified Transaction Document, it would be a contravention of the casino licence, enabling the VCCA to take disciplinary action against the casino operator under the Casino Control Act, if certain events occurred (including if the casino operator breached the Casino Agreement).53
        • Subject to the Minister’s approval, the parties to the Casino Agreement could vary any provision of the Casino Agreement.54
      7. Since the Casino Agreement as originally enacted was entered into, it has been the subject of 12 Deeds of Variation.55
      8. While the amendments in the earlier Deeds of Variation related primarily to the development of the Melbourne Casino and the casino operator’s financial arrangements,56 there have been significant changes to, among other things, the conditions relating to the casino operator’s structure.57 Some of these changes affect the ongoing regulation of the casino, and are discussed in more detail in other chapters.58

      The Management Agreement Act

      1. Under the Casino Control Act as originally enacted, the VCCA was prohibited from granting a casino licence unless a management agreement had been entered into between the State and the proposed casino operator that: (a) identified the casino to be the subject of the licence; and (b) contained any other terms and conditions the Minister thought fit.59
      2. This management agreement was initially intended to cover matters such as ‘taxation arrangements, design of the development of the casino, and infrastructure provision arrangements with the developer’.60 Since then, the scope of matters incorporated into the agreement has expanded.
      3. On 16 November 1993, the Management Agreement entered into between the State and the casino operator dated 20 September 1993 was ratified by Parliament and set out in schedule 1 of the Management Agreement Act as originally enacted.
      4. The Management Agreement Act, as originally enacted, principally addressed the approvals for, and development of, the casino. Key provisions included:
        • That to the extent that the Management Agreement was inconsistent with a provision of the Casino Control Act, the provisions of the Management Agreement would prevail. This provision allowed any terms in the Casino Control Act to be overridden by any ratified commercial arrangements incorporated into the Management Agreement between the State and the casino operator.61
        • That the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposal of the licence by the casino operator to another person would be permitted only if the Minister approved the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposal to that person of the casino operator’s rights, liabilities and obligations under the Management Agreement and the person had been approved by the VCCA.62
        • That the casino operator would be obliged to pay the premium payments, fees and taxes to the State.63
        • That the casino operator would have the exclusive right to conduct games approved under the Casino Control Act by the VCCA for a period of six years, extended to 12 years for those parts of the State within a radius of 150 km of the casino, subject to a carve-out for specified EGMs, lottery and club keno games. The Management Agreement also restricted the maximum number of EGMs permitted in venues within 100 km of the casino to 105, and the total number of EGMs in the state to 45,000, for a 12-year period.64
      5. The Management Agreement Act, as originally enacted, also included:
        • A requirement to obtain the State’s consent before dealing with the casino assets, making changes to the building, or any improvement or fixture forming part of the casino assets, or leasing or acquiring any asset other than in the ordinary course of the casino operator’s business, except as permitted by the Casino Agreement.65
        • The processes and procedures for the further development and approval of the design documentation, for the approval of the casino location and for the development of the casino.66
        • The process for, and consequences of, the termination of the Management Agreement.67
      6. The Management Agreement can only be amended by agreement of the State and the casino operator, and any amendment only comes into effect when ratified by Parliament.68 Since the enactment of the Management Agreement Act, the Management Agreement has been the subject of 10 Deeds of Variation, each of which Parliament has ratified.69
      7. While many of the early amendments related to changes to the development phase of the project, there have been some significant changes to the Management Agreement that affect the ongoing regulation of the casino. These are discussed in more detail in other chapters.70

      The Gaming Machine Control Act

      1. The Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) was enacted after the Casino Control Act had passed.
      2. The Gaming Machine Control Act created the regulatory framework for the introduction of EGMs in Victoria including:
        • their use in hotels, clubs and casinos
        • the activities of persons in the industry, including EGM manufacturers and suppliers.71
      3. The Act provided for:
        • The manufacture, sale, supply, obtaining and possession of EGMs to be regulated.72
        • The Minister to issue directions about the requirements for EGMs. These covered a range of matters, including the maximum number of EGMs permitted in Victoria, how many of these could be located outside the metropolitan area, the maximum number of EGMs allowed in restricted and unrestricted areas, and the bet limits for each class or area.73
        • The casino operator to be authorised, as a licensed venue operator, to obtain and possess EGMs.74
        • Technicians to be licensed to service, repair or maintain gaming equipment and to carry out prescribed duties. It further provided for persons listed on the roll of recognised manufacturers and suppliers of EGMs and components (Roll) to manufacture, sell or supply EGMs.75 The casino operator was not able to obtain EGMs or components from a person not listed on the Roll.
        • The regulator to approve EGM types, games and linked jackpot arrangements; restrict access to EGM components; and create offences for unlawful interference with gaming equipment.76
        • The establishment of the Victorian Gaming Commission. The Victorian Gaming Commission’s objectives included to ensure that gaming on EGMs was conducted honestly and that the management of gaming was free from criminal influence and exploitation; and to regulate the use of EGMs in casinos and approved venues. Its objectives also included to regulate the activities of key operatives in the gaming machine industry, including those who manufactured, supplied, repaired or owned machines, or provided venues for and operated machines.77
        • The establishment of the position of the Director of Gaming. The Director of Gaming’s functions included ensuring that the conduct of gaming at approved venues was supervised; detecting offences committed in or in relation to approved venues; and reporting to and assisting the Victorian Gaming Commission with the operation of the Gaming Machine Control Act. The Director of Gaming was authorised to appoint inspectors to enforce the provisions in the Gaming Machine Control Act.78
      4. Inspectors appointed under the Casino Control Act had all the rights, duties and functions conferred on inspectors by the Gaming Machine Control Act in relation to EGMs on casino premises.79
      5. Amendments were made by the Casino Control (Amendment) Act 1993 (Vic) and the Casino Control (Further Amendment) Act 1993 (Vic) to the Casino Control Act and the Gaming Machine Control Act to clarify the intended interactions between these Acts. The amendments ensured that the responsibility for the supervision and control of all gaming within the casino rested with the VCCA and the Director of Casino Surveillance, as was originally intended. Further, the amendments gave responsibility for the approval of EGM manufacturers to the Victorian Gaming Commission.

      Key changes to the casino regulator

      1. In the 1991 Report, Mr Connor, QC identified two basic functions of government in the management of casino gambling: a control function and a regulatory function. He recommended that each function be discharged by separately appointed persons or bodies.80
      2. The control function related primarily to the licensing of casinos and covered the administrative functions, some of which were described as ‘quasi-judicial’.81 The regulatory function related primarily to the direct supervision of the operation of casinos and the conduct of gambling in casinos. Mr Connor, QC stated that if this function was to be discharged satisfactorily, there would need to be a Division of Casino Regulation staffed by people with highly developed skills in administration, finance, auditing, policy and surveillance.82
      3. The regulatory framework initially established in Victoria to regulate EGMs and casinos comprised two bodies:
        • the Victorian Gaming Commission established under the Gaming Machine Control Act
        • the VCCA established under the Casino Control Act.
      4. Consistent with the advice of Mr Connor, QC, the VCCA was established as an independent, standalone specialist regulator, responsible for the control functions in the casino.83 The Director of Casino Surveillance was also established as the entity responsible for the conduct of gambling within, and for the direct supervision of, the casino.84
      5. After the VCCA had completed the probity assessments of the casino licensee applicants, but before the casino opened, the standalone specialist casino regulator was merged with the Victorian Gaming Commission to create a regulator responsible for both casinos and EGMs: the Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority (VCGA).

      Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority

      1. In September 1993, the Victorian Government commissioned a review of EGMs in Victoria. The review included a consideration of the effectiveness and efficiency of the regulatory and managerial framework governing the introduction and operation of EGMs. The recommendations of the review stressed the importance of having one Minister responsible for all aspects of gambling.85
      2. On 3 June 1994, by part 8 of the Gaming and Betting Act 1994 (Vic), the VCCA was merged with the Victorian Gaming Commission to form the VCGA.86 The VCGA was an independent statutory body for monitoring and controlling all forms of gambling in Victoria, and had powers under a number of Acts.87
      3. The merger of the VCCA and the Victorian Gaming Commission was said to be a logical step because they had similar regulatory roles. It was intended to ensure a consistent approach to the regulation of all aspects of gaming. It was also intended to help pool existing regulatory expertise and carry out similar functions more efficiently. In addition, the new authority assumed responsibility for the regulation of wagering and approved betting competitions.88
      4. At this time, the office of the Director of Gaming and Betting was also established. It was given the power to investigate compliance under the Gaming and Betting Act, including with betting rules and licences, and to generally assist the VCGA in relation to the operation of the Gaming and Betting Act.89

      Victorian Commission for Gambling Regulation

      1. Some eight years later, in 2002, the Victorian Government commissioned a high-level review of the governance arrangements for gambling regulation. The review found that gambling regulation in Victoria was confusing, with responsibilities spread across a number of Acts and regulators. It recommended simplifying and streamlining the regulatory regime through the creation of the VCGR. It also recommended a consolidation of existing legislation.90
      2. On 1 July 2004, the VCGR was established under chapter 10 of the Gambling Regulation Act. The Gambling Regulation Act repealed the Gaming and Betting Act, and replaced the VCGA and the two statutory positions (Director of Gaming and Betting and Director of Casino Surveillance) with the VCGR.91
      3. The Gambling Regulation Act consolidated eight of Victoria’s 10 principal gaming statutes into a single Act.92 The Casino Control Act and the Management Agreement Act were excluded from the consolidation as they related solely to a standalone casino, to which ‘more onerous inspection and control requirements appl[ied]’.93 However, the responsible gambling provisions in the consolidated Gambling Regulation Act applied to the casino.

      Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation

      1. On 6 February 2012, the VCGLR was established by the Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Act 2011 (Vic).94 The VCGLR assumed all regulatory functions, duties and powers of the VCGR, the Director of Liquor Licensing and the Liquor Licensing Panel.
      2. The establishment of the VCGLR was said to be a reform; not a merger, rebranding or restructure. The reform sought to create a ‘new, modern, world-class regulator for liquor and gambling in Victoria’.95 The government expected that the natural synergies between liquor and gambling regulation would enable better use of regulatory resources, which would lead to ‘improved education and compliance outcomes for the Victorian community, as well as industry’.96
      Scope of functions
      1. The VCGLR is a very different regulator to the one created by the Casino Control Act. The VCCA was set up to regulate casinos, with three objectives:

        1. ensuring that the management and operation of casinos remains free from criminal influence or exploitation; and
        2. ensuring that gaming in casinos is conducted honestly; and
        3. promoting tourism, employment and economic development generally in the State.97

      1. The objectives of the VCGLR today are significantly broader. Its responsibilities include regulating the compliance of all Victorian gambling and liquor licences, and educating the public and the relevant industries on issues of compliance, as well as advising the Minister on liquor and gambling-related matters.98
      Independence of the regulator
      1. The VCCA, VCGA and VCGR had each been established as an independent regulator and were not subject to the general direction of the Minister. When the VCGLR was established however, it was required, when performing functions or duties or exercising its powers, to have regard to any decision making guidelines issued by the Minister.99 This provision was intended to enable the Minister to provide general policy guidance to the VCGLR. It does not, however, give the Minister the power to direct the VCGLR on how it should determine any individual matter. In addition, one of the VCGLR’s functions is to ensure that government policy in relation to gambling and liquor is implemented.100 These obligations indicate that the VCGLR may not be as independent as its predecessors.
      Funding arrangements
      1. When the VCCA was established, the Casino Control Act provided that the VCCA and the Director of Casino Surveillance were to be funded out of the Consolidated Fund for expenses incurred in carrying out their respective functions.101 When established, the VCGA was funded in a similar way.102 The VCGR was funded differently: the Gambling Regulation Act made it budget-funded.103 The VCGLR is also budget-funded. Its Corporate Plan 2020–23 states that the annual budget is provided by the Department of Justice and Community Safety and its recurrent funding is subject to annual government budget decisions. The VCGLR has indicated that it is ‘responsible for the management of all resources [it has] at [its] disposal within the constraints of its operating budget’.104 The VCGLR’s Corporate Plan identifies as a key strategic risk that the current funding model is incompatible with operational requirements.105
      Persons appointed to the regulator
      1. The 1991 Report recommended that the president of the regulator be someone who had at least 10 years’ experience as a barrister or solicitor. This was so that the president would have experience with the quasi-judicial and administrative functions of the regulator—for example, conducting hearings—and be able to manage proceedings so as to ensure that they adhered to principles of natural justice.106
      2. When the VCCA was first established, its Chair was required to be a legal practitioner or a magistrate with at least 10 years’ experience.107 The Chair of the VCGLR is, however, no longer required to be a legal practitioner or magistrate. A person is qualified if the Minister is satisfied that they have the appropriate knowledge, experience and expertise to be a member of the VCGLR.108
      Staff
      1. The VCCA was entitled to employ staff and engage consultants on terms it determined itself.109 When the VCGA was established, its staff became employees under the Public Sector Management Act 1992 (Vic).110 VCGLR staff are now engaged under the Public Administration Act 2004 (Vic).111

      Victorian Gambling and Casino Control Commission

      1. On 3 August 2021, the Victorian Government announced the establishment of a new regulator, the Victorian Gambling and Casino Control Commission (VGCCC). Unlike the VCGLR, the VGCCC will focus solely on regulating the casino and gambling operators, with a dedicated casino regulation division.
      2. Prior to the establishment of the VCGLR, liquor and gambling were regulated by two standalone agencies. The Victorian Government has described the combined regulation of liquor and gaming as a ‘failed experiment’.112 The introduction of the VGCCC will see ‘governance return to a model that has a specific and separate focus on liquor and gambling regulation’.113

      Changes to key aspects of casino regulation

      1. Since 1991, substantive changes have been made to key aspects of casino regulation. The most relevant of these changes are summarised below.

      Periodic suitability reviews

      1. In 2005, the maximum number of years between periodic reviews of the casino operator was changed from at least every three years to at least every five years.114 The scope of the reviews was also expanded. In addition to considering the casino licensee’s suitability and the public interest in the licence continuing, the regulator has to consider:
        • whether or not the casino operator was complying with the Casino Control Act, the Management Agreement Act, the Gambling Regulation Act and the regulations made under any of those Acts
        • whether or not the casino operator was complying with the Transaction Documents and any other agreements between the casino operator and the State, or a body representing the State, that impose obligations on the casino operator in relation to gaming.115
      2. The extended period of time between reviews was intended to enable a ‘more rigorous and detailed review of the casino operator’, noting that a review could still be conducted more frequently if the regulator considered it necessary.116
      3. While the matters required to be addressed in the periodic review of the casino operator and its licence were expanded to include these additional considerations, the VCGLR observed in the Sixth Review that these matters had previously been considered under the general heading of ‘suitability’.117
      4. The Report of the Inquiry under Section 143 of the Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) (Bergin Report) noted that in New South Wales, there had been proposals that the periodic reviews be abandoned altogether. The Bergin Report also noted that the Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) was amended (in March 2018) so that the timing of these reviews in New South Wales can be altered by the making of regulations.118 In the Sixth Review, the VCGLR stated:

        One other Australian jurisdiction, New South Wales, mandates periodic licence reviews by the regulator in very similar terms. Other jurisdictions provide for ad hoc reviews. While the regulatory regime of Singapore (expressly benchmarked for the purposes of this review) does not specifically mandate a periodic review, its two casinos operate under three-year renewable licences, meaning that a very similar outcome is achieved.

        The New South Wales Government recently considered its policy position on periodic reviews, as part of a process of alignment of the regulatory regimes for the present Sydney Casino and a new restricted gaming facility licensed to commence operations from 2019 (Crown Sydney).

        Those considerations canvassed the role of a review and a particular paradox associated with the activity: that, if such a review could conclude that the casino operator was no longer suitable, that same state of affairs would already have been apparent to the regulator and a licence removal process would have been initiated. Noting this paradox, and the fact that the most recent review of the present Sydney Casino licence had been completed in 2016, the NSW Government determined that the periodic review requirement should remain in place at least until the first review following the opening of Crown Sydney.

        To the VCGLR, this review has presented the opportunity to assess and reflect, overall, on the casino operator’s past and ongoing conduct of the licensed business, with the benefit of input from stakeholders and comparison with other jurisdictions, and with the transparency arising from the obligation to report to the responsible Minister.119

      ‘Single purpose’ restriction

      1. In 2005, following a review of the commercial agreements between the State, the regulator and the casino operator, the Victorian Government agreed to the removal of the restriction on the casino operator owning and operating other casino businesses (‘single purpose’ restriction).120 Consequently, the Casino Control (Amendment) Act 2005 (Vic) was passed and a suite of new and amended agreements were entered into between the regulator, the casino operator and PBL (the new and amended arrangements and agreements are discussed in more detail in another chapter).121
      2. The following amendments were made to the Casino Agreement to facilitate the removal of the ‘single purpose’ restriction:
        • The removal of the restriction that the casino operator must not:
          • conduct any business other than the business authorised under the Casino Agreement and the casino licence or any business incidental or complementary with those businesses without the prior written approval of the regulator
          • establish or acquire a subsidiary unless it relates to an incidental or complementary business without the prior written approval of the regulator
          • take on or under a lease, or acquire for consideration, any asset other than in the ordinary course of the casino operator’s business, without the prior consent of the State.122
        • A requirement that the casino operator must conduct its operations in the Melbourne Casino in a manner that has regard to the best operating practices in casinos of a similar size and nature to the Melbourne Casino.123
      3. The Management Agreement was also amended to remove the obligation on the casino operator to obtain the prior written consent of the State to take on or under a lease, or acquire for consideration, any asset other than in the ordinary course of the casino operator’s business.124
      4. These amendments allowed the casino operator to own or operate businesses in addition to the Melbourne Casino. The change was intended to benefit Victoria by providing for ‘increased tourism and export income’.125 In the second reading of the Casino Control (Amendment) Bill 2005 (Vic), which gave effect to the suite of agreements, the then Attorney-General stated:

        This review of the casino agreement has resulted in a package of agreements between the [VCGR], the government, Crown and Crown’s parent company, [PBL].

        These agreements will provide significant benefits for Victoria, including:

        • increased transparency and accountability through the improved provision of information by Crown to the [VCGR];
        • the expenditure by Crown of at least $170 million over the next five years on the Melbourne Casino complex. This will maintain the value of the complex which is leased by the state to Crown;
        • increased tourism and export income as a result of the removal of the single-purpose restriction. Crown will be able to compete for interstate and international casino business and for other non-gaming business;
        • the promotion of tourism to Victoria by Crown; and
        • employment and other economic benefits that will result from Melbourne being the headquarters for the gaming business of [PBL] and the Melbourne casino remaining the flagship gaming business for [PBL] in Australia.126

      Prohibition on providing credit

      1. The Casino Control Act as originally enacted prohibited a casino operator from providing credit to patrons, subject to a limited exception. The casino operator was, in certain circumstances, permitted to issue chips in exchange for a cheque, without waiting for the funds to clear.127 Amendments to the Casino Control Act were passed in 1996 to introduce a further exception—to permit the casino operator to provide credit to players not ordinarily residing in Australia when participating in a ‘premium player arrangement’ or a junket. To be able to use this exception, the casino operator and the player needed to satisfy the requirements of any relevant controls and procedures approved by the regulator.128
      2. The ability to offer credit directly (to premium and junket players) or indirectly (to players by cashing cheques before they had cleared) resulted in the casino operator having to manage unpaid debts. The casino operator is required to seek the regulator’s approval before discharging any debts accrued by players.129

      Oversight of controlled contracts

      1. The Casino Control Act defines certain categories of contracts that the casino operator enters into as ‘controlled contracts’. From its commencement, the Casino Control Act established a process for the regulator to regulate controlled contracts, subject to limited exceptions.130 This measure was intended to prevent criminal elements from obtaining a financial interest in the casino ‘by the back door’.131
      2. The regulatory oversight of controlled contracts has shifted over time and moved towards a model where the casino operator, rather than the regulator, undertakes due diligence in relation to its contractors.
      3. The Casino Control Act was amended in 1993, before the Melbourne Casino opened, to provide the regulator with greater flexibility as to the types of contracts it needed to approve and to adopt an approach to controlled contracts that was considered ‘commercially practical’.132 The amendments:
        • Authorised the regulator to exempt any specified classes of contract or particular matters from the definition of ‘controlled contracts’.133
        • Required the regulator to publish an annual report on the classes of exempt contracts.134
        • Removed the requirement that the regulator investigate the operation of, and suitability of parties to, all controlled contracts before the casino operator could enter such contracts. In its place, the casino operator was required to provide notice of the controlled contract to the regulator, which could object to the contract or notify the casino operator that it required more time to conduct investigations.135
      4. Further changes to the regulation of controlled contracts were made:
        • To allow the casino operator to develop a system of self-regulation for controlled contracts. The regulator needed to be satisfied that the casino operator’s system of internal controls and administrative and accounting procedures—approved by the regulator—enabled an adequate assessment of the suitability of the supplier and ensured that the requirements of the controlled contract were met.136 The intent of this amendment was to reduce the administrative burden on the regulator. Instead of investigating every controlled contract, it could focus its investigations as required. The regulator retained the power to require the termination of a controlled contract on public interest grounds.137
        • To exempt from the controlled contract provisions any contracts between the casino operator and a person listed on the Roll.138
      5. The regulator advised in its Fifth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (June 2013) (Fifth Review) that it had categorised the level of risk associated with the types of contracts entered into by the casino operator. Category A was considered to be the highest risk, Category B to be medium risk and Category C to be low risk. At the time of the Fifth Review, Category A and B contracts were considered to be ‘controlled contracts’ for the purposes of the Casino Control Act.139

      Oversight of junkets

      1. In the 1991 Report, Mr Connor, QC noted that the Queensland Act did not deal with junkets but left them to be dealt with by regulation. He considered junkets to be ‘of such importance that they should be dealt with in the Act’ and that a modified version of the junket provisions included in the Queensland regulations should appear in the Victorian Act.140 This recommendation was not adopted in the Casino Control Act as originally enacted where, consistent with the Queensland Act, the details for the oversight of junkets were left to regulations.141
      2. The Casino Control Act as originally enacted authorised regulations to be made that regulated or prohibited the promotion and conduct of junkets.142 Regulations could be made that:
        • imposed restrictions on those who may organise or promote a junket
        • required the organiser or promoter of a junket, or the casino operator concerned, to give the regulator advance notice of the junket and to provide to the regulator detailed information about the conduct of, and the arrangements for, any junkets
        • required any contract or other agreement that related to the conduct of a junket to be in a form the regulator approved
        • required the organiser or promoter of a junket, or the casino operator concerned, to give specified information about the conduct of the junket to participants in that junket.143
      3. The regulation-making power was amended in 1994 to allow regulations also to be made relating to premium player arrangements, and to require the casino operator to give the regulator advance notice of a ‘premium player arrangement’.144
      4. In 1996, the Casino Control Act was amended to include new provisions that prohibited a person from organising or promoting a junket without the approval of the Director of Casino Surveillance. The amendment also prohibited the Director of Casino Surveillance from granting an approval to a junket organiser or promoter unless satisfied that the criteria specified in the regulations had been met.145 This amendment meant that the Director of Casino Surveillance became responsible for approving junket organisers and promoters.
      5. On 20 October 1998, the Casino Control (Junkets and Premium Players) (Interim) Regulations 1998 (Vic) came into effect. On 31 March 1999, those regulations were superseded by the Casino Control (Junkets and Premium Players) Regulations 1999 (Vic).
      6. The 1999 regulations had as their objective to provide for: ‘(a) the approval of junket organisers and promotors; (b) [the form and minimum content of] junket agreements; [and] (c) information to be given to the [regulator] about junkets and premium player arrangements’.146
      7. Specific relevant regulations included:
        • Regulation 6, which permitted a person to apply to the Director of Casino Surveillance for approval to organise or promote one or more junkets and the Director of Casino Surveillance to require an applicant to provide any information relevant to their investigation of the application.
        • Regulation 7, which required the Director of Casino Surveillance to refer a copy of each application to the Chief Commissioner of Police and the Chief Commissioner to inquire into and report to the Director of Casino Surveillance on any matters concerning the application that the Director of Casino Surveillance requested.
        • Regulation 9, which specified the criteria for approval of applications for the purposes of section 69(1AB) of the Casino Control Act as it then stood. The test was whether the applicant was of good repute. In the case of natural person applicants, regulation 9 required the applicant and each agent of the applicant who would accompany the junket to Australia to be of good repute, having regard to character, honesty and integrity. In the case of body corporate applicants, each agent who would accompany the junket, as well as each person who, in the opinion of the Director of Casino Surveillance, was able to exercise ‘a significant influence over or with respect to the management or operation of the applicant’s junket business’, similarly had to be of good repute, having regard to those same matters.
        • Regulation 10(3), which provided that if the Director of Casino Surveillance gave approval, it remained in force for the period specified in the approval, which could not exceed three years.
        • Regulation 16, which required junket arrangements to be in writing in a form approved by the regulator and to contain prescribed content, including the names and countries of origin of junket players.
      8. The Casino Control Act was further amended in 2002 to permit casino operators to accept gaming wagers, and pay wagers won, in foreign currencies for commission-based players. This arrangement was required to be in accordance with any relevant controls and procedures approved by the regulator in respect of foreign currency.147
      9. In 2003, by amendments to the Casino Control Act, the regulation of junkets in Victoria changed significantly. Regulatory oversight of junkets and premium player arrangements was replaced with a system of self-regulation. Under the new system, the casino operator’s system of internal controls and administrative and accounting procedures (approved by the regulator) included procedures for the promotion and conduct of junkets or premium player arrangements.148
      10. In the second reading speech for the Gambling Regulation Bill 2003 (Vic), which would introduce this change, the then Minister for Sport and Recreation stated:

        [P]robity requirements for junket operators will now be the responsibility of the casino operator, but overseen by the [regulator] through its supervision of the casino’s internal controls and procedures ...149

      Oversight of associates

      1. The Casino Control Act as originally enacted did not include any process for assessing the suitability of new associates or for the casino operator to separate from an associate considered to be unsuitable.
      2. In 1996, a new provision was inserted into the Casino Control Act, permitting the regulator to investigate an associate of a casino operator, or a person likely to become an associate of a casino operator. The casino operator was obliged to notify the regulator in writing, and as soon as practicable, that a person was likely to become an associate, and to take all reasonable steps to ensure that a person did not become an associate except with the regulator’s prior approval. The regulator was required to consider whether the associate:

        1. [was] of good repute, having regard to character, honesty and integrity;
        2. [was] of sound and stable financial background;
        3. [had] any business association with any person, body or association who or which, in the opinion of the regulator, [was] not of good repute having regard to character, honesty and integrity, or [had] undesirable or unsatisfactory financial resources.150
      1. If the regulator determined that an associate was unsuitable, the regulator could require the associate to terminate the association with the casino operator. If the association was not terminated within a certain timeframe, the regulator could direct the casino operator to take all reasonable steps to do so. The casino operator was required to comply with the direction, and the regulator could take disciplinary action if the casino operator failed to comply.151
      2. In 2000, the Casino Control Act was further amended to empower the regulator to:
        • issue a warning to an associate or require an associate to give a written undertaking to the regulator regarding the associate’s future conduct. The regulator could do this if it determined that the associate had engaged, or was engaging in, conduct that it considered to be unacceptable
        • give notice to the associate to require it to terminate the association with the casino operator. The regulator could do this if the associate failed to give an undertaking the regulator required or if the associate breached an undertaking.152
      3. The obligation on the casino operator to separate from unsuitable associates was also amended in 2000 to require the casino operator ‘take all reasonable steps’ to terminate an association.153

      Recognising gambling harm

      1. Along with the key aspects of casino regulation discussed above, the legislated objectives of casino regulation have changed over time. The main changes to the legislated objectives, discussed below, relate to responsible gambling.
      2. In 2000, the objectives of the regulator under the Casino Control Act were amended. The objective of ‘promoting tourism, employment and economic development generally in the State’ was replaced with:
        fostering responsible gambling in casinos in order to:
        1. minimise harm caused by problem gambling; and
        2. accommodate those who gamble without harming themselves or others.154

      1. The purpose of the Gaming Machine Control Act was also amended, adding the same objective.155
      2. During the second reading of the Gambling Legislation (Responsible Gambling) Bill 2000 (Vic), which would also make a number of amendments to the Gaming Machine Control Act in relation to EGMs in pubs and clubs outside the casino, the then Minister for Sport and Recreation said:

        The government is very much focused on its election commitment to policies that swing the pendulum back to better gaming regulation that will ameliorate the adverse impacts of gambling on all communities.

        For its part, the government is not opposed to the gaming or casino industries in Victoria. But we want an industry that is acutely aware of its special place in the community and committed to fulfilling its obligations to the people of Victoria.

        The bill introduces key areas of our election commitments relating to the better regulation of gambling in order to secure a better balanced approach to gambling and better protect the community from the adverse effects of gambling.156

      3. Although the purpose of ‘promoting tourism, employment and economic development generally in the State’ is no longer a purpose of the regulator, it remains one of the purposes of the Casino Control Act.157
      4. In June 2000, in the Second Triennial Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (Second Review), the regulator observed that ‘[w]hile the Casino Control Act still has an economic purpose, the amendments make it clear that the [regulator] no longer has a responsibility to manage its licensing systems for an economic purpose’.158 Nevertheless, the regulator considered the Second Review should still address the impact of the casino on tourism, employment and economic development generally in Melbourne and Victoria. The regulator noted that the casino operator had several obligations, under the Transaction Documents, with respect to tourism, employment and economic development. It further noted that performance of those obligations was relevant to the general suitability of the casino operator, and that therefore a general examination of economic impact would have relevance to the review.159
      5. When the regulator came to conduct the Third Triennial Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (June 2003) (Third Review), it sought legal advice about how the amendment to its statutory objectives affected its obligation to conduct periodic reviews of the casino operator.160
      6. Mr Peter Hanks, QC advised that while the amendment to the regulator’s statutory objectives had the effect of reorienting the regulator away from economic development issues and towards social issues, the requirement to conduct regular reviews of the casino operator remained focused on issues of reputation, integrity, stability, honesty and efficacy of the casino operator and its operations. Mr Hanks, QC noted that, in this context, it was significant that the definition of ‘public interest’ in the Casino Control Act had not been changed in any substantial way in 2000, and the definition continued to define that term as ‘public interest or interest of the public ... having regard to the creation and maintenance of public confidence and trust in the credibility, integrity and stability of casino operations’.161
      7. The regulator considered that advice in the context of the terms of reference that it had prepared for the Third Review. It decided to remove an item from the terms of reference relating to the impact of the Melbourne Casino on tourism, employment and economic development generally in Melbourne and in Victoria on the basis that:
        • the statutory powers of the regulator did not extend to this area
        • these issues did not impact on the activities of the regulator
        • the then Minister for Gaming received advice on these issues from the then Gaming Policy Unit within the Department of Justice.162

      The introduction of the Gambling Regulation Act

      1. As has been mentioned, the Gaming Machine Control Act was repealed on 1 July 2004 by the Gambling Regulation Act, which consolidated eight of the 10 principal gaming Acts into a single Act.163
      2. While the Casino Control Act and the Management Agreement Act were not consolidated into the Gambling Regulation Act, the matters relating to casino regulation that were previously addressed under the Gaming Machine Control Act were, subject to some exceptions, re-enacted in the Gambling Regulation Act. These included responsible gambling measures.164
      3. Two purposes of the amended Gambling Regulation Act are to:
        • foster responsible gambling in order to minimise harm caused by problem gambling and to accommodate those who gamble without harming themselves or others
        • ensure that minors are neither encouraged to gamble nor allowed to do so.165
      4. While there are no corresponding purposes in the Casino Control Act,166 parts of the Gambling Regulation Act that incorporate responsible gambling measures are imposed on a casino operator.167

      Changing responsible gambling obligations

      1. The purpose of the Casino Control Act as originally enacted was to establish a system for the licensing, supervision and control of casinos, with the aims of:

        1. ensuring that the management and operation of casinos remains free from criminal influence or exploitation; and
        2. ensuring that gaming in casinos is conducted honestly; and
        3. promoting tourism, employment and economic development generally in the State.168

      1. The Casino Control Act as originally enacted included no express reference to harm minimisation or responsible gambling, and neither did the second reading speech that introduced the Casino Control Bill to Parliament.169 At the time the Casino Control Bill was debated, the main harm envisaged was criminal activity and influence in casinos.170 While this concern remains a focus of the Casino Control Act in its current form,171 later amendments to the Act and its supporting legislation, including the Gaming Machine Control Act and later the Gambling Regulation Act, included a focus on the harms associated with gambling.
      2. The Casino Control Act as originally enacted did, however, include a number of harm minimisation and responsible gambling measures, although they were not described as such in the Act. These included:
        • Casino operator agents or employees being prohibited from inducing patrons to enter the casino or to take part in gaming in the casino.172
        • The casino operator being required to provide copies of the rules of games; display advice and information in relation to gaming rules, including odds; and display minimum and maximum odds.173
        • Subject to certain exceptions, the casino operator being prohibited from providing credit to patrons.174
        • Minors being prohibited from entering the casino.175
        • The Director of Casino Surveillance or casino operator having the power to exclude persons from entering or remaining in the casino.176
      3. These harm minimisation and responsible gambling measures have been added to and amended, responding to changing community expectations and the government’s approach to regulating responsible gambling.
      4. Further changes relating to harm minimisation and responsible gambling in the Casino Control Act have included:
        • Prohibiting the casino operator from knowingly sending or directing advertisements to a person subject to an exclusion order.177
        • Permitting the Minister to make directions about bet limits on EGMs in casinos.178
        • Subject to certain exceptions, prohibiting the casino operator from accepting large-denomination banknotes, and prohibiting games from being played on an EGM unless each spin could be initiated only by a distinct and separate activation of the machine by the player.179
        • Requiring the casino operator to limit withdrawals, and prohibit cash advances from credit accounts, from cash facilities within 50 m of the casino entrance.180
        • Subject to certain exceptions, requiring the casino operator to pay out EGM winnings over $2,000 by cheque, and to prohibit cheques drawn by the casino operator from being cashed at the casino or exchanged for gaming tokens.181
        • Requiring a person subject to an exclusion order to forfeit winnings to the State.182
        • Prohibiting the casino operator from allowing a person to gamble or bet while intoxicated.183
        • Requiring the casino operator, as a condition of its licence, to implement a Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct (Gambling Code).184
      5. The Gaming Machine Control Act, and later the Gambling Regulation Act, have also imposed additional harm minimisation and responsible gambling obligations on the casino operator, including:
        • Regulating the use of loyalty programs.185
        • Requiring the regulator to approve types of EGMs, or specific EGM games, having regard to a range of matters, including the game fairness and security, and responsible gambling.186
        • Regulating the content of, and compliance with, Gambling Codes.187
        • Requiring pre-commitment systems to be installed on all EGMs in Victoria.188

      Responsible Gambling Codes of Conduct

      1. The Casino Control Act and the Gambling Regulation Act were amended in 2007 to require the casino operator to implement a Gambling Code approved by the regulator.189
      2. Prior to the introduction of mandatory Gambling Codes, the casino operator was part of the Victorian Gaming Machine Industry Accord and was a signatory to the Victorian Gaming Machine Industry Code of Practice. This was a voluntary responsible gambling code.190
      3. It was intended that gambling industry participants would be required to develop codes that were appropriate for the nature of their business and the type of gaming that they provided. This approach acknowledged that ‘there can be more than one means of achieving the objective of responsible gambling and that a degree of flexibility is appropriate’.191
      4. When mandatory Gambling Codes were first introduced, the Minister could issue directions under the Gambling Regulation Act to the regulator. This included directions in relation to:

        1. the standards and requirements that a Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct, approved by the [regulator], and implemented by [the casino operator], must meet;
        2. guidelines in respect of Responsible Gambling Codes of Conduct;
        3. the content, monitoring and enforcement of Responsible Gambling Codes of Conduct.192

      1. In addition to any directions given by the Minister, a Gambling Code was required to:
        • demonstrate a commitment to foster responsible gambling
        • be appropriate for, and relevant to, the nature and type of gambling provided
        • set out a review process by which the casino operator would assess the operation and effectiveness of the Gambling Code.193
      2. The regulator was required to approve all Gambling Codes194 and the casino operator was required to implement an approved Gambling Code.195 The Casino Control Act was amended to empower the regulator to take disciplinary action against the casino operator for ‘repeated breaches by the casino operator of the casino operator’s [Gambling Code]’.196
      3. In addition, the regulator was required to report at least annually to the Minister on:
        • the effectiveness of the Gambling Codes
        • the casino operator’s level of compliance
        • whether any disciplinary action had been taken against the casino operator because of repeated breaches of the Gambling Codes
        • whether the regulator had conducted any programs, such as educational programs, for the benefit of the casino operator in order to increase compliance with, and the effectiveness of, the Gambling Codes.197
      4. The regulator approved the casino operator’s first Gambling Code in May 2009, which was implemented by the casino operator on 1 June 2009.198
      5. The requirement in the Casino Control Act that a Gambling Code be approved by the regulator was removed in 2018. It was replaced with a requirement that the casino operator implement a Gambling Code that complies with:
        • relevant regulations made under the Gambling Regulation Act
        • ministerial directions under the Gambling Regulation Act that applied to the casino operator.199
      6. The Gambling Regulation Act was amended to:
        • Authorise the Minister to issue directions about the standards and requirements that a Gambling Code must meet.200
        • Replace the requirement for annual reviews of Gambling Codes by the regulator with the requirement that the Minister undertake a review every five years.201 This amendment was intended to allow a more meaningful evaluation to take place at regular intervals and to reduce the burden on the regulator.202
      7. The requirement for a Minister’s review every five years is still in force. The reviews must consider how effectively Gambling Codes:
        • ensure that gambling products are supplied responsibly
        • promote practices that support and encourage responsible gambling
        • help minimise harm caused by gambling.203
      8. The 2018 changes were intended to improve the enforceability of the Gambling Codes and enable the ministerial directions to be more prescriptive about a range of matters, including how venue operators can better identify and respond to problematic gambling behaviour.204
      9. With these changes, the casino operator became responsible for ensuring that its Gambling Codes complied with the applicable ministerial directions. The regulator continued to have a compliance and enforcement role. All the 2018 changes are still in force.

      Pre-commitment and loyalty schemes

      1. In 2003, a new regulatory framework for player loyalty schemes came into effect under the Gaming Machine Control Act.205 The framework was designed to address the ‘increasing use of card technology and the emergence of databases that collect and manage consumer information on the spending and playing patterns of players’.206
      2. Among other things, the new framework required loyalty scheme providers, including the casino operator, to:
        • Provide loyalty scheme participants with written ‘player activity statements’ containing prescribed information.
        • Allow loyalty scheme participants to set limits on the time they could play games under the scheme and on their net loss in a 24-hour period and over a year. The participants could change the limits but, under the framework, the change could not take effect for at least 24 hours. When a participant’s limits were reached, the loyalty scheme provider was prohibited from allowing the participant to continue playing under the loyalty scheme.207
      3. Excluded persons were not permitted to participate in loyalty schemes.208
      4. Under this regime, in June 2003, the casino operator introduced the ‘Play Safe Limits’ program to allow members of its loyalty program to voluntarily pre-set limits on time or spending for each session before playing EGMs and fully-automated table games (FATGs).209
      5. When the Gaming Machine Control Act was repealed by the Gambling Regulation Act in 2004, the regulatory framework for loyalty schemes was incorporated into the Gambling Regulation Act.210
      6. The loyalty scheme requirements in the Gambling Regulation Act were subsequently amended in 2015, when it became mandatory for the new statewide pre-commitment system to be used by venue operators, including the casino operator, as the limit-setting mechanism on EGMs.211 The system allows a person to set a time limit or net loss limit before that person gambles on an EGM in any venue in Victoria with EGMs.212 From 1 December 2015, it became mandatory for all EGMs at all gaming venues in Victoria, including the casino, to be linked to the statewide pre-commitment system.213
      7. In the second reading of the Gambling Regulation Amendment (Pre-commitment) Bill 2013 (Vic) that implemented the statewide pre-commitment system, the then Treasurer stated:

        The coalition government has led the way by committing to introducing a voluntary precommitment scheme. Precommitment is a vital harm minimisation and consumer protection measure that will help players control their gambling and avoid it escalating to harmful levels. Precommitment is not just for problem gamblers; it is for everyone who makes the decision to play a gaming machine. Players can decide what they want to spend or how long they want to spend playing a gaming machine, and precommitment provides the tools to enable the player to keep track of the time and costs of their gaming machine play and the tools to enable the player to stick to the limits they have set.214

      8. Intralot Gaming Services Pty Ltd (Intralot) was authorised under the Gambling Regulation Act to provide, operate and maintain a pre-commitment system and associated services.215
      9. While it is mandatory for all EGMs to be linked to Intralot’s pre-commitment system, players may use the scheme on a voluntary basis and the limits imposed by the player are not binding.
      10. The Intralot pre-commitment system for players in Victoria is called ‘YourPlay’.216 When a player reaches their pre-determined time or spending limit, the EGM is disabled and informs the player that the limit has been reached. The player can then elect to continue gambling by clicking through the screen or can exit the system by removing their card. As such, the system acts as an information cue, reminding the player of the pre-determined limit, rather than as a protective measure preventing continued play beyond the set limits.217
      11. At the time YourPlay was implemented on EGMs at the Melbourne Casino, the Play Safe Limits program operated through the casino operator’s loyalty scheme was required to be disabled on EGMs, as only the statewide pre-commitment system could be used to offer limit-setting mechanisms.218 The Play Safe Limits program continues to be used by the casino operator to provide a pre-commitment system to players of FATGs.
      12. To encourage participation in the YourPlay scheme, when it was introduced, the loyalty scheme requirements under the Gambling Regulation Act were amended to provide that players had to use one card for both pre-commitment and loyalty schemes. This meant that if a venue operator, including the casino operator, wished to have a loyalty scheme, the same player card, card reader, display screen and kiosk would be used for both the loyalty scheme and the pre-commitment system.219 These new requirements created one means of obtaining access to information at a gaming venue about both schemes.220 This approach was intended to remove the stigma of using a card designed solely for pre-commitment.221

      Provision of regulatory certainty to Crown

      1. In 2014, amendments were made to the Management Agreement, which were ratified by Parliament, to provide ‘regulatory certainty’ to the casino operator. The then Minister for Liquor and Gaming Regulation stated that the amendments were intended to support continued investment and jobs for Victoria ‘in an increasingly competitive environment’, where the Melbourne Casino faced a sharp increase in competition from casinos in Australia and the region, ‘while delivering substantial financial benefits to the State’.222
      2. The agreement negotiated between the State and the casino operator provided for:
        • an extension of the casino licence term by 17 years to 18 November 2050
        • an increase in the number of gaming tables in the casino from 400 to 440 and an increase in the number of FATG terminals from 200 to 250
        • an increase in the number of EGMs from 2,500 to 2,628
        • the receipt by the State of payments up to $910 million from Crown
        • the provision to the casino operator of ‘enhanced’ regulatory certainty.223
      3. The ‘regulatory certainty’ acquired by Crown Melbourne is of such importance, it is the subject of a separate chapter (Chapter 9).

      Current approach to casino regulation: risk based regulation

      1. Since its establishment in 2012, the VCGLR has aimed to transform itself into a ‘modern, risk-based regulator’.224
      2. The VCGLR describes its regulatory approach as being risk based, and has indicated that an understanding of risk guides its decision-making priorities and use of resources in discharging its statutory functions in licensing, information and education, monitoring and enforcement. The VCGLR also indicates that under this risk based approach, it considers the risks associated with activities, such as particular types of gambling, as well as the risk presented by individuals and businesses in the gambling and liquor industries. By adopting a risk based approach, the VCGLR acknowledges that a tolerance of risk is necessary to properly meet its regulatory objectives.225
      3. Mr Peter Cohen, a former executive commissioner of the VCGR,226 conducted the Casino Modernisation Review for the New South Wales Office of Liquor, Gaming and Racing in 2016. Mr Cohen advised the New South Wales Government that risk based regulation allowed risk to be transferred from the government sector to the operators. He stated:

        Regulators unnecessarily involved in day-to-day operations of casinos, which prescriptive models engender, assume a level of liability which should not be the State’s responsibility. These risks come in many forms but are generally in place where the regulator is asked to approve something in advance rather than allow the operator to decide the correct course of action.227

      4. The risk based approach adopted by the VCGLR today is a significant change from the prescriptive regulatory oversight approach under the Casino Control Act as first enacted.228 Some of the changes to the regulatory framework in Victoria over time reflecting this shift include:
        • Significant changes to junket oversight. Probity assessments for junket operators have shifted from being the responsibility of the regulator to that of the casino operator, with the regulator now only overseeing junket operations through its supervision of the casino’s internal controls and procedures. Mr Cohen noted that the Victorian approach to junket regulation is an example of permissive, risk based regulation. While junkets are no longer required to be approved by the regulator, that does not mean that the casino operator has no responsibility to ensure, among other things, that junket operations comply with its approved systems of administrative and internal controls. Mr Cohen also noted that the regulator retains a general power to issue binding directions to the casino operator in relation to the conduct, supervision or control of operations in the casino.229
        • Changes to oversight of contracts for the supply of goods and services (controlled contracts). These changes allow the casino operator to develop a system of self-regulation, provided that the regulator is satisfied that the casino operator’s systems of internal controls and accounting procedures adequately enable the assessment of suppliers’ suitability, and that the casino operator has complied with the requirements for controlled contracts imposed under the Casino Control Act.230
        • Replacing the requirement that the regulator approve Responsible Gambling Codes of Conduct with a requirement that the casino operator is responsible for ensuring that its Responsible Gambling Code of Conduct complies with the Casino Control Act.231
      5. When comparing the Victorian and Singaporean regulatory practices, Mr Cohen stated that even though the legislation in these jurisdictions is similar, the methodology for regulating is vastly different. Victoria has shifted its focus from the highly prescriptive approach implemented in the early days of casino regulation in the 1990s to the essentially risk based approach of today. Conversely, Singapore started with a heavily prescriptive approach and has continued in that form.232

      Auditor-General’s reports on the regulation of gambling

      1. The Victorian Auditor-General’s Report entitled Regulating Gambling and Liquor, released in February 2017, identified a number of issues with the VCGLR’s implementation of a risk based approach.
      2. The Auditor-General recognised that a risk based approach helps the VCGLR to allocate its finite resources to areas that have the greatest impact on limiting the negative effects of gambling and alcohol. It also provides the VCGLR with a transparent, defensible approach to its regulatory work.233
      3. The Auditor-General observed, however, that ‘some audits of key areas of risk for the casino operator had not been performed consistently, or at all, since 2012’.234 The Auditor-General further noted that the Casino Control Act prohibits the casino operator from running the casino unless the VCGLR has approved its system of internal controls and administrative and accounting procedures. While the Casino Control Act requires the casino operator to implement the approved controls and procedures, the Auditor-General indicated that the VCGLR should regularly assess whether this is happening.235
      4. The Auditor-General also noted that regular reviews of the internal audit activities of the casino could provide assurance about the adequacy of the internal controls and oversight of the casino. However, the Auditor-General observed that while the VCGLR planned to undertake a quarterly audit on the internal audit function of the operator, this would have been the first occasion since August 2012 that it had undertaken any such review. The Auditor-General stated:

        [The] VCGLR obtains information on the casino operator’s annual internal audit program and copies of the agenda and minutes of the operator’s audit and compliance committee meetings. However, [the] VCGLR could not demonstrate that it systematically reviews this material. In addition, the information the operator provides is not sufficient to give assurance that its internal controls and oversight are robust or adequate, because it does not adequately demonstrate the risk assessments, resources, processes or quality assurance used in these activities.

        [The] VCGLR can request complete documentation of the operator’s audit and compliance committee meetings but has not done so since 2013. This is a gap in its approach because this information could be used to improve its understanding of the effectiveness of the operator’s internal controls and to inform the targeting of [the] VCGLR’s compliance activities.236

      5. The Auditor-General recommended that the VCGLR continue to revise the risk based approach to compliance to ensure better targeting of compliance activities.237
      6. When the Auditor-General followed up on the recommendations in 2019, it noted that the VCGLR was still finalising implementation of its risk based model for gambling licensing.238

      Suitability and public interest

      1. The notions of suitability and public interest are central to the Casino Control Act and the Terms of Reference of this Commission. Given their importance, they are dealt with separately in Chapter 18 and Appendix H.

      Endnotes

      1 The Allen Consulting Group, Casinos and the Australian Economy, Report to the Australasian Casino Association (Report, April 2009) 4.

      2 Australian Institute for Gambling Research, University of Western Sydney, Australian Gambling Comparative History and Analysis—Project Report for the Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority (Report, October 1999) 151–2.

      3 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 28 May 1991, 2535 (Jan Wade).

      4 Australian Institute for Gambling Research, University of Western Sydney, Australian Gambling Comparative History and Analysis—Project Report for the Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority (Report, October 1999) 152.

      5 Xavier Connor, Report of Board of Inquiry into Casinos in the State of Victoria (Report, April 1983) [1.02].

      6 Xavier Connor, Report of Board of Inquiry into Casinos in the State of Victoria (Report, April 1983) [18.02]–[18.08].

      7 Xavier Connor, Report of Board of Inquiry into Casinos in the State of Victoria (Report, April 1983) [16.02].

      8 Australian Institute for Gambling Research, University of Western Sydney, Australian Gambling Comparative History and Analysis—Project Report for the Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority (Report, October 1999) 152, 175.

      9 Australian Institute for Gambling Research, University of Western Sydney, Australian Gambling Comparative History and Analysis—Project Report for the Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority (Report, October 1999) 175.

      10 Australian Institute for Gambling Research, University of Western Sydney, Australian Gambling Comparative History and Analysis—Project Report for the Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority (Report, October 1999) 155, 175–6.

      11 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [1.1].

      12 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [1.1].

      13 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [7.4].

      14 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [9.3].

      15 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [6.8], [6.23], [9.1].

      16 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [6.8]. The report does not identify the relevant New Jersey legislation.

      17 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 24 April 1991, 1692 (James Kennan).

      18 Exhibit RC0002 VCGLR Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2018, 41.

      19 Australian Institute for Gambling Research, University of Western Sydney, Australian Gambling Comparative History and Analysis—Project Report for the Victorian Casino and Gaming Authority (Report, October 1999) 153–4.

      20 Exhibit RC0002 VCGLR Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2018, 41; Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cl 26.2.

      21 VCGA, Third Triennial Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (Report, June 2003) 31.

      22 Casino and Gambling Legislation Amendment Act 2014 (Vic) s 3, amending Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 18; Casino and Gambling Legislation Amendment Act 2014 (Vic) s 8, inserting Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) sch 11 cl 2.1(c).

      23 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cl 22.1(f).

      24 Relevant regulations include the Gambling Regulation (Pre-commitment and Loyalty Scheme) Regulations 2014 (Vic), Gambling Regulations 2015 (Vic), Gaming Regulation (Premium Customer) Regulations 2011 (Vic) and Casino Control (Fees) Regulations 2015 (Vic).

      25 Exhibit RC0002 VCGLR Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2018, 4.

      26 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) pts 2, 9, 10, as enacted.

      27 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) pt 7 div 2, as enacted.

      28 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) pt 7 div 3, as enacted.

      29 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) pt 2, as enacted.

      30 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) pt 4, as enacted.

      31 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 24–5, as enacted.

      32 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) pt 3 div 2, as enacted.

      33 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 68(7), as enacted.

      34 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69, as enacted.

      35 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 72, 74, as enacted.

      36 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 121–2, as enacted.

      37 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 23, as enacted.

      38 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 26(1), 27, as enacted.

      39 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 20, as enacted.

      40 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 156, as enacted.

      41 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 7(1), as enacted.

      42 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 142, as enacted.

      43 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 14, as enacted.

      44 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, recital E.

      45 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, pts 2–5, sch 1.

      46 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cl 22.1(c).

      47 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cl 22.1(d).

      48 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cls 22.1(f)–(g).

      49 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cl 22.1(p).

      50 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cl 22.1(q).

      51 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cl 26.2.

      52 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cl 28.

      53 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cl 31.2.

      54 Exhibit RC0488 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993, cl 4.

      55 Exhibit RC0435 Consolidated Casino Agreement, 21 September 1993.

      56 See, eg, Exhibit RC0491 VCCA Melbourne Casino Project Third Variation Agreement to the Casino Agreement, 25 May 1994, cl 2; Exhibit RC0493 VCGA Melbourne Casino Project Fifth Variation Agreement to the Casino Agreement, 7 March 1995, cl 2.

      57 See, eg, Exhibit RC0496 VCGA Melbourne Casino Project Eighth Variation Agreement to the Casino Agreement, 27 May 1999, cl 3.5; Exhibit RC0497 VCGR Melbourne Casino Project Ninth Variation Agreement to the Casino Agreement, 8 July 2005, cls 2.3–2.8.

      58 See discussion in Chapters 16 and 17.

      59 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 15, as enacted.

      60 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 24 April 1991, 1693 (James Kennan).

      61 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) s 7, as enacted.

      62 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) s 9, as enacted.

      63 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) s 11, sch 1 pt 4, as enacted.

      64 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) sch 1 pt 5, as enacted.

      65 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) sch 1 cl 41.2, as enacted.

      66 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) sch 1 pts 2–3, as enacted.

      67 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) sch 1 pt 6, as enacted.

      68 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) sch 1 cl 4, as enacted.

      69 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) schs 2–11.

      70 See, eg, Chapter 16.

      71 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 1, as enacted.

      72 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) pts 2–3, as enacted.

      73 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 12, as enacted.

      74 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 13, 32, as enacted.

      75 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 16–17, as enacted.

      76 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) pt 4, as enacted.

      77 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) pt 6, as enacted.

      78 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) pts 7–8, as enacted.

      79 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 163(2), as enacted.

      80 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [3.1]–[3.4].

      81 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [3.2].

      82 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [3.3].

      83 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) pt 10, as enacted; Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [3.10].

      84 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) pt 7 div 2, as enacted.

      85 Victorian Auditor-General, Victoria’s Gaming Industry: An Insight into the Role of the Regulator (Special Report No 54, March 1998) [2.3]–[2.4].

      86 Victorian Auditor-General, Victoria’s Gaming Industry: An Insight into the Role of the Regulator (Special Report No 54, March 1998) [2.3]–[2.4]; Gaming and Betting Act 1994 (Vic) pt 8, as enacted.

      87 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic); Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic); Club Keno Act 1993 (Vic); Gaming and Betting Act 1994 (Vic); Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic); Lotteries, Gaming and Betting Act 1996 (Vic); Racing Act 1958 (Vic); Tattersalls Consultations Act 1958 (Vic); TT-Line Gaming Act 1993 (Vic).

      88 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 28 April 1994, 1314–15 (Alan Stockdale).

      89 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 28 April 1994, 1315–16 (Alan Stockdale).

      90 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 2 December 2003, 1987 (Justin Madden).

      91 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 12.1.1.

      92 The Acts consolidated in the Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) were the Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic), Gaming and Betting Act 1994 (Vic), Public Lotteries Act 2000 (Vic), Gaming No. 2 Act 1997 (Vic), Interactive Gaming (Player Protection) Act 1999 (Vic), Club Keno Act 1993 (Vic), TT-Line Gaming Act 1993 (Vic) and Lotteries, Gaming and Betting Act 1996 (Vic). Each of these Acts was repealed by Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 12.1.1, as enacted.

      93 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 2 December 2003, 1987 (Justin Madden).

      94 Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Act 2011 (Vic) pt 2.

      95 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 15 September 2011, 3298 (Michael O’Brien).

      96 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 15 September 2011, 3299 (Michael O’Brien).

      97 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 140, as enacted.

      98 Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Act 2011 (Vic) s 9.

      99 Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Act 2011 (Vic) s 5.

      100 Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Act 2011 (Vic) s 9(g).

      101 Casino Control (Further Amendment Act) 1993 (Vic) s 23, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 112B.

      102 Gaming and Betting Act 1994 (Vic) ss 94, 95, as enacted; Gaming and Betting Act 1994 (Vic) s 229(k), repealing s 112B(1).

      103 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 12.1.2, sch 5 item 108, as enacted, repealing Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 112B(2); Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 12.1.1, as enacted, repealing Gaming and Betting Act 1994 (Vic).

      104 VCGLR, Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Corporate Plan 2020–23 (September 2020) 22.

      105 VCGLR, Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Corporate Plan 2020–23 (September 2020) 25.

      106 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [6.3].

      107 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 131(2), as enacted.

      108 Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Act 2011 (Vic) s 12(1).

      109 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 145, as enacted.

      110 Gaming and Betting Act 1994 (Vic) s 96, as enacted.

      111 Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Act 2011 (Vic) s 29.

      112 Yara Murray-Atfield and Oliver Gordon, ‘Crown Admits Failings at Royal Commission as Melbourne CEO “Ceases” Role, Regulator Split’, ABC News (online, 3 August 2021) < https://www.abc.net.au/news/2021-08-03/crown-royal-commission-ceo-leave…External Link >.

      113 Victoria State Government, ‘New Regulator to Strengthen Casino Oversight’ (Media Release, 3 August 2021) 1.

      114 Casino Control (Amendment) Act 2005 (Vic) s 3(1), amending Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 25.

      115 Casino Control (Amendment) Act 2005 (Vic) s 3(1), amending Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 25.

      116 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 16 August 2005, 233 (Justin Madden).

      117 Exhibit RC0002 VCGLR Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2018, 16.

      118 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 38; Casino Control Amendment Act 2018 (NSW) sch 1 cl 2, substituting Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) s 31(3).

      119 Exhibit RC0002 VCGLR Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2018, 17.

      120 Exhibit RC0013 VCGLR Fifth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2013, 40.

      121 See Chapter 17.

      122 Exhibit RC0497 VCGR Melbourne Casino Project Ninth Variation Agreement to the Casino Agreement, 8 July 2005, cl 2.6. The Ninth Deed of Variation deleted cls 22.1(p), 22.1(q), 22.4 and 48.2(e) of the Casino Agreement.

      123 Exhibit RC0497 VCGR Melbourne Casino Project Ninth Variation Agreement to the Casino Agreement, 8 July 2005, cl 2.6. The Ninth Deed of Variation substituted cl 28 of the Casino Agreement.

      124 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) sch 9 cl 3(a). The Eighth Deed of Variation to the Management Agreement, in sch 9 of the Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic), deleted cl 48.2(e) of the Management Agreement.

      125 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 21 July 2005, 2004 (Rob Hulls).

      126 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 21 July 2005, 2004 (Rob Hulls).

      127 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 68(7), as enacted.

      128 Miscellaneous Acts (Further Omnibus Amendments) Act 1996 (Vic) s 10, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 68(8).

      129 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 68(2)(e).

      130 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 29–35, as enacted.

      131 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 24 April 1991, 1693 (James Kennan).

      132 Casino Control (Further Amendment) Act 1993 (Vic) s 9; Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 10 November 1993, 917 (Haddon Storey).

      133 Casino Control (Further Amendment) Act 1993 (Vic) s 8, amending Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 29, 31.

      134 Casino Control (Further Amendment) Act 1993 (Vic) s 8(2), amending Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 29(1).

      135 Casino Control (Further Amendment) Act 1993 (Vic) s 9, substituting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 30.

      136 Gambling Legislation (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act 2000 (Vic) s 48, amending Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 122(1)(u)–(v).

      137 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 21 November 2000, 1434 (Justin Madden).

      138 Gaming Legislation (Amendment) Act 2002 (Vic) s 5, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 29(1)(ba).

      139 Exhibit RC0013 VCGLR Fifth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2013, 50.

      140 Exhibit RC1566 Xavier Connor, Report on Casinos, 14 February 1991, [6.21].

      141 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69, as enacted.

      142 The Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69(3), as enacted, defined a ‘junket’, without limiting the commonly understood meaning of the term, to include any arrangement for the promotion for gaming in a casino by a group of people (usually involving arrangements for the provision of transportation, accommodation, food, drink and entertainment for participants, some or all of which are paid for by the casino operator or are otherwise provided on a complimentary basis). The Casino Control (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act 1994 (Vic) ss 4, 9(3) amended Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 3(1), 69(3), replacing the definition of ‘junkets’ to mean an arrangement whereby a person or a group of people is introduced to a casino operator by a junket organiser or promoter who receives a commission based on the turnover of play in the casino attributable to the persons introduced by the organiser or promoter or otherwise calculated by reference to such play.

      143 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69(2), as enacted.

      144 Casino Control (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act 1994 (Vic) s 9, amending Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69. A ‘premium player arrangement’ was defined to mean an arrangement whereby a casino operator agrees to pay a patron of the casino a commission based on the patron’s turnover of play in the casino: Casino Control (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act 1994 (Vic) s 4, amending Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 3(1).

      145 Gaming Acts (Amendment) Act 1996 (Vic) s 29, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 69(1AA)–(1AB).

      146 Casino Control (Junkets and Premium Players) Regulations 1999 (Vic) reg 1.

      147 Gaming Legislation (Amendment) Act 2002 (Vic) s 9, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 64(2)–(3).

      148 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 12.1.2, sch 5 cl 84, as enacted, repealing Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69; Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 12.1.2, sch 5 cl 115(b), as enacted, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 122(1)(w).

      149 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 2 December 2003, 1989 (Justin Madden).

      150 Gaming Acts (Amendment) Act 1996 (Vic) s 27, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 28A.

      151 Gaming Acts (Amendment) Act 1996 (Vic) s 26, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 28A(3), 28(5); Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 20(1) (definition of ‘grounds for disciplinary action’, para (da)), as at 1 July 1997.

      152 Gambling Legislation (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act 2000 (Vic) s 42, substituting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 28A(5) (with ss 28A(4A), 28A(4B), 28A(5)).

      153 Gambling Legislation (Miscellaneous Amendments) Act 2000 (Vic) s 42, substituting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 28A(5) (with ss 28A(4A), 28A(4B), 28A(5)).

      154 Gambling Legislation (Responsible Gambling) Act 2000 (Vic) s 4, substituting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 140(c).

      155 Gambling Legislation (Responsible Gambling) Act 2000 (Vic) s 6, inserting Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 1(f).

      156 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 5 April 2000, 561 (Justin Madden).

      157 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 1.

      158 VCGA, Second Triennial Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (Report, June 2000) 7.

      159 VCGA, Second Triennial Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (Report, June 2000) 7.

      160 VCGA, Third Triennial Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (Report, June 2003) 4.

      161 VCGA, Third Triennial Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (Report, June 2003) 34; Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 3(1), 25(1).

      162 VCGA, Third Triennial Review of the Casino Operator and Licence (Report, June 2003) 4−5.

      163 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ss 1.2(2), 12.1.1, as enacted; Victoria, Victoria Government Gazette, No G 27, 1 July 2004, 1843. The Acts consolidated in the Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) were the Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic), Gaming and Betting Act 1994 (Vic), Public Lotteries Act 2000 (Vic), Gaming No. 2 Act 1997 (Vic), Interactive Gaming (Player Protection) Act 1999 (Vic), Club Keno Act 1993 (Vic), TT-Line Gaming Act 1993 (Vic) and Lotteries, Gaming and Betting Act 1966 (Vic).

      164 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) pt 3, pt 4 ss 77B–77C, 81–81B, as at 1 July 2003; Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ch 3 pt 4, ch 3 pt 5 div 3, as enacted.

      165 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ss 1.1(2)(a)–(ab).

      166 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 1.

      167 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ch 3 pt 5 div 3, ch 10 pt 6 div 2.

      168 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 1, as enacted.

      169 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 1, as enacted; Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 24 April 1991, 1692–5 (James Kennan).

      170 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 24 April 1991, 1692 (James Kennan); Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 4 June 1991, 2075 (David White).

      171 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 1.

      172 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 64(i), as enacted.

      173 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 66(1)(a)–(b), (d), as enacted.

      174 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 68, as enacted.

      175 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 84, as enacted.

      176 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 72, as enacted.

      177 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 78A.

      178 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 62A(4)–(6).

      179 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 62AB.

      180 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 81AA.

      181 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 81AAB.

      182 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 78B.

      183 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 81AAC.

      184 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69.

      185 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 82A–82F, as at 1 July 2003; Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ch 3 pt 5 div 5.

      186 Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69; Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 3.5.4.

      187 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ch 10 pt 6 div 2.

      188 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ch 3 pt 8A.

      189 Gambling Legislation Amendment (Problem Gambling and Other Measures) Act 2007 (Vic) s 57, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69; Gambling Legislation Amendment (Problem Gambling and Other Measures) Act 2007 (Vic) s 49, inserting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 10.6.8.

      190 Exhibit RC0013 VCGLR Fifth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2013, 82–3.

      191 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 22 November 2007, 3662 (Gavin Jennings).

      192 Gambling Legislation Amendment (Problem Gambling and Other Measures) Act 2007 (Vic) s 49, inserting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 10.6.6.

      193 Gambling Legislation Amendment (Problem Gambling and Other Measures) Act 2007 (Vic) s 49, inserting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 10.6.7.

      194 Gambling Legislation Amendment (Problem Gambling and Other Measures) Act 2007 (Vic) s 49, inserting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 10.6.8.

      195 Gambling Legislation Amendment (Problem Gambling and Other Measures) Act 2007 (Vic) s 57, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69.

      196 Gambling Legislation Amendment (Problem Gambling and Other Measures) Act 2007 (Vic) s 55, inserting Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 20(1)(db).

      197 Gambling Legislation Amendment (Problem Gambling and Other Measures) Act 2007 (Vic) s 49, inserting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 10.6.10.

      198 Exhibit RC0013 VCGLR Fifth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2013, 82.

      199 Gambling Regulation Amendment (Gaming Machine Arrangements) Act 2017 (Vic) s 58, amending Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69; Gambling Regulation Amendment (Gaming Machine Arrangements) Act 2017 (Vic) s 53, substituting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ss 10.6.6–10.6.9.

      200 Gambling Regulation Amendment (Gaming Machine Arrangements) Act 2017 (Vic) s 53, substituting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 10.6.6.

      201 Liquor and Gambling Legislation Amendment Act 2018 (Vic) s 68, repealing Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ch 10 pt 6 div 3; Gambling Regulation Amendment (Gaming Machine Arrangements) Act 2017 (Vic) s 53, substituting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 10.6.8.

      202 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 20 September 2017, 2868 (Marlene Kairouz).

      203 Gambling Regulation Amendment (Gaming Machine Arrangements) Act 2017 (Vic) s 53, substituting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 10.6.8.

      204 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 20 September 2017, 2868 (Marlene Kairouz).

      205 Gaming Legislation (Amendment) Act 2002 (Vic) s 41, inserting Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 82A–82F; Gaming Legislation (Amendment) Act 2002 (Vic) s 2(4).

      206 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 6 June 2002, 1649 (Justin Madden).

      207 Gaming Legislation (Amendment) Act 2002 (Vic) s 41, inserting Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 82A–82F.

      208 Gaming Legislation (Amendment) Act 2002 (Vic) s 41, inserting Gaming Machine Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 82A(5)–(7).

      209 Exhibit RC0002 VCGLR Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2018, 97.

      210 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ss 3.5.36–3.5.41, as enacted.

      211 Gambling Regulation Amendment (Pre-commitment) Act 2014 (Vic) s 37, inserting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) pt 8A.

      212 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ss 1.3, 3.8A.1 (definitions of ‘pre-commitment mechanism’ and ‘pre-commitment system’).

      213 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 3.8A.7(4).

      214 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 31 October 2013, 3800 (Michael O’Brien).

      215 Victoria, Victoria Government Gazette, No G 15, 10 April 2014, 677; Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) ss 3.4.4(1B)–(1C), 3.8A.2.

      216 Exhibit RC0002 VCGLR Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2018, 97.

      217 Angela Rintoul and Anna Thomas, ‘Pre-Commitment Systems for Electronic Gaming Machines’ (Discussion Paper No 9, Australian Gambling Research Centre, August 2017) 6.

      218 Gambling Regulation Amendment (Pre-commitment) Act 2014 (Vic) s 37, inserting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 3.8A.13.

      219 Gambling Regulation Amendment (Pre-commitment) Act 2014 (Vic) s 33, inserting Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 3.5.36D; Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 31 October 2013, 3801 (Michael O’Brien).

      220 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 31 October 2013, 3801 (Michael O’Brien).

      221 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 31 October 2013, 3801 (Michael O’Brien).

      222 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) sch 11; Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 18 September 2014, 3141–2 (Edward O’Donohue).

      223 Casino (Management Agreement) Act 1993 (Vic) sch 11; Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 18 September 2014, 3141–2 (Edward O’Donohue).

      224 VCGLR, Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation Corporate Plan 2017–20 (July 2017) 8.

      225 VCGLR, VCGLR’s Regulatory Approach (Report, August 2015) 5, 8.

      226 ‘Peter Cohen’, The Agenda Group (Web Page) < https://theagendagroup.com.au/blog/2018/01/06/peterExternal Link >.

      227 Peter Cohen, Casino Modernisation Review (Report, February 2016) 20.

      228 Peter Cohen, Casino Modernisation Review (Report, February 2016) 18.

      229 Peter Cohen, Casino Modernisation Review (Report, February 2016) 16.

      230 Peter Cohen, Casino Modernisation Review (Report, February 2016) 58; Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 29, 121, 122(1)(u).

      231 Gambling Regulation Amendment (Gaming Machine Arrangements) Act 2017 (Vic) s 58, amending Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69.

      232 Peter Cohen, Casino Modernisation Review (Report, February 2016) 18.

      233 Victorian Auditor-General,Follow Up of Regulating Gambling and Liquor (Report, November 2019) 25.

      234 Victorian Auditor-General, Regulating Gambling and Liquor (Report, February 2017) 43.

      235 Victorian Auditor-General, Regulating Gambling and Liquor (Report, February 2017) 43.

      236 Victorian Auditor-General, Regulating Gambling and Liquor (Report, February 2017) 43–4.

      237 Victorian Auditor-General, Regulating Gambling and Liquor (Report, February 2017) xiii.

      238 Victorian Auditor-General, Follow Up of Regulating Gambling and Liquor (Report, November 2019) 25.


      Chapter 03

      The Bergin Inquiry: corporate failures and the Packer influence

      The Bergin Inquiry: corporate failures and the Packer influence

      Introduction

      1. This chapter examines the inquiry under section 143 of the Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) that was undertaken by the Hon. Patricia Bergin, AO, SC (Bergin Inquiry). The Report of the Bergin Inquiry was provided to the Independent Liquor and Gaming Authority (NSW) (ILGA) on 1 February 2021.1 The findings of the Bergin Inquiry constitute a critical context for the work of this Commission.
      2. By way of background, Crown Resorts has three operating subsidiaries: Crown Melbo urne, which operates the Melbourne Casino, Burswood Nominees Ltd as trustee for the Burswood Property Trust (Crown Perth), which operates the Crown casino in Perth, and Crown Sydney Gaming Pty Ltd (Crown Sydney), which holds a restricted gaming licence to operate the Crown casino at Barangaroo.2
      3. The Bergin Inquiry was established to determine whether:
        • Crown Sydney was a suitable person to continue to hold a restricted gaming licence; and
        • Crown Resorts was a suitable person to be a close associate of Crown Sydney.3
      4. A key focus of the Bergin Inquiry was whether Crown Resorts or its subsidiaries had engaged in money laundering, breached gambling laws in China and made arrangements with junket operators who had links to organised crime.4
      5. The Bergin Inquiry also examined the sale by CPH to Melco Resorts & Entertainment Limited (Melco) of a 19.99 per cent stake of its shareholding (then 46.1 per cent) in Crown Resorts.5
      6. The Bergin Inquiry concluded that:
        • Crown Sydney is not a suitable person to continue to give effect to its restricted gaming licence
        • Crown Resorts is not a suitable person to be a close associate of Crown Sydney.6
      7. The principal findings upon which these conclusions were based were that:
        • between 2014 and 2019, Crown enabled or facilitated money laundering through the bank accounts of its subsidiaries Southbank Investments Pty Limited (Southbank) and Riverbank Investments Pty Limited (Riverbank), and that this situation went unchecked and unchanged despite warnings from its bankers7
        • between 2014 and 2016, Crown disregarded the welfare of its China-based staff—putting them at risk of detention by pursuing an aggressive sales policy and failing to escalate risks through the appropriate corporate risk management structure8
        • between 2012 and 2020, Crown entered into and/or continued commercial relationships with junket operators who had links to triads and other organised crime groups, and maintained those relationships after becoming aware of persistent public allegations of such links in national and international media reports and in its own due diligence reports.9
      8. Shortly after this Commission was established, Crown Melbourne was requested to inform the Commission whether it accepted that, based on the evidence and material that was before the Bergin Inquiry, it was open for the Commission to: (a) make the principal findings set out above; and (b) conclude that Crown Resorts is not a suitable person to be a close associate of Crown Sydney.10
      9. This Commission received a response by letter on behalf of both Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne.11 The letter defined those companies together as ‘Crown’ and recorded Crown’s acknowledgement that:
        • Between 2013 and 2017 in the case of the Riverbank accounts, and between 2013 and 2019 in the case of the Southbank accounts, third parties engaged in apparent money laundering through those accounts. Crown inadvertently facilitated or enabled this activity despite concerns being raised by its bankers.
        • Between 2015 and 2016, the pursuit of an aggressive VIP sales policy and a failure to escalate risks through the appropriate corporate risk management structure put Crown’s China-based staff at risk of detention.
        • Between 2012 and 2020, having relied on its due diligence, Crown entered into and/or continued commercial relationships with some junket operators after becoming aware of a number of allegations in national and international media reports of links between those operators and triads or other organised crime groups.
      10. Neither Crown Resorts nor Crown Melbourne has sought to resile from those concessions, although they were given the opportunity to do so.12 Further, Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne accept that, based on the evidence and material before the Bergin Inquiry, it was open to conclude that Crown Resorts was not a suitable person to be a close associate of Crown Sydney.13
      11. Following the commencement of the Bergin Inquiry, Crown began to implement ‘a substantial reform program’.14 The program is continuing and intends to deal, among other things, with the deficiencies in governance that came to light during the Bergin Inquiry.
      12. A key issue for this Commission is to consider the effectiveness of this reform program. To undertake that task requires a proper understanding of the facts and circumstances that led the Bergin Inquiry to make its findings and reach its conclusions.
      13. This chapter will summarise the Bergin Report. In the Bergin Report Crown Resorts Limited is referred to as ‘Crown’but in some instances, the term ‘Crown’ is used in a generic sense to refer to the broader Crown business or group.15 For fidelity to the Bergin Report, this chapter reflects the language used in that Report.

      The genesis of the Bergin Inquiry

      1. On 30 May 2019, CPH Crown Holdings Pty Ltd, a wholly owned CPH subsidiary, agreed to sell 19.99 per cent of its approximately 46.1 per cent shareholding in Crown to Melco (Share Sale Agreement).16 Melco owns casinos in Asia that operate in Macau and the Philippines.17
      2. The Share Sale Agreement between CPH Crown Holdings and Melco provided for the shares to be transferred in two equal tranches—the first on 6 June 2019 and the second by 30 September 2019.18
      3. On 6 June 2019, Melco advised ILGA that it intended to seek ‘approvals’ for representation on the Crown board and relevant subsidiary boards, and for six named individuals to become close associates of Crown Sydney. Melco also advised ILGA that it intended to apply to become a close associate of Crown Sydney.19
      4. As a result, ILGA began to inquire into the suitability of Melco and the six named persons becoming close associates of Crown Sydney.20
      5. In July and August 2019, various media outlets, including The Sydney Morning Herald and The Age, published allegations of illegal and/or improper conduct by Crown and its alleged associates and business partners.21 The allegations included that Crown or its agents, affiliates or subsidiaries:
        • engaged in money laundering
        • breached gambling laws in China
        • partnered with junket operators who had links to drug traffickers, money launderers, human traffickers and organised crime groups.22
      6. The partial consummation of the sale to Melco and the media allegations caused ILGA to establish the Bergin Inquiry on 14 August 2019.23 Its purpose was to conduct a suitability review and undertake a regulatory framework and review.
      7. On 6 February 2020, CPH Crown Holdings and Melco agreed to release Melco of its obligations to purchase the second tranche of shares in Crown.24
      8. Three key issues considered by the Bergin Inquiry were:
        • ‘China arrests’: In October 2016, Chinese police detained 19 Crown employees, for promoting Crown’s Australian casinos.25 Sixteen were sentenced to imprisonment and fined.
        • Money laundering at Crown: This involved suspect transactions through the Riverbank and Southbank bank accounts, and the deposit of large sums of cash carried into the Melbourne Casino in shopping bags.
        • Junkets and organised crime: This involved Crown’s relationships with junket tour operators (JTOs) (who arranged for high rollers from mainland China to come to Crown casinos in Australia) with links to organised crime, including triad gangs notorious for laundering drug money, suspect debt collection techniques and links to sex trafficking.

      China arrests

      1. Crown Melbourne had a business unit known as ‘VIP International’. That business unit reported to the Crown Melbourne board and was responsible for managing all overseas operations.26 It identified and developed relationships with international VIP gamblers with a view to having those gamblers visit Crown casinos in Australia. From as early as March 2007, Crown’s VIP marketing efforts were focused on offshore expansion.27
      2. The following people were involved in the management of VIP International:
        • From August 2013, Mr Barry Felstead was the CEO of Crown’s Australian Resorts and the most senior executive responsible for VIP International. Mr Felstead reported to Mr Rowen Craigie. Mr Craigie was then Managing Director and CEO of Crown.28
        • From 2011 until his arrest in October 2016, Mr Jason O’Connor was the ultimate decision maker in VIP International. His job title was Group Executive General Manger of VIP International Gaming.29
        • From February 2012, Mr Michael Chen, based in Hong Kong, was the most senior internationally based member of VIP International. He reported directly to Mr O’Connor and they spoke at least once a day.30
        • A number of senior vice presidents were responsible for different geographic regions or business lines within VIP International, including, until mid-2013, Mr Stefan Albouy.31
        • The VIP International leadership team comprising:32
          • Ms Jacinta Maguire, General Manager of Commercial
          • Mr Roland Theiler, Senior Vice President of International Business
          • Mr Ishan Kunaratnam (known as Mr Ratnam), a Crown executive with a longstanding relationship with the Packer family.33
      3. To facilitate its activities, VIP International established and maintained overseas sales teams and operations in various jurisdictions, including China.34 Those operations were intended to take advantage of the wealth of the middle class and the increasing propensity of Chinese citizens to travel.35
      4. By 2011, China had become Crown’s largest market for high-value international VIP players.36
      5. Initially, VIP International operated in mainland China by having sales staff travel to meet existing or prospective Chinese VIP customers from neighbouring regions such as Macau and Hong Kong.37
      6. Subsequently, although the Bergin Report does not record precisely when, Crown consolidated its presence in China. It did so by having staff who lived and worked in various regions of China conduct its sales and marketing activities.38 Members of senior management also regularly travelled to China to undertake roadshows on behalf of Crown.39
      7. From 2012 onwards, China-based staff were employed by Crown Singapore. The directors of that entity were Mr Craigie and Mr Felstead.40
      8. The role of the sales team in China was to maintain relationships with existing VIP gaming customers, to establish and consolidate relationships with high-value gamblers who had yet to visit Crown’s casinos, and to market those casinos to existing and potential customers.41 The team’s role also involved collecting gambling debts.42
      9. The presence of Crown in China led to the continued growth of VIP International turnover in Australia. VIP International achieved turnover of $26.9 billion and $31 billion in 2010 and 2011 respectively, with turnover increasing year on year between 2012 and 2014.43 As at September 2014, approximately 20 Crown staff lived and worked in mainland China.44
      10. On 13 and 14 October 2016, Chinese police conducted a series of coordinated raids on the homes of staff in mainland China. Nineteen Crown employees were arrested and questioned by the authorities. All were charged with assembling a crowd to engage in gambling in breach of Article 303 of the Criminal Law of the People’s Republic of China 1997 (China).45
      11. Article 303 provides:

        Whoever, for the purpose of profit, gathers a crowd to gamble, or undertakes gambling as a business shall be sentenced to fixed-term imprisonment of three years or less, detention or surveillance and shall be subject to a fine.46

      12. On 26 June 2017, 16 of the 19 employees were fined and sentenced to terms of imprisonment of between nine and ten months. The remaining three employees were exempted from criminal penalty.47

      Media allegations and Crown’s response

      1. In July and August 2019, various media outlets published allegations concerning the operations of Crown in China and the arrests of its China-based staff. It was alleged that:
        • Crown knew that its China-based staff were breaching Chinese gambling laws
        • Crown exposed its staff to the risk of detention in China
        • Crown disregarded the welfare of its employees who were offered ‘huge bonuses’ to lure Chinese high rollers to its Australian casinos
        • even as it became likely that Chinese police were closing in, Crown directed its China-based staff to continue to promote gambling, but to do so ‘under the radar’
        • Crown’s operations in China cast doubt over its corporate governance practices.48
      2. On 31 July 2019, in response to the media allegations, the Crown board made an Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) announcement titled ‘A Message from the Crown Resorts board of Directors’.49 The announcement sought to defend Crown against the allegation that it knew that its staff breached Chinese gambling laws. In the announcement, the board stated that Crown:
        • did not know that the conduct of its staff in China constituted an offence in China
        • had itself not been charged with or convicted of any offence in China
        • understood that its staff were operating in a manner that did not breach Article 303
        • had obtained legal and government relations advice from reputable independent specialists.50

      The findings of the Bergin Inquiry

      No business licence to operate an office in China
      1. Neither Crown nor any Crown subsidiary held any form of licence, authorisation or approval to operate or conduct business activities of any kind in mainland China.51
      2. At various times between 2011 and October 2015, Crown obtained legal advice relating to the legality of its business activities in China. Based on an interpretation of the legal advice, those involved in VIP International appeared to form the view that it was legal for Crown to employ staff in China to promote gambling without a business licence so long as Crown was not operating an office in China. That is, Crown considered that a business licence was only required if it sought to establish an office in China.52
      3. While the China-based staff were typically required to work from their residential homes when conducting their marketing activities, from at least 2012 an ‘unofficial’ office had been opened in Guangzhou, China.53 The following facts are relevant:
        • The office was a residential apartment, rented by Crown to support VIP International business activities and to process visa applications for its Chinese customers. The office carried no Crown signage.54
        • The office was used by staff to perform administrative functions related to processing visa applications for VIP players from Macau, Hong Kong and mainland China.55
        • By May 2012 at the latest, the existence of the office was known to the Crown Melbourne legal team and several executives. This followed an email from Crown executive Mr Albouy to Mr Chen, Mr O’Connor and others describing the office arrangements as ‘unsuitable’, ‘subject to random checks by authorities’ and ‘posing many risks’. The email also proposed that the Guangzhou team move into a new premises, with business registration, so as to ‘give the team a more safe and professional environment’ in which to work.56
        • Mr Albouy’s concerns and suggestion were ignored, with Crown continuing to lease the same premises until at least 2015.57
        • In 2015, the Guangzhou office moved to new premises and continued to operate until the China arrests in October 2016.58
        • Following the China arrests, the premises continued to be leased on a rolling basis under the names of the employees, as negotiated between Mr Chen and the property owner. The lease continued until August 2017.59
        • Prior to the China arrests, additional people who were aware of the existence of the Guangzhou office included Ms Jan Williamson, Senior Legal Counsel at Crown Melbourne, Ms Debra Tegoni, Executive General Manager, Legal and Regulatory Services, Mr Theiler and Mr Chris MacKay, a non-executive director of Crown.60
        • Mr O’Connor told the Bergin Inquiry that the existence of the office ‘wasn’t a secret’ in Crown Melbourne.61
        • Mr Craigie accepted that the unofficial office in Guangzhou was an attempt to disguise from the Chinese authorities the fact that Crown was conducting an office in Guangzhou.62
      Advice regarding the legality of Crown’s activities and escalating risks in China
      1. Article 303 prohibits a person, for the purpose of profit, from ‘gather[ing] a crowd to gamble’ or from ‘undertak[ing] gambling as a business’. Article 1 of Interpretation No. 3 [2005] of the Supreme People’s Court Criminal Division, effective from 13 May 2015, sets out four scenarios that constitute ‘gather[ing] a crowd to gamble’. One of those scenarios is ‘organising 10 or more persons who are citizens of the People’s Republic of China to go abroad to gamble, from which kickbacks or referral fees are collected’.63
      2. Further guidance from the Supreme People’s Court Criminal Division provides:

        The number of persons organised is not calculated on an aggregate basis. It is necessary that 10 or more [Chinese] citizens are organised at one time to go abroad to gamble … The phrase ‘at one time’ can be translated as on a single occasion.64

      3. Mr Craigie, Mr Felstead and Mr O’Connor understood that whether or not the China-based staff were breaching Article 303 turned on two questions of interpretation:
        • First, whether staff in China were organising more than 10 Chinese citizens to travel to venues to gamble on one single occasion, or whether the number of 10 citizens could be accumulated over a number of occasions.
        • Second, whether staff were receiving a commission from Crown based on the amount of the Chinese citizens’ gambling turnover (which they understood to be legal) or whether staff were receiving a commission from the gamblers directly (which they understood to be illegal).65
      4. Mr Craigie accepted that it was ‘particularly unsafe to rely on some technical construction of Chinese law’.66 Mr O’Connor gave evidence that he referred to legal and other advice at the time, but that he assessed that advice ‘through the eyes of a Westerner and … didn’t fully appreciate that China’s legal system doesn’t operate the same way as the Western legal system does’.67
      5. Crown directors and management generally accepted the following propositions:
        • The Chinese legal system was different to the Australian legal system.
        • China was a country where the law may be enforced inconsistently.
        • There was a risk of arbitrary action by Chinese authorities.
        • In the period up to October 2016, China was a riskier place for Crown staff to be working than Australia.68
      6. Crown sought legal advice about its activities in China from international law firm WilmerHale on at least seven occasions between 2012 and 2015.
      7. In June 2012, following a change in the political landscape in China when the Chinese Government announced a crackdown on corruption, WilmerHale advised:
        • It was not illegal to sell offshore gaming within China.
        • There were laws prohibiting the marketing of gaming onshore for more than 10 people.
        • Because gaming was a ‘sensitive topic’, Crown should be ‘cautious and avoid openly marketing’.69
      8. On 19 February 2013, WilmerHale advised that a normal casino employee is unlikely to be deemed a ‘principal’ or found guilty under Chinese criminal law by merely marketing or participating in casino operations, provided that the employee is not directly making a profit from doing so.70
      9. Mr Albouy cautioned that reliance could not be placed on the advice when it came to protecting staff, stating that ‘the issue is not conviction … but the fact that authorities “may” apprehend our team for questioning’.71
      10. On 25 March 2013, Mr Chen wrote to Mr O’Connor and Mr Felstead noting that two China-based staff of Crown had been seen regularly with a customer who had been recently detained. Mr Chen stated they were at risk of being called in for questioning by Chinese authorities.72 Mr Chen followed up with an email the next day that included the following:

        Folks in the VIP industry have long been very sensitive to the actions of the Chinese government. There has been much misinformation in the field about the legalities of what we do and the rights people have if they were identified to be marketing casinos in China.

        … We received definitive advice that the activities that we undertake in China do NOT violate any criminal laws …

        We have provided all China staff with the attached protocol to follow in the event such a knock on the door arrives …

        This is one thing that it is important to understand when it comes to the China team. They are living in constant fear of getting tapped on the shoulder. In a country where due process is inconsistently applied, it is a risky place to be for all of our team …

        Most folks in the industry just think it is in [a] gray area and that they are at risk of arrest …73

      11. On 19 May 2013, following Mr Chen receiving notice that a Crown junket operator had been detained by authorities for questioning in Guangzhou, WilmerHale advised that the law remained ‘unchanged’.74
      12. Crown engaged Mintz Group, a global investigations and risk advisory firm, to provide advice in relation to its operations in China.75 On 12 July 2013, Mintz Group sent Mr Chen a copy of an article it had published regarding foreign companies doing business in China. That article stated:

        While the draw of China’s large and growing market might be worth the risk, foreign companies must enter with full anticipation of a lack of transparency, fairness, and accountability under the country’s laws.76

      13. On 1 October 2013, Mintz Group sent a further email attaching a new article it had published. This article suggested that a newly established investigatory agency in China was adopting an aggressive stance towards foreign companies that was not ‘business as usual’.77
      14. On 15 October 2013, Mr O’Connor suggested adding ‘foreign political policy risk’ to the Crown Melbourne Risk Register as a risk affecting Crown Melbourne’s international business. The Risk Register was amended to record Chinese political action as a significant risk to the performance of Crown Melbourne.78 No other action was taken by Crown Melbourne.
      15. In March 2014, Mr Veng Anh, then a Vice President of International Business Operations at Crown Melbourne, exchanged a series of texts with Mr O’Connor. In his texts, he reported ‘inside information’ from China. The inside information suggested that from April to May 2014, the Chinese Government would begin arresting people, including those having ‘anything to do with gambling or moving money out of the country’. Mr Anh advised Mr O’Connor that Crown should remove all of its staff from China for one month.79 It appears that no staff were relocated. Instead, the warning appeared to prompt Crown to suggest that staff collect outstanding debts as soon as possible because of the crackdown.80
      16. In mid-August 2014, a bank in China made an inquiry with a China-based member of Crown staff, ‘CY’. CY then expressed concerns to Mr Chen about doing business in China without any formal registration. That prompted Mr Chen to seek advice from WilmerHale, which advised Crown not to use particular descriptors in banking fields when paying salaries, allowances, bonuses or consulting fees to its employees in China. Following this advice, Mr Chen suggested to Mr O’Connor that all wire transfers to overseas staff should have generic references and no reference to ‘VIP’ or ‘gaming’. Mr O’Connor in turn instructed Crown accounts payable staff to ensure that no China ‘funding templates’ displayed the words ‘VIP funding’ and to instead use ‘services/consulting fees’ as a generic reference.81
      17. Also in August 2014, Mr Chen wrote to Mr Felstead about the VIP International business in China. He proposed two alternative approaches to the future conduct of that business. The first was ‘doubling-down’ and maintaining aggressive targets and promotional activities. The second approach was reducing projections, expectations and promotional intensity in China. Mr Chen stated that the first approach would expose Crown to ‘a lot more risk’. Mr Felstead suggested that Mr Michael Johnston, a member of the Crown board, be included in a discussion on the topic. Thereafter, VIP International adopted the first approach and continued with a strategy to increase sales and pursue targets aggressively throughout 2014, 2015 and 2016. Pressure to improve performance, driven by Mr Felstead, continued into early 2015.82
      18. On 19 September 2014, a China-based employee informed Mr Chen by email that he had been questioned by Chinese police the previous day about his regular contact with an individual identified as a casino patron in 2012, and about what his job involved. The employee recounted that he told the police that he was doing ‘Crown Hotel marketing in China’ and only assisted with hotel accommodation in China. The questioning of the employee was reported to various individuals the same day, including Mr O’Connor, Ms Williamson and Ms Tegoni.83
      19. In October 2014, a VIP International marketing workshop for the 2015 financial year noted that the sales teams in many countries, especially in China, were ‘operating under constant threat of being detained, questioned, and harassed with regards to their customers and their activities’.84
      20. On 6 February 2015, the Chinese Ministry of Public Security announced that China was cracking down on foreign casinos seeking to attract and recruit Chinese citizens to travel abroad for gambling (Crackdown Announcement).85 The Crackdown Announcement was widely reported in international media. The next day, media reports included the claim that President Xi Jinping had ‘officially declared war on the global gaming industry’.86
      21. The Crackdown Announcement quickly came to the attention of senior executives within VIP International, including Mr O’Connor and Mr Felstead, and a number of Crown executives and directors, including Mr James Packer, Mr John Alexander, Mr Craigie and Mr Johnston.87
      22. On 9 February 2015, a market intelligence service, Asia Gaming Brief, published a report quoting Mr Hua Jingfeng, a deputy bureau chief at the Ministry of Public Security, as saying:

        A fair number of neighbouring countries have casinos, and they have set up offices in China to attract and drum up interest from Chinese citizens to go abroad and gamble. This will … be an area that we will crack down on.88

      23. That same day, WilmerHale provided advice in relation to whether the Crackdown Announcement affected the China-based staff and, if so, how.89 It advised that:

        Given the highlighted government efforts to crack down on rep offices with core business to facilitate Chinese individuals gambling abroad, the company’s rep offices/employees in China should focus its business on introducing the hotel/resort and facilities, rather than [engaging] in any activities which may be viewed as directly facilitating Chinese individuals gambling offshore.90

      24. Also on 9 February 2015, Mr Chen emailed staff at the ‘VIP International Offices’ email address reassuring them that they were not in violation of ‘any known laws’. The email indicated that application would be made for Hong Kong or Singapore work permits for all China-based staff who did not currently hold a foreign passport. Mr Chen told staff: ‘[t]his is purely a precautionary measure that will allow you to say that you work out of an overseas location and are on business travel in China’ (although the application for work permits did not ultimately occur).91
      25. The following day, on 10 February 2015, WilmerHale provided advice in relation to whether there had been any change to the law regarding Article 303. It advised that there had been no recent changes but that, given the current enforcement environment, ‘it would be prudent for staff not to be involved in the money-moving activities because it can be easily interpreted as an effort to facilitate overseas gambling’.92
      26. Following the Crackdown Announcement, VIP International executives not based in China decided to avoid travelling to mainland China for a while.93
      27. The Crackdown Announcement did not cause Crown to stop or alter its business operations in China.94 Crown did, however, attempt to make them less overt by not proceeding with or deferring an ‘official’ office in China.95 Crown also removed the Crown logo from private jets used to transport high rollers from China to Crown venues in Australia (with a view to making Crown’s targeting of Chinese citizens to visit its casinos more ‘under the radar’, as noted by Mr Ratnam).96
      28. In contrast, competitors of Crown ‘pulled their entire teams out of China’.97 Mr Chen asked WilmerHale if Crown should do the same. On 25 February 2015, WilmerHale advised that the picture was not entirely clear. WilmerHale was ‘not sure’ whether the removal of staff from China was necessary at that point, but suggested that perhaps Crown could have some key China-based employees ‘tentatively’ work outside China; for example, in Hong Kong.98
      29. On 13 March 2015, VIP International engaged Mintz Group to do a risk assessment of the prevailing situation.99
      30. On 16 March 2015, a ‘VIP Update’ document, which was circulated to Mr Alexander, Mr Johnston, Mr Robert Rankin, Mr Guy Jalland, Mr Craigie and Mr Kenneth Barton (the then CFO of Crown),100 reported the Crackdown Announcement as a financial threat and a possible reason for the lower-than-expected turnover across the Chinese New Year period. The VIP Update did not, however, report the increased risk to the safety of staff, or the decision of VIP International executives to defer their own travel as a consequence of the announcement.101
      31. On 23 March 2015, Mr Chen emailed Mr O’Connor providing directions as to what should happen to his pay cheque if he were detained in China.102
      32. On 25 March 2015, Mintz Group provided its risk assessment. It relevantly read:

        There is clearly enhanced attention underway from relevant [Chinese] authorities concerning foreign casino marketing activities in mainland China … The coming months likely will feature an increasing level of scrutiny by [the Ministry of Public Security], and possibly other authorities directed at foreign casino marketing and other personnel in the mainland …

        … Given this current state of affairs, it would still seem prudent to proceed with planned marketing efforts, but keep them low-key, ideally with small groups at a time, and little to no publicity …

        … it is likely that relevant Chinese authorities will pursue this crackdown with greater than average vigour.103

      33. In mid-June 2015, Chinese authorities arrested and detained employees of certain South Korean casino operators. In late June 2015, Crown received advice from Mintz Group that the South Korean employees were detained because they were assisting with the transfer of funds out of China, in contravention of Chinese currency laws.104 That advice was circulated to Mr O’Connor, Mr Felstead and Mr Ratnam, and forwarded by Mr Felstead to Ms Tegoni, Mr Michael Neilson, Mr Craigie, Mr Johnston and Mr Barton.105
      34. On 22 June 2015, WilmerHale provided advice following the arrest of the South Korean casino employees. It advised that the potential charges included luring Chinese citizens to gamble in Korean casinos and violating Chinese foreign currency policies. WilmerHale also advised that those employees were not based in China but had travelled there to conduct marketing activities, and that their arrests should be read in the context of the government’s continued crackdown on corruption in recent years.106
      35. On 9 July 2015, Chinese police questioned two members of the VIP International team in relation to their involvement in gambling activities.107 Both were referred to the police by tipsters.108 One of the staff members, ‘Mr BX’, did not give a truthful response to police about what his employment involved, saying that he worked for Crown Resorts and helped to organise leisure trips for customers.109 The response of the second staff member was not recorded. Mr O’Connor and Ms Williamson appreciated that Mr BX had not been truthful in the answers he gave. Mr O’Connor acknowledged his awareness that Mr BX was in fact involved in organising gambling tours to Crown’s casinos in Melbourne and Perth.110
      36. Chinese police asked Mr BX to provide a letter confirming the nature of his employment by Crown.111 This triggered a flurry of internal activity within Crown. There was discussion regarding which Crown entity should send the letter and what should be said, if anything, about the activities of Crown.112 Parties to the discussion included Mr Chen, Ms Williamson, Ms Tegoni, Mr Neilson and Mr Felstead.113 Mr Johnston was made aware that Mr BX had been questioned by Chinese police in July 2015.114
      37. Ultimately, Crown Singapore sent a letter confirming Mr BX’s employment by that entity. It noted that Crown Singapore was a subsidiary of Crown Melbourne, which was, in turn, part of the Crown Resorts group. Finally, the letter noted that Crown Resorts was listed on the ASX and was one of the ‘leading hotel, resort and entertaining companies in Australia’.115 It did not mention that Crown through its subsidiaries operated two casinos in Australia.
      38. On 13 October 2015, Chinese national television broadcast a program called Topics in Focus (CCTV Program). The CCTV Program addressed the subject of foreign casinos and their networks inside China, with a particular focus on foreign casinos marketing to Chinese citizens. The CCTV Program included a discussion of the legal prohibitions on promoting gambling, and summarised the hard-line approach taken by the Chinese Government in relation to foreign casinos.116 Many of the China-based staff were shaken by the CCTV Program and sought advice on the current state of affairs regarding their activities in China.
      39. On 15 October 2015, Mr Chen advised China-based staff to limit meetings with guests to small numbers and to avoid ‘any overt sales and marketing activity’.117 No other changes were made to the day-to-day activities of China-based staff.
      40. On 20 October 2015, Mr Chen reported to Mr O’Connor that the team in China had ‘definitely heightened concerns’.118
      41. WilmerHale provided advice in October 2015, following the broadcast of the CCTV Program.119 WilmerHale advised that in the current environment, Crown marketing should not expressly promote the casino business and should not refer patrons to money changers.120
      42. Throughout 2016, Mr Chen continued to encourage his China-based staff to increase sales and performance, including on the first day of the arrests (13 October 2016).121
      43. On 26 June 2016, Mr Chen wrote to Mr Felstead advocating for a favourable performance review and noting that he had ‘taken on the risks of being prosecuted in China’.122
      44. On 13 and 14 October 2016, the raids and arrests of the 19 employees occurred. Sixteen were sentenced to terms of imprisonment.123
      Conclusions of the Bergin Inquiry
      1. The Bergin Inquiry reached the following conclusions.
      2. The allegation that Crown knew its staff were breaching Chinese gambling laws was not established in view of the legal advice that Crown had obtained.124 The Bergin Inquiry did not consider whether Crown had breached other laws by operating in an office in China without a business licence.
      3. The allegation that Crown exposed its staff to the risk of detention in China was established. The Bergin Report noted that Crown kept pushing its China-based staff to make greater sales in the face of the questioning of its employees by Chinese authorities, the arrests of South Korean casino employees and the targeted crackdown on foreign casinos targeting and luring Chinese citizens to gamble overseas.125
      4. The allegation that Crown disregarded the welfare of its employees and pushed them to make greater sales was established.126
      5. The allegation that, as the Chinese police were closing in, Crown directed its China-based staff to keep promoting gambling but ‘under the radar’ was established.127
      6. The allegation that Crown instructed its China-based staff to falsely claim they were not working in China but in other locations was not established. This was because Mr Chen did not go ahead with the WilmerHale suggestion to that effect.128
      7. The allegation that Crown’s operations in China cast doubt over its corporate governance practices was established.129

      Money laundering

      Background

      1. Money laundering is the process of legitimising proceeds of crime. Casinos are particularly vulnerable to being used for money laundering.130 In part this is because of the large volumes of cash with which they deal.131 There are various mechanisms by which money may be laundered through a casino.132 One difficulty for casinos is that there is often little observable basis for distinguishing between those patrons laundering funds and other patrons.133
      2. Between 27 July 2019 and mid-August 2019, numerous newspaper articles alleged that money laundering had occurred through the Southbank and Riverbank bank accounts.134
      3. Separate allegations about money laundering at the Melbourne Casino were made in the media around that same time, including in a 60 Minutes program titled ‘Crown Unmasked’ that aired on 28 July 2019.135
      4. In an ASX announcement on 31 July 2019, the Crown board sought to defend Crown against the allegations that it facilitated money laundering in its casinos and that it turned a blind eye to this activity.136 Among other things, the board stated that Crown took its regulatory obligations very seriously, proactively complied with those obligations, and had in place a comprehensive anti-money laundering (AML) and counter-terrorism financing (CTF) program.137
      5. Most relevantly, on 5 and 6 August 2019, The Sydney Morning Herald and The Age published an article titled ‘Crown’s Firms Used to Launder Drug Funds’.138 The article alleged:

        Drug traffickers have used two private companies that were set up by Crown Resorts with Crown executives as directors to bank suspected proceeds of crime, federal investigations have alleged.

        Investigators traced money from a number of suspected or convicted drug traffickers and money launderers flowing into the bank accounts of the two companies, Southbank Investments Pty Ltd and Riverbank Investments Pty Ltd, between 2012 and 2016, according to former officials.

        One source said that federal police believed the two Crown companies were used by criminal entities because they believed that the money they deposited into them would not be closely scrutinised.139

      6. The Bergin Report directed its consideration of money laundering to the veracity of the media allegations that Crown: (a) facilitated money laundering or turned a blind eye to such activity in the Southbank and Riverbank accounts; and (b) facilitated money laundering or turned a blind eye to such activity in the Melbourne Casino.140

      The Southbank and Riverbank accounts

      Southbank: incorporation and activity
      1. Southbank was incorporated on 1 August 1996.141 It is a wholly owned subsidiary of Crown Melbourne.142
      2. As at 1 January 2021, the directors of Southbank were Mr Felstead, who was appointed on 8 November 2013, and Mr Barton, who was appointed on 30 June 2017.143 Its secretaries were Mr Joshua Preston, who was appointed on 12 August 2014, and Ms Mary Manos, who was appointed on 30 June 2017.144
      3. Previous directors of Southbank included Mr Alexander, between 22 March 2017 and 24 January 2020, and Mr Craigie, between 9 January 2002 and 22 March 2017.145
      4. The Bergin Report does not record why Southbank was incorporated, why it was named ‘Southbank Investments Pty Ltd’ or what activities, besides operating a bank account, it undertook. The Bergin Report does, however, refer to internal legal advice provided some time after December 2016 that suggested that Southbank did not carry on business and simply operated a bank account to receive casino patrons’ funds.146
      5. In late 2001, the regulator advised Crown Melbourne that it had no objection in principle to its proposal that international patrons be permitted to make deposits to Crown Melbourne through the Southbank account in order to afford those patrons ‘privacy’, subject to certain conditions. One condition was that the regulator be provided with quarterly reports of the details of deposits into the account. This, however, occurred only for a relatively short period. Thereafter, the regulator received quarterly reports only of the total assets and liabilities of Southbank. The regulator therefore lacked visibility of the actual deposits made into the account.147
      6. The Bergin Report does not identify from whom, or why, patrons were said to require privacy; but presumably the patrons did not wish for their own banking records to reveal deposits into a Crown casino bank account.
      7. In December 2016, Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (AUSTRAC) queried whether Southbank should be enrolled as a ‘reporting entity’, within the meaning of the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) (AML/CTF Act), in its own right. Internal legal advice obtained by Crown suggested that because the Southbank account had ‘no other function than the mere conduit for the receipt’ of casino patrons’ funds, Southbank was not providing a ‘designed service’ under the AML/CTF Act (and was therefore not itself a reporting entity).148
      8. Subsequently, Crown sought external legal advice as to whether Southbank and Riverbank were reporting entities because they were providing a designated remittance service.149 The Bergin Report does not record what advice was received or whether any action was taken in response.
      Riverbank: incorporation and activity
      1. Riverbank was incorporated on 15 May 2003 and is a subsidiary of Burswood Limited, which operates Crown Perth.150
      2. As at the time of the Bergin Report, the directors of Riverbank were Mr Felstead, who was appointed on 26 March 2007, and Mr Barton, who was appointed on 12 August 2014.151 Its secretaries were Mr Preston and Ms Manos, who were both appointed on 30 June 2017.152
      3. Previous directors of Riverbank included Mr Alexander, between 22 March 2017 and 24 January 2020, and Mr Craigie, between 29 October 2008 and 22 March 2017.153
      4. As with Southbank, the Bergin Report does not explain why Riverbank was incorporated, why it was named ‘Riverbank Investments Pty Ltd’ or what activities, besides operating a bank account, it undertook. The Bergin Report does, however, indicate that the purpose of Riverbank was ‘also to afford its international patrons privacy’, and records that patrons of Crown Perth made deposits through the Riverbank account.154
      Operation of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts
      1. Initially, both Southbank and Riverbank held bank accounts with HSBC. In 2013, following a strategic review of the gaming sector, HSBC decided to discontinue its relationship with Southbank and Riverbank.155
      2. Southbank then opened an account with CBA and Riverbank opened an account with ANZ.156
      3. Crown circulated the details of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts to its patrons. It advised its patrons that when making a deposit, the depositor should reference the Crown identification number of the patron to whom the deposit should be credited. This was so that the patron’s deposit account could be credited accordingly.157 If no patron identification number was referenced at the time of deposit, the patron had to provide it to the casino, via the Cage or VIP International, with evidence of the deposit to enable Crown to credit their patron deposit account.158 The evidence could take the form of a receipt from the bank or from internet banking, or a phone screenshot showing the nature of transfer that had occurred.159
      4. When funds accumulated in the Southbank and Riverbank accounts, they would be ‘swept’ into Crown bank accounts at regular intervals.160 Hundreds of millions of dollars flowed through the Southbank and Riverbank accounts annually.161
      5. Despite Crown directing patrons that the Southbank and Riverbank accounts would not accept transfers from companies, when such transfers were made, they were in fact accepted. Southbank and Riverbank also accepted anonymous deposits made using the ‘QuickCash’ method.162
      The aggregation problem
      1. Cage staff at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth entered details of deposits made by patrons into the Southbank and Riverbank accounts into a database known as ‘SYCO’.
      2. SYCO is an electronic customer relationship management system used by Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth. It records information about patrons and details of deposits credited to their patron deposit accounts.163
      3. Certain Cage staff at both casinos aggregated numerous deposits (made to the credit of a single patron deposit account) into a single SYCO entry recording only the sum total of the deposits, rather than recording each individual deposit separately. Other staff recorded both the aggregate value of deposits to a single account and the individual deposits that constituted the aggregate amount.164 In the main, Cage staff favoured the former practice.165 By aggregating individual deposits, important information that could be seen in the Southbank and Riverbank bank statements was lost in the process of data entry into the SYCO system.166 There was no indication on the face of relevant SYCO entries that the amount being credited to the relevant patron deposit account was comprised of two or more smaller amounts. This is what is termed the ‘aggregation’ problem.
      4. SYCO played an important role in the AML transaction monitoring program in place at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth. Members of the AML Teams at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth accessed and reviewed SYCO for the purpose of identifying suspicious transactionsor patterns of transactions at their respective casinos. In particular, the AML Teams extracted reports from SYCO to review deposits for AML purposes.167
      5. The aggregation of multiple deposits to the credit of a single patron deposit account into a single SYCO entry by Cage staff meant that AML staff were unable to identify the fact of aggregation, or the number and nature of deposits that constituted the aggregated amount. AML staff were denied a complete picture of what was occurring in the underlying bank accounts.168
      6. Further, there were indications that money laundering was, or was likely to be, occurring through the Southbank and Riverbank accounts from at least January 2014.169
      7. These are summarised below.
      Red flag: ANZ and the Riverbank account
      1. On 31 January 2014, approximately six months after the Riverbank account was opened, ANZ raised concerns with Crown by email to Mr Travis Costin, Group Treasury and Finance Manager, about multiple cash deposits that were indicative of ‘structuring’ in the account. By internal email to Mr Barton that same day, Mr Costin expressed the incorrect belief that the accounts could not receive cash deposits.170
      2. On the same day, Mr Costin responded to ANZ requesting further details of the transactions in question. ANZ provided those details and posed a series of questions to Mr Costin about the Riverbank account. The questions related to the purpose of the account, why the account was being used as a conduit account, the reason for establishing a separate legal entity to conduct ‘this activity’, why the entity included ‘Investments’ in its company name, whether ‘other “investment” accounts under the Crown group’ were being utilised in a similar fashion, and what, if any, monitoring of the Riverbank account was taking place.171 The questions indicated that ANZ had serious concerns about the operation of the Riverbank account.
      3. In an internal email from Mr Costin to Mr Barton on 31 January 2014, Mr Costin stated that he was ‘not 100% sure what we should/shouldn’t mention around the use of company names’.172 Mr Barton recommended that Mr Costin speak with Mr Birch of ANZ.173
      4. On 3 February 2014, a meeting took place at the office of Crown Melbourne between Mr Costin and Mr Birch about the suspect transactions in the Riverbank account. At the meeting, Mr Costin sought to ‘get ANZ comfortable’ with the accounts, and noted in a subsequent email to Mr Theiler that one outstanding question from the meeting ‘was why the money changer deposits multiple amounts under $10k at different branches’.174 The ‘obvious answer’ was that the deposits were indicative of money laundering, explaining why they had been queried by ANZ in the first instance.175
      5. There was no evidence that Crown provided any written response to the questions from ANZ.176 Nor was there any evidence of the following:
        • That Mr Costin, Mr Barton or anyone else at Crown or its subsidiaries elevated ANZ’s concerns or queries to any Crown Risk Management Committee (RMC)177 or the boards of Crown, Crown Perth or Riverbank.178
        • That any person at Crown took steps to review the balance of the transactions in the bank statements for the Riverbank account in light of ANZ’s concerns. A review would have revealed that those statements up to January 2014 were ‘riddled with examples’ of structuring. From 31 January 2014 until the accounts were shut for good in late 2019,179 an additional 61 cash deposits indicative of structuring appeared in the accounts.180
      6. On 27 March 2014, a further meeting took place between representatives of ANZ and Crown relating to issues of money laundering. Those present included Mr Neilson (then General Counsel of Crown), Ms Tegoni (then Legal Officer and AML Compliance Officer for Crown Melbourne), Mr Preston (then Legal Officer and AML Compliance Officer for Crown Perth), Mr Barton and Mr Costin. That meeting and the fact that it related to issues of money laundering was not brought to the attention of the Crown RMC, the Crown board, the Crown Perth board or the Riverbank board.181
      7. On 31 March 2014, ANZ sent an email to Mr Costin raising the practice of aggregation in the context of reporting to AUSTRAC.182 The practice of aggregation was neither reviewed nor stopped after this email.
      8. On 31 March 2014, Mr Barton retained consultancy firm Promontory to undertake a review of the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing (AML/CTF) programs at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth. Crown commissioned this review to give ANZ comfort in circumstances where transactions indicative of money laundering had been identified in the Riverbank account. Promontory was not, however, alerted to the existence of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts; nor about the issues that ANZ had identified in those accounts.183
      9. On 29 April 2014, Mr Barton and Mr Costin again met with ANZ. At that meeting ANZ informed Crown that the Riverbank account would be closed in July 2014.184 In response, Mr Barton directed Mr Costin to tell patrons of Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth ‘to stop making multiple in branch cash deposits below the [reporting] threshold’.185 That same day, Mr Costin emailed numerous Crown staff noting that the closure of the Riverbank account had been expected. He requested that customers be advised that multiple in-branch cash deposits under the $10,000 reporting threshold (set under the AML/CTF Act) would not be accepted in the new CBA accounts, as ‘we don’t want this process to occur again with CBA in six months time … due to the suspect transactions’.186
      10. On 29 September 2014, Promontory delivered its report to Mr Barton. The report noted that Promontory had reviewed the manual (as opposed to automated) transaction monitoring undertaken by Crown and, without conducting any testing, was able to infer that Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth had implemented the manual control in a manner consistent with their AML/CTF programs.187 The Promontory report did not address the Southbank or Riverbank accounts, nor the issues ANZ had identified with those accounts. The report did, however, observe that the procedures and documentation for the cash transactions report monitor’s (CTRM) review of bank statements was deficient and depended largely on the monitor’s experience with AML/CTF issues and familiarity with the business of Crown Melbourne.188
      11. Mr Barton subsequently provided the Promontory report to Mr Birch at ANZ. On 5 March 2015, Mr Birch responded to Mr Barton with commentary on the Promontory analysis, suggesting improvements that Crown might make to its AML/CTF Program in the areas of know-your-customer (KYC), junkets due diligence, enhanced due diligence, and transaction monitoring. It is not clear from the Bergin Report whether that commentary was passed on to Crown AML Teams. On 6 March 2015, Mr Barton replied to Mr Birch stating that his commentary ‘seems to largely be a comparison with ANZ’s processes’ and enquiring ‘[a]re there any specific area that should be addressed from this comparison?’189
      12. Despite ANZ closing the Riverbank account in July 2014, the delivery of the Promontory report on 29 September 2014 recording deficiencies in Crown processes for reviewing bank statements, and Mr Birch’s commentary of 5 March 2015, no changes were made to the operation or monitoring of the Southbank or Riverbank accounts at this time.190
      Red flag: ASB Bank and the Southbank (New Zealand) account
      1. In addition to its CBA Australian dollar account, Southbank held an account in New Zealand with ASB Bank, a subsidiary of CBA.191
      2. On 10 July 2018, Ms Tama Tauira, a Transaction Relationship Manager from ASB, requested to speak with Mr Costin to ask him ‘urgent’ due diligence questions regarding the operation of the ASB Southbank account. On 11 July 2018, at Mr Costin’s request, Ms Tauira put those questions in writing, enquiring whether the ASB account:
        • was subject to governance and oversight by the Crown board or senior management
        • was covered by the Crown AML Program or a Crown internal AML audit
        • was covered by periodic audits undertaken by the casino’s regulator
        • was regulated by any regulator in New Zealand.192
      3. Ms Tauira also asked Mr Costin to confirm whether: (a) there was transaction monitoring in place to detect unusual activity in the Southbank ASB account; and (b) there were processes and procedures in place to identify cash deposits and confirm the source of cash deposits in the account. Ms Tauira requested Mr Costin to provide documentation to support the answers to each of the questions she had posed.193
      4. Later that day, Mr Costin forwarded Ms Tauira’s queries to Ms Louise Lane, then Group General Manager of AML. Despite Ms Tauira noting the queries to be urgent, no response was provided to ASB until three months later, on 2 October 2018. Mr Costin’s response was drafted by Ms Lane.194
      5. The response to ASB was misleading:
        • There was no evidence to support the suggestion made by Mr Costin that Crown made ‘source of funds’ enquiries in respect of cash deposits into the Southbank account.195
        • Contrary to Mr Costin’s indication that the Southbank ASB bank account was subject to oversight by Crown’s board or senior management, the majority of the Crown board knew nothing about the Southbank and Riverbank accounts, let alone provided oversight of the Southbank ASB bank account.196
        • As Southbank was not enrolled as a reporting entity with AUSTRAC, the ASB account was not ‘covered by’ the Crown Melbourne AML/CTF Program or any AML audit, contrary to Mr Costin’s assertion.197
        • Mr Costin’s response implied that the ASB account was audited by the VCGLR, which was untrue.198
        • Mr Costin’s response that transaction monitoring was in place was true to an extent. At that time, however, Crown had been made aware by ANZ and Promontory that its transaction monitoring processes had deficiencies, and that its processes and procedures for identifying cash deposits into the Southbank and Riverbank accounts suffered from the aggregation problem described above.199
      6. On 2 November 2018, Ms Tauira raised urgent queries with Mr Costin regarding $15 million in payments made over the preceding two years by a particular patron. She considered that the patron’s activities required investigation and sought particular information from Mr Costin. After internal discussion, Crown did not provide the information requested.200
      7. On 23 November 2018, Ms Tauira queried whether Southbank was an AML/CTF reporting entity. Mr Costin replied that it was not, and indicated that the reporting entity was Crown Melbourne, the holding company of Southbank and the operator of the gaming facility.201
      8. On 22 January 2019, ASB notified Crown that it was closing the Southbank account for reasons that included the information that Crown had provided to ASB.202
      9. Mr Xavier Walsh (then COO of Crown Melbourne), Mr Preston and Ms Lane were all informed of the ASB decision. The same day that ASB notified Crown of its decision to close the Southbank account, Mr Walsh emailed Mr Costin asking ‘[a]re we able to set up an account with a different bank?’ Mr Costin replied, copying Mr Preston and Ms Lane, that that would be unlikely, that ANZ had already shut down the Southbank accounts in Australia due to AML concerns, and that Chinese, European and American banks ‘won’t go anywhere [near] patron accounts’, leaving only Westpac or Bank of New Zealand as banking options.203
      10. Neither the closure of the ASB Southbank account, nor the perceived difficulty in finding an alternative bank, were escalated to Crown’s RMC, the Crown board or the Crown Melbourne board.204
      11. The closure of the ASB Southbank account (against the backdrop of the earlier closure by ANZ of the ANZ Riverbank account in light of AML concerns) did not lead to:
        • any review of the wisdom of permitting Southbank and Riverbank to continue to operate conduit accounts
        • any detailed review of either the account statements for those entities or of Crown’s AML processes more generally
        • the implementation of any additional controls to prevent the Southbank and Riverbank accounts from being (or continuing to be) exploited for money-laundering purposes.205
      Red flag: CBA and the Southbank account
      1. Overlapping with the period during which the ASB developments occurred, there were also developments with CBA regarding the Southbank and Riverbank accounts.
      2. On 10 December 2018, CBA raised written queries about money laundering with Crown regarding the operation of the Southbank accounts. In particular, CBA queried whether Southbank was covered by the existing Crown-wide AML Program as a ‘Designated Business Group’ and what measures Southbank undertook to identify and verify the identity of individuals from whom it was accepting funds. CBA also queried what measures Southbank had in place to identify and prevent the receipt of illegitimate funds, and what remedial actions Crown had taken in respect of the VCGLR finding regarding junket arrangements.206
      3. On 11 December 2018, Mr Costin emailed Ms Lane to note that the ‘ASB queries have finally reached CBA’. On 20 December 2018, Crown responded to the CBA queries.207
      4. In February 2019, Ms Lane met with the CBA account management team to discuss Crown’s AML controls. The fact of this meeting and CBA’s concerns were not notified to the Crown RMC or the boards of Crown, Crown Melbourne or Crown Perth.208
      5. In July and August 2019, there was media reporting about money laundering at the Melbourne Casino, which the Crown Resorts board denied through an ASX announcement on 31 July 2019.
      6. On 5 and 6 August 2019, the article exposing allegations of money laundering through the Southbank and Riverbank accounts was published in The Sydney Morning Herald and The Age respectively.209
      7. On 14 August 2019, ILGA issued the Terms of Reference for the Bergin Inquiry.210
      8. On 27 August 2019, there was a meeting between Crown and CBA. The meeting was attended by Ms Lane, Mr Costin, Mr Alan McGregor and Mr Barton, on behalf of Crown. At the meeting, CBA indicated that the issues identified in the newspaper article raised red flags, and that an investigation of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts had identified information that CBA could not share with Crown, thereby telegraphing to Crown CBA’s concerns that the accounts had been used for money laundering.211
      9. On 4 October 2019, there was a further meeting between Crown and CBA, attended by Mr Costin and Mr Barton. At that meeting, CBA notified Mr Costin and Mr Barton of the impending closure by CBA of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts.212
      10. In December 2019, the decision by CBA to close those accounts was brought to the attention of the Crown RMCs and the boards of Crown, Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth.213
      Red flag: Ms Lane’s Review
      1. Immediately after the publication of the article in The Sydney Morning Herald and The Age on 5 August 2019, Ms Lane began conducting a review of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts.214
      2. On 6 August 2019, Ms Lane requested the bank statements for the Southbank account. Between 6 and 20 August 2019, Ms Lane conducted a manual review of the statements, cross-checking suspicious activity with SYCO entries and establishing whether Crown entities had submitted ‘suspicious matter reports’ (SMRs) appropriately.215
      3. By 20 August 2019, Ms Lane had formed the view that the review process was highly labour intensive and that she would need either additional internal support to complete the task, or that it would need to be done externally. On 20 August 2019, she spoke to Mr Neil Jeans, the Principal of Initialism (a specialist AML consultancy), about obtaining external forensic assistance to review the Southbank and Riverbank accounts. Mr Jeans advised that they might obtain that assistance from Grant Thornton (a business advisory consultancy). That same day, Mr Jeans introduced Ms Lane to Ms Katherine Shamai of Grant Thornton.216
      4. By email on 21 August 2019, Ms Lane informed Mr Preston that she wished to engage Grant Thornton to assist in her bank account review. She also indicated that if Crown preferred that the ‘incredibly time consuming’ task be completed internally, additional hands would be required. At that time, Mr Preston was a designated AML Compliance Officer for Crown.217
      5. Ultimately, Crown did not engage Grant Thornton to provide forensic support. Crown obtained advice from law firm MinterEllison that there was a real risk that any such review would not be the subject of legal professional privilege (and thus a risk it would not be immune from production in a legal proceeding). Mr Preston then formed the view that it was not necessary to conduct a comprehensive review of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts. He understood that the Crown transaction monitoring program covered those accounts.218 Mr Preston provided incorrect advice to the Crown board that the Southbank and Riverbank accounts were dealt with in the same manner as all other Crown accounts, and that they were covered by the Crown AML policy.219
      6. Crown’s response to the media allegations demonstrated not only a failure to understand the AML landscape and legislative requirements, but also a total lack of commitment to rectifying obvious problems identified in the 5 and 6 August newspaper article.220
      7. Ms Lane took no further steps in relation to the matter and left her employment at Crown in early October 2019 (following a period of leave between 31 August and 22 September 2019).221
      8. Crown did not promptly inform the Bergin Inquiry that Ms Lane had (to Mr Preston’s knowledge) commenced a review of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts following publication of the article in The Sydney Morning Herald and The Age on 5 August 2019. That only came to light on and from 17 November 2020, due in part to the fact that relevant documents relating to these matters, previously not produced by Crown, were newly available.222
      9. In September 2020, the AML, Compliance and Credit Teams within Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth commenced an internal investigation into the aggregation problem.223
      10. In November 2020, reports by Grant Thornton comprising forensic data analysis of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts, and a report by Initialism reviewing those accounts for indications of money laundering, were provided to the Bergin Inquiry.224 The Grant Thornton and Initialism reports identified seven types of transactions indicative of money laundering on those accounts.225 These included numerous instances of structuring in the manner identified by ANZ in January 2014.226 The activity continued in the Southbank and Riverbank CBA accounts following closure of the ANZ account in 2014. The activity appeared in the Southbank CBA account from November 2013 to April 2019, and in a new Riverbank CBA account from May 2014 to July 2017.227
      11. Although Crown’s banking instructions required patrons who wished to make deposits into the Southbank or Riverbank accounts to do so from a personal account (that is, not from a company, business or trust bank account), these instructions were regularly ignored by patrons and not enforced by Crown. The bank statements of Southbank and Riverbank included hundreds of transfers from companies and money remitters.228 The collective value of those transfers was at least in the tens of millions of dollars.229
      Findings in respect of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts
      1. The Bergin Inquiry found there was ‘no doubt’ that the processes adopted by Crown enabled or facilitated money laundering through the Southbank and Riverbank accounts.230 By contrast, the Bergin Inquiry found that the veracity of the media allegations that Crown turned a blind eye to money laundering through those accounts, was not established.231 Instead, the Bergin Inquiry’s findings were equally damning. They were that:
        • Crown knew that money laundering was probably occurring, starting from when ANZ notified Crown in 2014 of its concerns about the indications of money laundering in the Riverbank account.232
        • Crown’s facilitation of money laundering continued for years, from at least 2014 until the accounts were closed in October 2019, notwithstanding that Crown was alerted by a number of banks to the real prospect of money laundering in the accounts.233
        • Crown displayed a cavalier attitude in relation to queries about money laundering later raised by ASB and CBA.234
        • Crown failed to ensure that the operation of its casinos was protected from criminal exploitation.235
        • Decisions made by Crown were infected by extraordinarily poor judgement.236
        • The aggregation problem compromised the ability of the AML Team to do its work properly.237
        • Crown’s failure to react urgently and comprehensively to public allegations of money laundering through its subsidiaries exposed a present, very deep corporate cultural problem.238
        • The lack of understanding of the AML landscape and legislation displayed by the Crown directors constituted a very significant deficiency in the corporate character of Crown.239
      Crown concessions
      1. Crown ultimately accepted that there was aggregation of certain transactions in entries in its SYCO system.240 It also accepted that this aggregation compromised the ability of its AML Team to identify examples of structuring in the Southbank and Riverbank accounts.241
      2. From 18 November 2020, Crown conceded, on the basis of the Initialism report, that it was more probable than not that money laundering occurred in the Southbank and Riverbank accounts as a result of ‘cuckoo smurfing’.242
      3. Crown Chairman at the time, Ms Helen Coonan, conceded that the conduct of Crown had enabled money laundering to occur.243

      Money laundering at the Melbourne Casino

      1. The media allegations against Crown were not limited to facilitating and turning a blind eye to money laundering in its Southbank and Riverbank accounts. The media also alleged that Crown facilitated money laundering or turned a blind eye to such activity at the Melbourne Casino.244
      2. CCTV footage provided to the Bergin Inquiry depicted three separate incidents at the Suncity junket cash desk (within the Melbourne Casino):
        • In May 2017, a man placed a blue cooler bag on the Suncity desk, unzipped the bag, unpacked many bundles of $50 notes wrapped in elastic bands and placed them in stacks on the cash desk.245
        • In December 2017, a man removed multiple bundles of cash, amounting to many hundreds of thousands of dollars, from a black cardboard shopping bag. The cashier then put the money through a cash-counting machine and provided the man with plaques, a form of chips.246
        • In December 2017, a man placed chips on the Suncity desk. The Suncity cashier then exchanged the chips for cash.247
      3. In respect of the three incidents, there was no evidence of Suncity personnel checking the source of the cash, or confirming the identity of the person providing the cash.248
      4. CCTV still photographs from January and February 2018 depicted further similar scenarios at the Suncity desk, including bundles of cash wrapped in elastic bands being removed from a suitcase in front of the desk.249
      5. In March 2018, the Crown Melbourne International VIP Team received an internal report that large amounts of cash were being stored at the Suncity desk. Following that report, Crown reviewed and changed the Suncity room cash arrangements to limit the amount of cash that could be held in that room to $100,000.250 At the time that limit came into force, on 20 April 2018, $5.6 million in cash was removed from the Suncity room under supervision of Crown staff and deposited into a Suncity patron deposit account.251
      6. On 19 December 2018, a backpack containing $250,000 was taken from behind a curtain in the Suncity room to two men waiting in a car outside the casino. The two men were subsequently arrested.252
      Findings
      1. The Bergin Inquiry found that money taken from the suitcase and shopping bags was, more probably than not, money that was to be laundered. It found that money was laundered through the Suncity VIP room at the Melbourne Casino and conditions were not imposed until 2018 to prevent very large cash transactions from occurring.253 It concluded that the media allegations that Crown facilitated money laundering through Crown Melbourne were established.254
      2. It also concluded that, by reason of the belated actions Crown took with respect to cash in the Suncity room, it did not turn a blind eye to money laundering through the Melbourne Casino.255

      Junkets and organised crime

      Background

      1. Junkets are a well-recognised part of the international casino landscape. An important development in many casinos around the world in the early 2000s was the emergence of the VIP segment of the casino market.256 This is now a global market, with casinos around the world competing for VIP patrons,and the ‘vast majority’ of VIP patrons come from mainland China.257 The Bergin Report explained:

        There is a strong relationship between VIP patrons from Mainland China and Junkets. In Australia … casino operators are heavily dependent on Junkets for the continued success of the VIP market segment of their revenues.258

        Junkets identify VIP patrons and make arrangements for them to travel to gamble in particular casinos, often by offering enticements such as free travel and accommodation. In return, casino operators pay Junket operators commissions which in some jurisdictions such as Macau and Australia are based upon the Junket participant’s turnover during any particular Junket program … Junkets may also advance credit to Junket participants and enforce debts incurred by those participants.259

        In Australia, the casino operator enters into contractual arrangements with the Junket operators, sometimes referred to as ‘junket promoters’, rather than with the individual Junket participants. If the casino operator extends credit to the Junket operator, it looks to the Junket operator to pay the debt. It is a matter for the Junket operator how the debt is received from the Junket participant.260

      2. The involvement of organised crime groups in the junket industry has been widely reported for many years.261 By reason of their credit-providing and debt-enforcing functions, junkets are particularly vulnerable to infiltration by those involved in organised crime. Criminal behaviour associated with junkets includes unlawful debt collection practices and money laundering.262
      3. It is illegal to enforce gambling debts in China.263 This has led to the use of extra-judicial means of debt collection, such as threats of violence, to encourage debtors to repay money.264
      4. There are also strict limits on the amount of money that individuals can carry or otherwise transfer out of China.265 Junkets have been implicated in the laundering of money out of China.266 The potential link between junkets and money laundering, and the vulnerability of junkets to money laundering, is well recognised. In Australia, this vulnerability has been acknowledged by AUSTRAC and the VCGLR.267
      5. The ability of casino operators to ensure that they do not deal with junkets or junket operators engaging in, or facilitating, such behaviour is limited by the opaque nature of many junket operators. At the Bergin Inquiry, the then directors of Crown gave evidence about the difficulties they perceived in dealing with junket operators.268
      6. The practice of Crown was to deal only with individuals as junket operators, rather than corporations. Crown had two types of arrangements with junket operators: one was to pay the operator a negotiated rate with a slight discount to theoretical takings; and the other was a revenue-sharing arrangement, with the total revenue generated from the junket split as agreed between the junket operator and the casino.269
      7. Crown entered into contracts with individual junket operators to formalise these arrangements.270

      Media allegations and Crown’s response

      1. Among the various media allegations made in July and August 2019 were allegations that Crown had partnered with junket operators with links to drug traffickers, money launderers, human traffickers and organised crime groups.271 In particular, it was alleged that:
        • Crown partnered with seven named junket operators with links to organised crime groups
        • Crown failed to conduct appropriate due diligence into the junket operators with whom it entered into agreements, such that it was either wilfully blind or recklessly indifferent to the links these junket operators had to organised crime groups.272
      2. In an ASX announcement on 31 July 2019, the Crown board sought to rebut the suggestion that Crown partnered with junket operators with links to organised crime.273 The directors of Crown claimed that:
        • junkets were an established and accepted part of the operations of international casinos
        • Crown dealt with junkets in essentially the same way as other international casinos
        • Australian regulators reviewed junket operators and their dealings with licensed casinos
        • Crown itself had a robust process for vetting junket operators and undertook regular reviews of those operators in light of new or additional information.274

      Evidence before the Bergin Inquiry

      1. The following topics were common ground at the Bergin Inquiry:
        • In numerous instances, Crown had information that included claims and allegations that some of the seven junket operators named in the media allegations had links to organised crime groups. After receiving that information, Crown continued its relationships with those operators.275
        • Those at Crown in a position to determine whether it should commence or continue a relationship with a particular junket operator did not have any clear guidance as to the proper approach they should take to publicly available reputational information and allegations about junket operators. There was no set ‘bar of tolerance’ against which decision makers could test information and allegations.276
        • The senior people at Crown who had responsibilities for Crown’s junket operators included:
          • Mr Felstead, then the CEO of Australian Resorts and the Head of the VIP business unit
          • Mr Preston, then the Chief Legal Officer responsible for reviewing relationships between Crown and its junket operators
          • Mr Johnston, then a non-executive director of Crown, who was involved in the Crown review of junket operations after the China arrests in October 2016.277
        • Following its review of its operations following the China arrests in October 2016, Crown ceased its relationship with all China-based junket operators, with perhaps one exception.278
        • In about 2017, Mr Felstead, Mr Preston and Mr Johnston formed a ‘review panel’ to review any particular junket operator ‘escalated’ to the panel for consideration. On escalation, the panel was to consider whether Crown should continue its relationship with that operator, or whether the risk rating of the operator should be adjusted.279
        • From July 2017, Mr Felstead, Mr Preston and Mr Johnston made the final decision whether to approve a new junket operator. No prospective operator would be approved unless each of them granted approval. The rationale for determining whether or not an operator would be approved was undocumented.280
        • Also from July 2017, Crown commenced reviewing its relationships with existing junket operators on an annual basis. Most often, those reviews were conducted solely by the Credit Control Team and escalated to the review panel if it determined that material new information or a material change in an operator’s profile warranted such an escalation.281
        • In April 2020, Crown commissioned Deloitte to undertake a review of its junket program.282
        • On 26 August 2020, Deloitte submitted its report. The report advised that a number of improvements were required in respect of Crown’s junket operations, including better definition of risk and probity, gathering more robust information and data, and ensuring a clearer pathway for decision making.283
        • One shortcoming the Deloitte report identified was the lack of a defined ‘escalation point’ to the review panel, and ambiguity as to triggers for further investigations. Only on five occasions did an annual review result in escalation to the review panel.284
        • In August 2020, the Crown board determined to suspend its junket operations. The suspension was put in place pending a review of problems identified in the course of the Bergin Inquiry, and of Crown’s future relationships with junket operators in general.285
        • Also in August 2020, Crown retained the consultancy Berkeley Research Group to assist in assessing its relationships with junket operators and to undertake a due diligence investigation into various junket operators and representatives.286
        • In September 2020, when its casinos were shut due to COVID-19 restrictions, the Crown board decided to extend the suspension of junket operations until 30 June 2021 so it could conduct a proper assessment of the situation.287
        • On 17 November 2020, Crown announced that it would permanently cease dealing with international junket operators unless those operators are licensed or otherwise authorised by regulators in the jurisdictions in which they operate.288
      The evolution of the Crown junket due diligence processes
      1. The Crown due diligence processes changed over time.289 The first change occurred in October 2014, following the broadcast of a Four Corners program ‘High Rollers High Risk’ in September 2014. The second change occurred in November 2016, following the China arrests. The third change occurred in mid-2017, following a broad review of VIP International conducted in the aftermath of the China arrests.290
      2. Prior to September 2014, the Crown due diligence processes were very limited.291 Decisions regarding approval of prospective junket operators were not subject to any sign-off at the senior executive level. Instead, Mr O’Connor had ultimate decision-making responsibility.292
      3. Prospective junket operators submitted applications to in-market sales team members at Crown. Those team members were responsible for collecting identification documents and sending applications to VIP International, which would then assess the applicant’s bona fides. VIP International verified whether the applicant was a junket operator established in other jurisdictions and whether the applicant had a legitimate request to operate a junket with Crown. VIP International also sought evidence of the applicant’s ability to perform the expected function of a junket operator. Once VIP International was satisfied of these matters, it provided the application to the Crown Compliance Team. This team did no more than prepare a form licence document and undertake a further background check against the ‘World-Check’ database. This check focused more on the creditworthiness of the prospective junket operator than the probity of the applicant.293
      4. To Mr O’Connor, a ‘critical’ part of the probity assessment was that the prospective junket operator was able to secure a visa to come to Australia. He reasoned that border control authorities in Australia had access to a lot more robust information and intelligence than Crown. Accordingly, if a junket operator could pass the border authorities’ test (the test involved character suitability) and obtain a visa, that gave him confidence that probity was as it ought to be.294
      5. After the Four Corners program, Crown reviewed the allegations made in that broadcast. A compliance probity review was commissioned by Mr O’Connor and undertaken by Ms Michelle Fielding, Group General Manager, Compliance at Crown Melbourne, and her team. Ms Fielding’s team reported to Ms Tegoni, then Legal Officer and AML Compliance Officer at Crown Melbourne.295 Mr O’Connor claimed that Crown thereafter made improvements to the due diligence procedure, including extra due diligence checking against some other databases. Mr O’Connor was unable to identify any other improvements to the due diligence procedure. In fact, due diligence checks often remained limited to World-Check searches.296
      6. In the immediate aftermath of the China arrests, Crown reviewed certain aspects of its VIP International business and made changes to its due diligence process for junket operators. The review was undertaken by the Crown ‘VIP Committee’. The VIP Committee comprised Mr Felstead, Mr Johnston, Mr Neilson, Ms Tegoni, Mr Theiler and, on occasion, Mr Craigie and Mr Preston. As part of the review, Crown decided to cease dealing with junket operators based in China.297 Minutes from VIP Committee meetings indicate that:
        • obtaining third party due diligence reports remained the exception, rather than the rule
        • Crown did not keep records of junket due diligence reports
        • only a small portion of junket operators with whom Crown dealt had been confirmed as holding DICJ junket licences (issued by the gambling regulator in Macau).298
      7. From mid-2017, the position changed. A prospective junket operator was required to complete a ‘New Junket Operator Application’ and provide a range of information and documentation to Crown. The Credit Control Team then undertook a due diligence procedure on the junket operator. This procedure included obtaining credit and due diligence reports from third party providers, and focused on junket operator creditworthiness and probity. If the credit control team decided to recommend that an applicant be approved, it prepared a due diligence profile for the applicant for review by the review panel comprising Mr Felstead, Mr Preston and Mr Johnston. They made the final decision as to whether a prospective junket operator would be approved. The basis for their approval was not documented.299
      Crown concessions
      1. Crown initially adopted the same defensive approach to the junket allegations as was apparent in its ASX announcement. Ultimately, however, it made the following concessions to the Bergin Inquiry:
        • Ms Coonan conceded that, while it might be apt to describe the Crown junket due diligence processes as ‘extensive’, they were not ‘robust’. She indicated that one of the deficiencies in the assessment process was that it did not cast the net widely enough to capture people associated with junkets.300
        • Other directors accepted that the junket due diligence and review processes had deficiencies, were not sufficiently robust or could be improved.301
        • Crown required more clearly defined escalation points and triggers for further investigation as part of its annual junket operator reviews.302
        • There were shortcomings in the junket due diligence processes. Even in their most recent formulation, those processes did not eliminate all risks associated with junkets, including because a casino operator can never have full information about probity.303
        • The scope of junket due diligence processes had been too narrowly focused on the junket operator.304
        • Due diligence carried out on some junket operators either did not identify all necessary information, or was not analysed sufficiently to accurately assess risk.305
        • There was a need for greater input from the Crown Compliance and AML Teams in the due diligence assessments for junkets. Tension could exist in letting people on the operational side of the business have the final say on vetting junket operators.306
      Findings
      1. The Bergin Inquiry concluded that there was information in the public domain to support the media allegations that at least some of the junket operators with whom Crown had dealings had links to organised crime groups, and that those allegations were established.307 It did not find that Crown was wilfully blind or recklessly indifferent to those links.308 Rather, it found that:
        • Crown had numerous structures in place to deal with junket operators. Those structures were adjusted from time to time and, from mid-July 2017, there were annual reviews into existing operators.309
        • Crown gave consideration to publicly available information in respect of the seven named junket operators, although it reached what the Bergin Inquiry considered to be unjustified conclusions.310
        • Crown had flawed structures for reviewing particular junket operators.311
        • In some instances, decisions to continue dealing with particular junket operators were ‘infected with error or failed to take into account appropriate matters’.312

      Conclusions

      1. Putting to one side the findings ultimately made by the Bergin Inquiry, some conclusions may be drawn from the foregoing narrative.
      2. In respect of the China arrests, those involved in managing the VIP International business favoured the aggressive pursuit of profit over the safety and welfare of China-based staff. In particular:
        • They conducted business in China from the Guangzhou office without any business licence or authorisation, in known disregard of the law, from May 2012 (at the latest) until October 2016.
        • They ignored concerns raised by Mr Albouy that the clandestine Guangzhou office was unsuitable and posed many risks.313
        • They declined to apply for a business licence, authorisation or registration despite the Crackdown Announcement on 6 February 2015, with a view to keeping Crown’s China-based activities ‘under the radar’ and out of sight of Chinese authorities.
        • They relied on a positive interpretation of Article 303 (albeit with the benefit of legal advice) in circumstances where:
          • The Chinese Government had announced a crackdown on foreign casinos soliciting Chinese citizens to gamble abroad.
          • China-based staff were fearful about the legitimacy of their activities (and at least in one instance lied, to the knowledge of Crown senior management, to Chinese authorities about the nature of those activities).
          • After the Crackdown Announcement, VIP International executives decided to defer travel to China for a period.
          • Two China-based employees had been questioned by authorities, after tip-offs, about their activities in China and gambling.
          • They supplied a letter to Chinese authorities confirming the employment of a questioned China-based employee, in which they did not disclose that Crown operated casinos in Australia or the nature of the employee’s work in organising gambling tours in Melbourne and Perth.
          • South Korean casino employees organising for Chinese citizens to visit South Korean casinos had been arrested in China.
        • They ignored the possibility that the risk was not necessarily that Crown employees were committing offences under Article 303 (as the Chinese authorities ultimately alleged), but that the employees were subject, at the very least, to the risk of arrest and detention.
        • They otherwise failed to adequately heed various red flags and warnings about the risk of arrest and limit their activities in China accordingly.
        • They did not sufficiently appreciate the risks of operating in China, or they ignored those risks.
      3. The following conclusions may be drawn in respect of money laundering:
        • Crown was aware that money was likely being laundered through its Southbank and Riverbank accounts from as early as 2014. Despite this, it did not investigate the position or otherwise take steps to prevent money laundering (except by directing patrons to stop structuring) until some time after the media allegations about Southbank and Riverbank and the establishment of the Bergin Inquiry. This was despite:
          • ANZ closing the Riverbank account in July 2014 in light of AML concerns
          • ASB closing the Southbank New Zealand dollar account in January 2019 in light of AML concerns
          • CBA closing the Southbank Australian dollar account in around October 2019 in light of AML concerns.
        • Crown was not motivated to identify and report, nor meaningfully mitigate against, the risk of money laundering through its Southbank and Riverbank accounts.
        • Red flags indicating serious money laundering concerns were ignored, and not appropriately escalated to board or RMC levels. Crown’s corporate governance failed in respect of its AML activities.
      4. The following conclusions may be drawn in respect of junkets:
        • Crown’s processes for vetting its junket partners were ill-defined and inadequate.
        • Crown did not take sufficient, or sufficiently quick, steps to terminate its relationships with junket operators alleged to have links to organised crime.
        • Crown favoured profits generated by junkets over conducting robust due diligence on its junket partners.
      5. The following conclusions may be drawn in respect of governance and culture:
        • Crown had a culture that prioritised profit above compliance with its legal obligations.
        • Crown had inadequate corporate governance processes and failed to appropriately respond to known risks or, otherwise, properly investigate those risks.
        • Crown officers are likely to have breached duties imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) by exposing Crown and/or its subsidiaries to the risk of prosecution and civil litigation.

      The Packer influence

      Background

      1. What follows is a summary of evidence presented to the Bergin Inquiry in connection with Mr Packer and CPH.
      2. Mr Packer was responsible for much of the success of the Crown enterprise.314
      3. Mr Packer served as the Executive Chairman of Crown from late 2007 until 13 August 2015.315 He remained on the board as a director at that time, until 21 December 2015.316 He was again appointed as a director on 3 August 2017.317
      4. On 21 March 2018, Mr Packer resigned from the board, citing personal reasons. He also resigned as a director of various other entities within the CPH group of companies.318
      5. Mr Packer still retains ultimate control of CPH, the largest shareholder in Crown Resorts.319

      The nature of the Packer influence

      1. The size of the CPH holding of Crown, coupled with the ubiquitous and powerful influence of Mr Packer, led to the creation of a team of loyal directors and senior managers. Those directors and managers were committed and steadfast in their devotion to assisting Mr Packer achieve his business pursuits.320 Mr Packer retained significant control over Crown affairs, even after his resignation as Chairman of the board and as a director.
      2. The Bergin Report states:

        The extent and nature of Mr Packer’s power whilst at the helm of the Crown Board and in continuing to manoeuvre it remotely after his departure from the Board assisted not only by his loyal team of corporate operatives but also by the information sharing arrangements that had been fastened onto the corporate structure has been the subject of investigation as a matter incidental to the question of the suitability of Crown and the Licensee.321

      3. To understand the extent of Mr Packer’s influence over Crown requires some analysis of evidence before the Bergin Inquiry—in particular, in relation to the following directors and senior managers: Mr Johnston, Mr Jalland, Mr Alexander, Mr Andrew Demetriou, Mr Harold Mitchell, Mr Barton, Mr Felstead, Mr Ratnam and Mr Benjamin Brazil.

      Michael Johnston
      1. Mr Johnston was one of the three CPH nominees on the Crown board from 6 July 2007 and was a non-executive director of Crown until resigning from his positions at CPH and Crown on 10 February 2021.322 He was the Finance Director of the CPH group of companies from 2004. In 2013, Mr Packer invited Mr Johnston to participate in the Crown VIP working group. Mr Johnston then provided Mr Packer with updates on issues in relation to the VIP business.323
      2. At different times, Mr Johnston owed obligations to Crown as a director of Crown; to CPH as a director of CPH; to CPH Crown Holdings as its sole director, and/or to Crown as a CPH executive providing services. These obligations resulted in the potential for serious conflicts of interest, which were discussed during the Bergin Inquiry.324
      3. Following Mr Packer’s resignation as a director of Crown and CPH, Mr Johnston wrote to the Crown CEO, Mr Barton, on 23 August 2018 in relation to the Services Agreement between Crown and CPH. This agreement was a formal arrangement for the provision of certain services by CPH to Crown. Mr Johnston suggested an amendment to the Services Agreement to allow Crown to continue to provide confidential information to Mr Packer.325 The Crown Remuneration Committee resolved that a ‘Controlling Shareholder Protocol’ (Protocol) would be the preferred mechanism to enable the sharing of confidential information with Mr Packer. Mr Johnston executed the Protocol on behalf of CPH on 31 October 2018.326
      4. The Protocol required careful consideration of certain requirements before confidential information was shared by Crown with CPH or Mr Packer. It was Mr Johnston’s practice to give information to Mr Packer in relation to the VIP working group and to brief Mr Packer in relation to the VIP business.327
      5. The Bergin Inquiry concluded that many of the risk management problems and corporate governance issues encountered by Crown were worsened by Mr Johnston’s conflicting roles.328
      6. Mr Packer expected Mr Johnston to inform him of any important issues regarding Crown, particularly in relation to the VIP International business. Mr Johnston showed complete loyalty to Mr Packer.329
      Guy Jalland
      1. Mr Jalland was a director of CPH and was appointed to the Crown board in June 2018. He was also the Managing Director of CPH in June 2018.330 Mr Jalland resigned from his positions at Crown and CPH on 10 February 2021.331
      2. Mr Jalland executed the Protocol for the purposes of sharing confidential information with Mr Packer.332
      3. Mr Jalland was one of Mr Packer’s three key advisors within CPH.333
      John Alexander
      1. Mr Alexander was appointed as a director of Crown Resorts Ltd on 6 July 2007 and remained as a director until 22 October 2020. He was the Executive Deputy Chairman at the commencement of 2015. Mr Alexander was the Executive Chairman as well as the CEO of Crown from 1 February 2017 to 24 January 2020. He was a director of Crown Sydney from 22 March 2017 to 24 January 2020.334
      2. Mr Alexander’s first loyalty has been to Mr Packer for many years. When Mr Packer made suggestions about the business, Mr Alexander had ‘cause to listen’.335
      3. Mr Alexander executed the Protocol on behalf of Crown.336
      4. Mr Alexander used the Protocol to provide Mr Packer with high-level information on a regular basis, including information in relation to proposed initiatives and details of discussions at board meetings.337
      5. Email evidence before the Bergin Inquiry indicated that Mr Alexander had received instructions from Mr Packer regarding cost-cutting measures that Crown should take.338
      6. Mr Packer was asked about the cost-cutting measures that were the subject of the emails:

        Q: So Mr Alexander was raising with you a significant question of whether he should proceed with cost-cutting measures including staff and salaries, and he also referred to short-term incentives; do you see that?

        A: Yes.

        Q: And this was a significant management decision which Mr Alexander was raising?

        A: I would say Mr Alexander was proposing.

        Q: Yes. And, in your email, you were telling him that he had your blessing to do that, to implement those cost-cutting measures; correct?

        A: I agreed with his proposal. Yes.

        Q: Yes. And you expected Mr Alexander to act on what you said and implement those cost-cutting measures, didn’t you?

        A: I expected Mr Alexander to act on what he said and what I agreed with—

        Q: You expected—

        A: —and implement those cost-cutting measures.

        Q: Yes. You were giving him your blessing to implement cost-cutting measures, he having sought it; correct?

        A: Correct.339

      7. This exchange, and the broader email correspondence between Mr Alexander and Mr Packer, shows that Mr Packer was heavily involved in decision making on important issues at Crown, despite holding no position at Crown after March 2018.
      8. Not only did Mr Packer influence Mr Alexander, but Mr Alexander also provided confidential information to Mr Packer about board meetings and ‘in camera’ sessions of the board.340
      Andrew Demetriou
      1. Mr Demetriou was appointed as an independent non-executive director of the Crown board in January 2015.341
      2. Mr Demetriou was appointed Chairman of Crown Melbourne on 30 January 2020. He resigned on 12 February 2021.342
      3. Mr Demetriou’s relationship with the Packer family resulted from a meeting between Mr Demetriou and Mr Kerry Packer (Mr James Packer’s father) before Mr Kerry Packer’s death. Mr Demetriou was then introduced to Mr James Packer, who approached him directly with a request to join the Crown board in 2012 (which Mr Demetriou refused) and again in January 2015.343
      4. Mr Demetriou regularly shared confidential Crown information with Mr Packer, including providing summaries of Crown board meetings.344
      5. The extent of Mr Demetriou’s dedication to Mr Packer is illustrated in an email sent from Mr Demetriou to Mr Packer in April 2019, in which Mr Demetriou said: ‘As previously said, I remain committed to serving the best interests of Crown and, most importantly, you.’345
      6. When questioned how his relationship with Mr Packer—and the above statement—were consistent with his obligations as an independent director, Mr Demetriou distanced himself from the statement, and indicated that the best interests of Crown were first and foremost. When pressed, however, Mr Demetriou conceded that a reasonable bystander would question whether he was truly independent based on his statement to Mr Packer.346
      7. Other evidence before the Bergin Inquiry confirmed that Mr Packer sought to influence Mr Demetriou in Mr Demetriou’s role as a director of Crown.347
      Harold Mitchell
      1. Mr Mitchell is a long-term friend of the Packer family. He was appointed as an independent non-executive director of Crown on 10 February 2011.348 He resigned on 22 February 2021.
      2. There was no direct evidence before the Bergin Inquiry in relation to Mr James Packer’s influence over Mr Mitchell. There was, however, evidence of a large loan provided by Mr Kerry Packer to Mr Mitchell. Mr Mitchell denied that he had been influenced in his decision making.349
      Kenneth Barton
      1. Mr Barton was the CFO of Crown from March 2010 until his appointment as CEO on 24 January 2020. He was a director of Crown Melbourne from 17 October 2013, a director of Riverbank from 12 August 2014, and a director of Southbank from 30 June 2017. Mr Barton was also a director of Crown. He resigned from all of these positions on 15 February 2021.350
      2. Mr Barton provided financial reports to Mr Packer on an almost daily basis under the Protocol.351 Mr Barton acknowledged that, after Mr Packer’s resignation from Crown and CPH, Mr Packer gave him instructions regarding the information he required.352
      3. Mr Packer conceded that, in November 2018, he instructed Mr Barton to prepare specific information and reports for him.353
      4. Mr Packer also conceded that there were numerous other occasions on which he instructed Mr Barton to do as he expected.354
      5. Mr Barton acknowledged that he provided confidential information to Mr Packer in order to ‘maintain a strong and open relationship with CPH and to get the benefits that we get from CPH and James’ involvement in the business’.355
      Barry Felstead
      1. Mr Felstead was CEO of Crown Perth from March 2007 until August 2013, when he was appointed CEO of Australian Resorts at Crown. At the same time he had responsibility for VIP International. He was appointed director of Crown Melbourne in November 2013. He had a standing invitation to attend Crown board meetings, in addition to receiving all board papers. Mr Felstead resigned from all Crown positions at the end of 2020.356
      2. Mr Packer told the Bergin Inquiry that he expected Mr Felstead would inform him of any important issues in relation to VIP International, and that Mr Felstead had shown complete loyalty to him for many years.357
      3. Mr Felstead engaged in regular correspondence with Mr Packer following Mr Packer’s resignation from Crown and CPH director positions.358
      Ishan Kunaratnam (known as Mr Ratnam)
      1. Mr Ratnam was a long-term friend of the Packer family and was appointed as Special Advisor to the Chairman by Mr Packer in October 2014 in order to conduct dealings with VIP customers on Mr Packer’s behalf and to provide important information to Mr Packer. Mr Ratnam also held various executive roles in VIP International.359
      2. Mr Ratnam’s primary role was to interact with VIP International clients and to provide information to Mr Packer.360 The evidence before the Bergin Inquiry confirmed that Mr Packer had significant influence over Mr Ratnam when he was performing his duties as an officer of Crown.361
      Benjamin Brazil
      1. Mr Brazil was a Crown director from 2009 to 2017. Mr Brazil was a personal friend of Mr Packer and this friendship led to Mr Brazil joining the Crown board.362
      2. Mr Brazil was questioned about his relationship with Mr Packer, and about a series of emails in which he appeared to be assisting Mr Packer. Mr Brazil denied that he acted other than in the interests of Crown.363

      Mr Packer’s use of his influence

      1. Mr Packer exercised varying levels of influence over the operations of Crown both while holding positions at Crown and CPH, and after he relinquished those positions.
      2. For the most part, Mr Packer used his influence over these directors and executives to elicit from them important information confidential to Crown. Mr Packer also used his influence to exercise control over Crown business operations to suit his own interests, even after his resignation from Crown and CPH.
      3. Mr Packer was asked by Ms Bergin, SC about his desire to influence directors and senior management:

        Q: It would appear from what I have read thus far that there is an element, or there was an element at the time that you were Chairman, of a desire to please you. You understand that, don’t you?

        A: Possibly, Madam Commissioner. Possibly.

        Q: Is it a mere possibility, Mr Packer?

        A: If you look at our financial budgets and forecasts, they never please me because we always missed them, and that was probably right towards the top of my list of important things, so I don’t think it would be fair to say that I was always being pleased by people.

        Q: It’s the other way around though; it was their desire to please you, do you not think?

        A: I don’t know, Madam Commissioner. I mean, I always asked for conservative budgets … Whether that was people trying to please me or whether that was people trying to justify the capex [capital expenditure] that we had committed to the business …

        Q: So they weren’t giving you the bad news in relation to the budgets?

        A: Well, the budgets—the actuals never hit the budgets.364

      4. The extent of Mr Packer’s influence is demonstrated in a line of questions from counsel assisting the Bergin Inquiry relating to email correspondence between Mr Packer and Mr Barton in 2018:

        Q: You expected Mr Barton to do what you had asked and prepare for you a conservative financial year forecast, didn’t you?

        A: Well, that was Mr Barton’s job.

        Q: Yes. But you were asking him to prepare something for you that you could bank; correct?

        A: Those are the words in the email, Mr Bell, so yes.

        Q: Yes. And you expected Mr Barton to do that, didn’t you?

        A: Yes.365

        The topic was taken up by Ms Bergin, SC:

        Q: But his [Mr Barton’s] job wasn’t to tell you things. His job was to work for Crown.

        A: No, his job Madam Commissioner, there was a budgeting process that was done at this time every year and so I was curious—I was curious about that. I—

        Q: I understand you were curious, but his job was as CFO of Crown, was it not?

        A: Yes, Madam Commissioner.366

      5. An email of 1 March 2019 from Mr Packer to Mr Barton further evidences Mr Packer’s influence. Mr Packer wrote: ‘Ken I think all of you have had your heads in the sand this year. We never meet our plans and I’m sick of it. Make sure for your own sake that we achieve the FY 20 [the 2020 financial year] plan.’367
      6. The following day, Mr Packer wrote to Mr Barton, copying Mr Alexander and Mr Felstead, and stated: ‘Sorry Ken I meant everyone.’368
      7. Mr Packer was questioned about his use of the words ‘for your own sake’. Mr Packer agreed that he was frustrated and that he was making his expectations abundantly clear.369
      8. The Bergin Inquiry considered other correspondence between Mr Packer and Crown directors. The correspondence showed not only that Mr Packer had influenced the Crown directors in the execution of their duties, but that he knew he had this influence.370
      9. The Bergin Report recorded that Mr Alexander was reporting to Mr Packer. Mr Barton was reporting to Mr Packer. Mr Felstead was reporting to Mr Packer. Mr Johnston was reporting to Mr Packer. Mr Packer did not report to anyone.371
      10. The Bergin Report’s ultimate conclusion was that the influence of Mr Packer, and his ability to remotely manoeuvre Crown’s operations notwithstanding his absence from the Crown board, had ‘disastrous consequences’ for Crown.372

      CPH undertakings post Bergin Inquiry

      1. In April 2021, CPH reached agreement with ILGA that CPH could retain its 37 per cent shareholding in Crown on certain terms. The purpose of the agreement was to reduce Mr Packer’s influence over Crown.373
      2. Under the agreement, CPH undertook that it would not:
        • enter into any information-sharing arrangements with Crown
        • initiate any discussions with Crown, other than through public forums, about Crown businesses or operations
        • seek to have its executive or nominee appointed to the Crown board, or requisition a meeting of Crown shareholders to seek the appointment of any person as a director of Crown, before October 2024
        • seek any amendment to the Crown constitution that would affect the management or operation of Crown businesses.374
      3. Similar undertakings have been offered to the VCGLR.375

      Endnotes

      1 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021; Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021.

      2 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 101 [3], [7], 105 [25]. See also Western Australia, Western Australian Government Gazette, No 45, 12 March 2021, 1079, 1081. The Bergin Report records that ‘Burswood Ltd’ is the Crown entity that holds a licence to operate, and operates, the Crown casino in Perth (cf 106 [31] where the Bergin Report records that ‘Burswood Nominees Pty Ltd’ is the licensee). It appears, however, from the Terms of Reference appointing a Royal Commission to inquire into and report on the affairs of ‘Crown Casino Perth’ in Western Australia, that the Crown entity licensed to operate the Crown casino in Perth is ‘Burswood Nominees Ltd in its capacity as trustee of the Burswood Property Trust’ and not Burswood Ltd, which is the holding company of Burswood Nominees Ltd.

      3 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 680 [10], 692 [16]. ‘Close associate’ is defined in s 3 of the Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) by reference to s 5 of the Gaming and Liquor Administration Act 2007 (NSW).

      4 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 692 [14]–[15].

      5 The Bergin Inquiry’s Terms of Reference were subsequently amended to reflect the fact that, on 29 April 2020, Melco sold its shares in Crown Resorts and ceased to have a relevant interest or voting power in Crown Resorts: Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 8 [24]–[25]; Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 691 [11]–[12], 692 [16(d)].

      6 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, ii.

      7 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 204–38.

      8 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 239–97.

      9 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 298–321.

      10 Exhibit RC0148 Letter from Ray Finkelstein to Crown Melbourne Directors, 10 March 2021.

      11 Exhibit RC1268 Letter from Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne to Ray Finkelstein, 17 March 2021.

      12 Exhibit RC0148 Letter from Ray Finkelstein to the Crown Melbourne Directors, 10 March 2021; Exhibit RC1268 Letter from Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne to Ray Finkelstein, 17 March 2021.

      13 Exhibit RC1268 Letter from Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne to Ray Finkelstein, 17 March 2021, 3 [6].

      14 Exhibit RC1268 Letter from Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne to Ray Finkelstein, 17 March 2021, 3 [7].

      15 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 2 [1].

      16 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 2 [4].

      17 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 2 [5].

      18 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 3 [6].

      19 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 3 [7]–[8].

      20 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 4: see Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) s 35(3).

      21 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 4–5 [8]–[9].

      22 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 5 [9].

      23 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 2 [3].

      24 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 7 [14].

      25 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 252 [79], 285 [238].

      26 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 241 [13], [14].

      27 Exhibit RC0445 Inquiry Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 241–2 [14]–[18].

      28 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 243 [22].

      29 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 243 [23].

      30 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 243 [24].

      31 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 243 [26].

      32 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 243 [27].

      33 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 148 [22], 244 [28].

      34 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 242 [15].

      35 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 251 [73].

      36 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 251 [74].

      37 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 252 [77].

      38 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 252 [78].

      39 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 252 [82].

      40 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 252 [79], 285 [238].

      41 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 252 [80].

      42 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 269 [162].

      43 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 252 [76].

      44 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 253 [86].

      45 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 291 [271]–[272].

      46 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 255 [102(a)].

      47 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 291 [273].

      48 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 239–40 [5].

      49 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 240 [6].

      50 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 240 [6]–[7].

      51 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 253 [87].

      52 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 253 [88].

      53 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 253 [89].

      54 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 253–4 [89], [92].

      55 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 254 [92].

      56 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 254 [90]–[91].

      57 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 254 [92].

      58 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 254 [93].

      59 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 254 [94].

      60 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 254 [95], 277 [202], 284 [233].

      61 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 254 [95].

      62 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 255 [98].

      63 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 255–6 [102].

      64 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 256 [103]–[104].

      65 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 256–7 [106].

      66 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 257 [107].

      67 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 257 [109].

      68 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 257 [110].

      69 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 258 [112]–[116].

      70 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 258–9 [117]–[119].

      71 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 259 [119].

      72 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 263 [138].

      73 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 264 [140].

      74 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 259 [120]–[121].

      75 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 265 [143].

      76 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 265 [143].

      77 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 265 [146].

      78 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 265 [146].

      79 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 265–6 [147].

      80 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 266 [149].

      81 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 266–7 [151]–[153].

      82 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 267–8 [156]–[159], 270 [170].

      83 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 268 [160].

      84 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 268 [161].

      85 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 271 [172].

      86 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 271 [173].

      87 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 271 [175]–[176].

      88 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 271 [174].

      89 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 260 [122]–[124].

      90 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 260–1 [124].

      91 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 273 [184], 296 [310].

      92 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 261 [125]–[126].

      93 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 274 [186], 275 [190], 277 [199].

      94 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 274 [186], 276 [193].

      95 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 275 [188], [190].

      96 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 275–6 [190]–[193].

      97 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 276 [195].

      98 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 276 [195]–[196] (cf 287 [246]).

      99 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 277 [201].

      100 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 130 [22].

      101 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 278 [207].

      102 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 279 [210].

      103 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 279–80 [211]–[212].

      104 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 282–3 [223], [224].

      105 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 283 [225]–[226].

      106 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 261 [127]–[128].

      107 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 283 [227]–[228], 286 [242].

      108 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 284 [232], 286 [242].

      109 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 283 [230], 286 [240].

      110 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 286 [241].

      111 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 283 [229], 284 [232].

      112 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 283–4 [230]–[238].

      113 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 283–4 [230]–[238].

      114 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 286 [244].

      115 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 285 [238].

      116 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 262 [130].

      117 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 288 [252], [254].

      118 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 289 [258].

      119 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 262 [129].

      120 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 262–3 [130]–[135].

      121 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 290 [264], [266], 291 [269], [270].

      122 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 291 [267].

      123 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 291 [271]–[273].

      124 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 293 [280]–[283].

      125 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 293–4 [285]–[287], 294 [290].

      126 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 294–5 [291]–[299].

      127 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 295–6 [301]–[308].

      128 Exhibit RC0445 Inquiry Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 296–7 [309]–[311].

      129 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 297 [312]–[314].

      130 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 45 [1]–[2].

      131 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 46 [9].

      132 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 46 [8].

      133 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 47 [10].

      134 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 101[6]-[7], 197 [12].

      135 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 197 [11], 205 [5]–[6].

      136 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 205 [7], 206 [9]–[10].

      137 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 205–6 [8], [10].

      138 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 204 [2].

      139 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 204 [2]–[3].

      140 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 206 [11].

      141 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 101 [6], 207 [14].

      142 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 101 [3], [6].

      143 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 207 [16].

      144 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 207 [15].

      145 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 207 [16].

      146 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 215–16 [62].

      147 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 207 [17].

      148 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 215 [61].

      149 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 216 [63].

      150 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 101 [7], 207 [18].

      151 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 207 [19].

      152 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 208 [20].

      153 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 207–8 [19].

      154 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 208 [21].

      155 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 208 [22].

      156 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 208 [23].

      157 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 208 [25].

      158 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 208 [26].

      159 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 208 [26].

      160 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 208 [27].

      161 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 208 [24].

      162 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 220 [87].

      163 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 209 [28]–[29].

      164 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 209 [31].

      165 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 234 [168].

      166 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 209 [33].

      167 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 209 [30], [32].

      168 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 209 [33].

      169 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 210 [39]–[40].

      170 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 210 [39]–[40].

      171 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 210–11 [41]–[42].

      172 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 211 [43].

      173 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 211 [45].

      174 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 212 [46]–[47].

      175 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 212 [47].

      176 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 212 [45].

      177 As to which, see Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 133 [2]–[3], 134 [9].

      178 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 212 [45].

      179 As to which, see Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 221 [91], [92].

      180 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 212 [48].

      181 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 212–13 [49]–[50].

      182 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 209–10 [34]–[37].

      183 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 213 [51], [55].

      184 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 213 [51].

      185 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 213 [52].

      186 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 213 [52].

      187 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 213 [55].

      188 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 213 [56].

      189 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 214–15 [57]–[59].

      190 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 215 [60].

      191 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 216 [65].

      192 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 216 [66], [67].

      193 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 216 [66], [67].

      194 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 216–17 [68]–[69].

      195 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 217 [70].

      196 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 217 [71].

      197 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 217 [72].

      198 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 218 [73].

      199 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 218 [74]–[75].

      200 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 218 [76].

      201 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 218–19 [77]–[78].

      202 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 219 [79].

      203 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 219 [81]–[82].

      204 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 219 [80].

      205 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 219 [83]–[84].

      206 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 220 [86].

      207 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 220 [85]–[86].

      208 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 221 [88].

      209 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 221 [89].

      210 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 203 [36].

      211 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 221 [90].

      212 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 221 [91].

      213 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 221 [92].

      214 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 222 [95].

      215 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 223 [97].

      216 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 223 [98]–[99].

      217 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 202 [32], 223 [100].

      218 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 224 [101]–[105].

      219 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 202–3 [32].

      220 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 547 [31].

      221 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 225 [109].

      222 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 225 [110]–[113].

      223 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 225 [114].

      224 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 227 [125].

      225 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 228–9 [130].

      226 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 229 [132].

      227 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 229 [133].

      228 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 231 [144]–[150].

      229 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 231 [148]–[149].

      230 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 232 [153].

      231 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 232 [153], 234 [166].

      232 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 232 [158].

      233 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 544 [12].

      234 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 232 [159].

      235 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 549 [43].

      236 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 234 [166].

      237 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 234 [166], [168].

      238 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 552 [52].

      239 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 552 [54].

      240 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 226 [116].

      241 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 226 [116].

      242 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 227–8 [126].

      243 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 232 [152].

      244 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 206 [11], 234 [171]–[173].

      245 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 235 [177].

      246 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 234 [175].

      247 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 234 [176].

      248 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 235 [178].

      249 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 235–6 [179]–[181].

      250 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 236 [183]–[184].

      251 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 236–7 [185]–[186].

      252 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 237 [191].

      253 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 544 [12].

      254 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 234 [172], 237 [194]–[195].

      255 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 238 [191].

      256 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 14 [5].

      257 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 14 [5], [9]–[10].

      258 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 19 [40]; see also 24 [63].

      259 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 16 [22].

      260 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 16–17 [23].

      261 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 66 [18].

      262 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 63 [1], [3].

      263 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 63 [4], 66 [17].

      264 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 63 [4].

      265 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 63 [3].

      266 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 63 [3].

      267 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 64–5 [7]–[10].

      268 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 301 [18]; Bergin Inquiry Transcript (Packer), 8 October 2020, 3696–7; Bergin Inquiry Transcript (Johnston), 29 September 2020, 3157; Bergin Inquiry Transcript (Mitchell), 9 October 2020, 3853–4.

      269 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 304 [32], [33].

      270 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 304 [34].

      271 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 198 [14], 298 [1].

      272 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 298 [2]–[3].

      273 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 240 [6], 300 [8].

      274 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 298 [4], 300 [6]–[9].

      275 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 302 [23], 304 [35], 305 [38].

      276 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 302–3 [25].

      277 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 303 [27]–[28].

      278 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 302 [23]. In November 2016, Crown terminated its relationship with over 100 junket operators in mainland China: 320 [135].

      279 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 303 [28].

      280 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 318 [125].

      281 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 318 [126].

      282 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 319 [130].

      283 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 319 [130].

      284 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 318 [126].

      285 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 301 [17].

      286 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 301 [17], 309 [64].

      287 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 301 [17].

      288 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 302 [19]; Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 539 [28].

      289 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 315 [110].

      290 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 315 [110].

      291 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 316 [115].

      292 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 316 [113].

      293 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 315–16 [111]–[112].

      294 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 316 [114].

      295 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 289 [262], 316 [116]. As to Ms Tegoni’s position, see 212 [49].

      296 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 316 [117].

      297 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 317 [118]–[119].

      298 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 17 [25], 317 [120]–[122]. The Macau regulator, the Gaming Inspection and Coordination Bureau, is commonly referred to as the DICJ (Direcção de Inspecção e Coordinenanação de Jogos).

      299 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 317–18 [123]–[125].

      300 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 302 [24], 319 [129(c)].

      301 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 319 [129(c)].

      302 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 318 [126].

      303 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 318 [129(a)].

      304 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 318 [129(b)].

      305 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 319 [129(d)].

      306 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 318 [127]–[128].

      307 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 313 [100], 314 [107].

      308 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 321 [142].

      309 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 318 [126], 319 [133].

      310 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 320 [136].

      311 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 320 [139].

      312 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 319 [133].

      313 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 254 [90]–[91].

      314 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 145 [1], [4].

      315 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 146 [10], 149 [28].

      316 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 152 [46].

      317 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 160 [79].

      318 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 146 [7], 160 [77]–[79], [81]–[82].

      319 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 102 [12].

      320 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 145 [5], 146 [8], 148 [17]–[22]; Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 558 [90].

      321 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 146 [8].

      322 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 403 [1]–[2]; Crown Resorts, ‘Resignation of Directors’ (ASX Media Release, 10 February 2021).

      323 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 404 [8].

      324 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 433 [121].

      325 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 161 [85].

      326 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 161 [88], 162 [93].

      327 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 404 [11].

      328 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 446 [164].

      329 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 148 [17].

      330 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 476 [62]–[64].

      331 Crown Resorts, ‘Resignation of Directors’ (ASX Media Release, 10 February 2021).

      332 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 162 [93].

      333 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 244 [35].

      334 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 494 [3].

      335 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 148 [18].

      336 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 162 [93].

      337 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 166 [105].

      338 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 167 [113].

      339 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 170 [124].

      340 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 179 [168].

      341 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 447 [1].

      342 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 447 [2]; Crown Resorts, ‘Resignation of Director—Andrew Demetriou’ (ASX Media Release, 12 February 2021).

      343 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 447–8 [7].

      344 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 461 [63].

      345 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 461 [64].

      346 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 461–2 [65].

      347 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 175 [149]–[151].

      348 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 482 [94].

      349 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 485–6 [111].

      350 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 366 [3]–[8]; Crown Resorts, ‘Senior Executive Changes’ (ASX Media Release, 15 February 2021).

      351 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 371 [33].

      352 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 502 [45].

      353 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 167 [116].

      354 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 167 [116], 168 [119].

      355 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 370 [29].

      356 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 519 [3]–[5].

      357 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 247 [47].

      358 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 529 [24].

      359 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 148 [22].

      360 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 148 [22].

      361 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 148 [22].

      362 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 505 [57]–[59].

      363 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 508 [75].

      364 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 146–7 [11].

      365 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 167 [116].

      366 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 168 [119].

      367 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 173 [137].

      368 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 174 [142].

      369 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 174 [143].

      370 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 150–1 [34]–[45].

      371 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 182 [187]–[188].

      372 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 570 [19].

      373 Exhibit RC0437 Statement of Helen Coonan, 28 April 2021, Annexure i.

      374 Exhibit RC0437 Statement of Helen Coonan, 28 April 2021, Annexure i.

      375 Exhibit RC1409 Letter from Ashurst to DLA Piper, 26 July 2021.


      Chapter 04

      Corporate governance: general

      Corporate governance: general

      Introduction

      1. This chapter outlines corporate governance best practice. First, it will discuss the underlying principles of good corporate governance. Then it will deal with two important aspects of corporate governance: risk management and culture.

      What is corporate governance?

      1. At its simplest, corporate governance is the system by which corporations are directed and controlled. The system:

        specifies the distribution of rights and responsibilities among different participants in the corporation, such as, the board, managers, shareholders and other stakeholders, and spells out the rules and procedures for making decisions on corporate affairs.1

      2. Corporate governance is different from managing a corporation. Managing a corporation is concerned with running the corporation’s business affairs. Governance is concerned with running the enterprise: making sure that it is ‘running in the right direction and being run well’.2
      3. Although corporate governance is about the power exercised over the activities of a corporation, corporate governance principles do not explain how, or in whose interests, that power should be exercised. That will depend upon the view taken about the role of a corporation.
      4. There is an ongoing debate about whether a corporation should be run solely in the interests of shareholders or whether it should take into account other interests. Those interests might be those of different stakeholders (those affected by the activities of the corporation) or an even broader class.

      The traditional view

      1. The classic or traditional view is that the management of a corporation (directors and senior executives) is the agent of the shareholders. Under this approach, the shareholders’ interests are paramount.
      2. Professor Milton Friedman is the principal proponent of this view. In a famous article published in the New York Times Magazine on 13 September 1970, Professor Friedman criticised those in the business community who proposed that a corporation should promote desirable sociable ends. He wrote:

        [T]he manager [of a corporation] is the agent of the individuals who own the corporation or establish the eleemosynary institution, and his primary responsibility is to them.3

      3. According to this view, the job of a corporation’s management is to maximise shareholder value.

      The financier’s view

      1. Another approach, developed by economists Mr Andrei Shleifer and Mr Robert Vishny, regards corporate governance as ‘the ways in which suppliers of finance to corporations assure themselves of getting a return on their investment’.4 This approach is concerned with the economic efficiency of the corporation.
      2. The traditional and financier’s views both hold that good corporate governance is concerned with securing the economic wellbeing of those who have a direct stake in the corporation. Good governance does not require other considerations to be taken into account.

      The stakeholder view

      1. Since the 1980s, the objective of corporate governance has moved away from the narrow interests of shareholders and financiers to those of the stakeholder. From this perspective, corporate governance is concerned not only with the relationship between the corporation and its shareholders and financiers, but also its relationship with other stakeholders. The stakeholders are those groups without whose support the corporation would cease to exist. They include employees, customers, suppliers, banks and, where appropriate, government and governmental agencies.

      The socially responsible corporation

      1. Many organisations contend that a corporation (and, therefore, corporate governance) should also have regard to the role the corporation plays in society at large.
      2. Sir Adrian Cadbury, writing in the foreword to the World Bank Group report on corporate governance in 2000, said:

        Corporate governance is concerned with holding the balance between economic and social goals and between individual and communal goals. The governance framework is there to encourage the efficient use of resources and equally to require accountability for the stewardship of those resources. The aim is to align as nearly as possible the interests of individuals, corporations, and society.5

      3. In 2019, the Business Roundtable, a trade association of chief executives of leading United States of America corporations, issued its ‘Statement on the Purpose of a Corporation’. The Business Roundtable has issued statements since 1997 that have endorsed principles of shareholder primacy. The 2019 statement, however, superseded the previous statements and instead outlined a broader, modern standard for corporate responsibility. The standard requires commitment to:
        • delivering value to customers
        • investing in employees through training, education, diversity and inclusion, dignity and respect
        • dealing fairly and ethically with suppliers
        • supporting the community in which the corporation works
        • generating long-term value for shareholders.6
      4. To summarise, corporate governance requires a commitment to all stakeholders (including local communities and country).
      5. Many nations have adopted this broad approach to corporate governance. For example, the Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development has published principles, directed to policymakers, that aim to provide a benchmark for good corporate governance.7
      6. These principles state that a corporate governance framework should:
        • recognise the rights of stakeholders established by law or through mutual agreements and encourage active cooperation between corporations and stakeholders in creating wealth, jobs and sustainable, financially sound enterprises
        • ensure that timely and accurate disclosure is made on all material matters regarding the corporation, including the financial situation, performance, ownership and governance of the company
        • ensure the strategic guidance of the company, the effective monitoring of management by the board, and the board’s accountability to the company and the shareholders.8
      7. This broad approach has been adopted by many institutional investors when setting the benchmarks against which investment decisions should be made. For example, the Australian Council of Superannuation Investors (ACSI) is a group of 36 Australian and international asset owners and institutional investors who collectively manage around $1 trillion in assets. ACSI has published guidelines concerning the governance practices of the corporations in which ACSI members may invest their funds. These guidelines place emphasis on the engagement of the corporation with its stakeholders.
      8. The ACSI guidelines are underpinned by the following core principles:
        • Good governance requires boards to consider and manage all material risks facing their company, including environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks.
        • Board governance should contribute to shareholder value and create the conditions in which sustainable long-term investment can prosper.
        • Company owners should influence the governance, policies, practices and management of the investee entity in order to improve investment outcomes. Material ESG factors should be analysed by company owners when deciding how to exercise their ownership rights, and also when deciding whether to invest.
        • Companies should properly disclose their performance in relation to material ESG factors that could affect the value of shareholders’ investment in the company.
        • Companies rely on a range of stakeholders to operate and succeed, including governments, employees, communities, investors, consumers and suppliers. Effectively engaging with stakeholders is key to maintaining this social licence to operate.9
      9. The broad perspective of corporate governance is now widely accepted. For example, the Companies Act 2006 (UK) now provides that a company director must act in a way that promotes the success of the company, taking into account various matters including: (a) the interests of the company’s employees; (b) the company’s business relationships; and (c) the company’s impact on the community and environment.10
      10. Under this broad approach, a corporation must take into account the consequences of its actions not only on its shareholders and stakeholders, but on all people outside the corporation whose interests could be affected. According to Professor Ian Ramsay, Director of the Melbourne Law School’s Centre for Corporate Law, this requires corporations to be ‘“socially responsible” and often subordinat[e] profit maximisation to other goals’.11
      1. The framework for corporate governance is found in legislation, in self-regulating arrangements, in voluntary commitments and in business practices that have developed over time. These practices can be specific to industry sectors as well as to regions and countries.

      Corporations Act

      1. The Corporations Act sets minimum standards for corporate governance and does not purport to recommend or enforce a model of best practice. It does, however, impose standards of transparency, accountability, fairness and responsibility.
      2. The responsibility for managing a corporation is given to its directors. The directors must act diligently and in good faith. They must not act for an improper purpose. They are under a duty to disclose any material personal interest in a matter that is before the board. Subject to certain exceptions, they must not vote on matters in which they may have a material personal interest. For benefits that fall outside the exceptions, there is a rigorous disclosure regime.12
      3. Shareholders are given protections. There are extensive provisions that regulate takeovers and grant remedies for oppressive conduct. Shareholders must approve related party transactions and may bring proceedings on behalf of a corporation or seek compensation from a corporation.13

      Guidelines

      1. A number of government and private organisations have developed corporate governance guidelines. These do not lay down binding rules; rather, their purpose is to assist the management of the corporation by identifying the key issues to which attention should be given. It is convenient, briefly, to refer to the most significant examples of these.
      2. A listed corporation must comply with the ASX Listing Rules (Listing Rules). The Listing Rules recommend use of the good governance standards found in the ASX Principles and Recommendations. The ASX Principles and Recommendations were first introduced in 2003. There were eight key principles (from 10), and separate recommendations for each principle. The original eight key principles were:
        • The corporation should clearly delineate the respective roles and responsibilities of the board and management.
        • The board should be of an appropriate size and have the skills, commitment and knowledge to enable it to discharge its duties effectively.
        • The corporation should instil and continually reinforce a culture across the organisation of acting lawfully, ethically and responsibly.
        • The corporation should have appropriate processes to verify the integrity of its corporate reports.
        • The corporation should make timely and balanced disclosure of all matters having a material effect on the price or value of its securities.
        • The corporation should provide its security holders with appropriate information to allow them to exercise their rights.
        • The corporation should establish a sound risk management framework and periodically review that framework.
        • The corporation should pay directors and executives remuneration sufficient to attract and retain high-quality directors and executives.14
      3. In 2003, the third principle (which at the time was to act ‘ethically and responsibly’) had only one key recommendation (from two), which was that the corporation should have and disclose a code of conduct for its directors, senior executives and employees.15
      4. In 2019, the third principle was changed to state that the corporation should ‘instil … a culture … of acting lawfully, ethically and responsibly’. This change brought with it new recommendations, which were that the corporation should:
        • articulate and disclose its values
        • ensure that the board or a committee thereof is informed of any material breaches of the code of conduct for directors, senior executives or employees
        • have and disclose whistleblower and anti-bribery and corruption policies, and ensure that the board or a committee of the board is informed of any material breaches of these policies.16
      5. In addition, the Listing Rules require the corporation to prepare a corporate governance statement that discloses the extent to which the corporation has followed the corporate governance guidelines. This statement must be included in the corporation’s annual report. If the corporation has not followed a recommendation, the statement must identify that recommendation and provide reasons why it was not followed.17
      6. The Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) has published a number of regulatory guides and reports on corporate governance. They deal with:
        • managing conflicts
        • shareholder engagement
        • director oversight of financials and audit
        • emerging risk management
        • handling corporate information
        • executive remuneration
        • corporate actions involving share capital
        • directors as gatekeepers.18
      7. The Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority (APRA) has developed a number of prudential standards with which regulated firms (authorised deposit-taking institutions, general insurers, life insurers and private health insurers) must comply.
      8. The APRA standards are not significantly different from the ASX and ASIC guidelines. They do, however, impose mandatory obligations on the regulated firms.
      9. Examination of guidelines discussed above reveals that the dominant focus is on boards and board-related issues. They deal with topics such as board membership criteria, board size, the proportion of inside and outside (independent) directors and the structure of board committees.
      10. The guidelines have resulted in a mass of guidance statements from corporations, and the creation of many new jobs (such as ‘Head of Corporate Governance’). Their effectiveness is another matter.
      1. In addition to the requirements set out above, corporations operating in the gaming sector have additional obligations, including those set out in the Gambling Regulation Act and their Gambling Code.
      2. The Gambling Regulation Act imposes standards of responsible gambling on gaming venue operators, including to minimise harm caused by problem gambling; to accommodate those who gamble without harming themselves or others; to ensure that minors are not allowed to gamble; and to ensure that gaming is conducted honestly and free of criminal influence and that the management of gaming machines is free of criminal influence.19
      3. It is a condition of a casino licence that the casino operator implements a Gambling Code.20
      4. A Gambling Code must include, among other matters:
        • a responsible gambling message identifying the commitment of the casino operator to responsible gambling
        • responsible gambling information including information on how to gamble responsibly and on self-exclusion programs
        • the process for interacting with customers who have requested information regarding problem gambling and who are displaying indicators of distress that may be related to problem gambling
        • what the casino operator will do to discourage extended and intensive gambling.21
      5. Since February 2020, a Gambling Code for gaming venues other than a casino must:
        • provide that the venue operator has a duty to take reasonable steps to prevent and minimise harm arising from the operation of gaming machines
        • identify how the venue operator will monitor behaviour consistent with gambling harm and take steps to discourage intensive and prolonged gambling
        • include certain provisions that discourage playing multiple machines or reserving a gaming machine in order to play another gaming machine in the gaming machine area.22

      Risk management

      1. Risk management is the process of identifying, assessing and controlling risks to a corporation in order to minimise the harm the corporation may suffer or to maximise its opportunities.23 It is a key component of corporate governance and a crucial responsibility of the board and management.24 Risk is properly managed when the corporation is clear about its strategic objectives, understands the ways in which there may be positive or negative deviations from those objectives, and takes action to control those deviations.

      Risk appetite

      1. Risk is inherent in commercial activity. The risk appetite of an organisation sets the boundaries for risk it is willing to accept in pursuit of strategic objectives.25
      2. The board of the corporation is responsible for setting the risk appetite.26 This establishes the parameters within which management is to operate.27 The factors to be taken into account when setting risk appetite include:
        • the mission and vision of the corporation
        • the strategic direction of the corporation and what risks are required to achieve the desired level of performance
        • the principal risks faced by the corporation and its capacity to deal with them
        • the views and expectations of stakeholders.28
      3. An effective risk appetite must be:
        • clear and appropriately balanced between risk taking and risk aversion
        • supported and understood by management
        • well communicated throughout all levels of the corporation
        • consistently applied in key decisions
        • monitored to detect when the corporation is acting outside the risk appetite.29
      4. Ensuring that the risks taken by management are consistent with the corporation’s risk appetite is critical to effective risk management. When management operates outside the risk appetite, action should be taken to stop the activity.30

      Risk management process

      1. In broad terms, the process of risk management involves the following steps:
        • First, identify all the categories or types of risk that the corporation might face.
        • Second, analyse and evaluate the risks to understand their causes and potential consequences. The risks can then be prioritised and subject to risk treatment (that is, putting in place actions and controls to mitigate a risk).
        • Third, take the required action to address the risk. The action should be consistent with the risk appetite of the corporation. The object of the action might be to avoid the risk, to remove the source of the risk, or to accept the risk after making an informed decision.31

      Risk governance

      1. Risk governance, in its broadest sense, is the manner in which risk management is undertaken in a corporation, including how it manages risk, makes decisions taking into account the risks, and allocates the necessary resources so that appropriate action may be taken.
      2. The ASX Corporate Governance Council has recommended that a listed entity should have a board subcommittee dedicated to overseeing risk. A risk subcommittee can:
        • monitor management’s performance against the corporation’s risk management framework, including its risk appetite
        • review breakdowns of material risks and ascertain what needs to be changed or improved in the risk management framework
        • review management reports about new and emerging sources of risk and the measures management are taking to deal with those risks.32
      3. The Hon. Kenneth M Hayne, AC, QC observed that a board cannot properly oversee risk without having the right information and without challenging management.33 In 2019, the ASIC Corporate Governance Taskforce published its review into the governance of Australia’s largest financial institutions. It found that material information about the risk faced by those institutions was often contained in dense board packs or reports to the board where the key risks were difficult to identify.34 It recommended that a large corporation should ensure that:
        • the risk committee has sufficient resources to discharge its mandate
        • the risk committee provides informed oversight and ensures that information received from management is adequate
        • the board engages in active oversight of management by probing and analysing information provided by management
        • clear and effective processes exist to escalate and deal with urgent material risks.35
      4. A recognised (though not universally accepted) framework for risk governance is the ‘three lines model’.36 The board must oversee this model.37
      5. A brief explanation of the model follows.
      6. The first line is the part of the organisation that provides the products or services to clients: the frontline team.38 They are responsible for identifying, analysing, evaluating and treating risks to achieve the corporation’s objectives, and for escalating information about risk.
      7. The second line comprises those responsible for overseeing the risk management compliance function. Their function is to ensure all appropriate risk factors are being implemented in accordance with policies. They should also analyse and report on the adequacy and effectiveness of risk management procedures.39
      8. The third line is an internal audit team that is independent of management. They provide independent and objective advice to management and the board on the adequacy and effectiveness of the corporation’s governance and risk management.40

      Root cause analysis

      1. Root cause analysis is any systematic process that identifies the cause of an undesired event.41 The objective of the analysis is to determine whether the likelihood of the undesired event occurring, or the impact of the event if it does occur, can be tolerated.
      2. The ASIC Corporate Governance Taskforce considers that root cause analysis is important for effective risk management. It recommends that management should undertake root cause analysis to identify underlying causes of recurring breaches of risk appetite.42
      3. The steps required to undertake root cause analysis are:
        • First, determine the need, purpose and scope of the analysis.
        • Second, collect information to establish the facts that led to the undesired event.
        • Third, analyse the potential causes.
        • Fourth, once the analysis is complete, validate the findings.

      Risk culture

      1. Risk culture is a term describing the norms and traditions of individual and group behaviour within an organisation that determine the way the organisation identifies, understands, discusses and acts on the risks the organisation confronts, and the risks it takes.43
      2. Risk culture influences the actions and decisions taken by individuals within an organisation and shapes the attitude of the organisation towards its stakeholders.
      3. A sound risk culture supports appropriate risk awareness, behaviours and judgements about risk-taking in an organisation. It bolsters effective risk management, promotes sound risk-taking decisions and ensures emerging risks or risk-taking activities beyond a corporation’s risk appetite are recognised, assessed, escalated and addressed in a timely manner.44 It is part of the broader culture of a corporation.

      Culture

      1. Culture is comprised of the shared values and norms that shape behaviours and mindsets within a corporation.45 It influences how people operate within the corporation.
      2. Culture is often considered at three intersecting levels:
        • the visible organisational structures and processes of the corporation
        • the espoused values: the strategies, goals and philosophies of the corporation
        • the tacit underlying assumptions (sometimes called ‘unwritten ground rules’) of the corporation.46
      3. These three levels are the essence of culture. They are comprised of the jointly learned values and beliefs that are taken for granted within a corporation.
      4. Mr Hayne, QC, in his Final Report of the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Banking Royal Commission Final Report), made the following general points about culture:
        • The culture of each corporation is unique and varies widely within different parts of the organisation.
        • There is no single ‘best practice’ for creating or maintaining a desirable culture.
        • Culture cannot be prescribed or legislated.47

      What is the right culture?

      1. A good culture aims to create an environment that:
        • ensures adherence to basic norms of behaviour, including a requirement to obey the law, not to mislead or deceive, and to act fairly
        • reinforces judicious decision making that takes into account the interests of multiple stakeholders.48
      2. Second, a good culture will tend to be characterised by a shared sense of purpose across the organisation. There should be a strong alignment between this purpose and the values, incentives, structures and other policies and procedures of the organisation. This purpose must take into account changing societal expectations. Corporations are now expected to make a broader positive contribution to society and must do more than deliver a financial outcome.49
      3. Satisfying this expectation will require the corporation to minimise the harm caused by its activities. On the other hand, a toxic culture leading to corporate misconduct can affect consumer confidence in an industry. This can impede the overall performance of participants in that industry and the broader economy.50
      4. Third, a good culture is one where the directors and senior management clearly set out the expectations of the organisation and lead by example.
      5. Fourth, a good culture stems from the capacity of management to appropriately manage, reward, incentivise, equip and communicate with those who work in the organisation.

      Good culture in a casino

      1. Unacceptable or unethical behaviour that violates social norms may well benefit a casino in the short term. Research indicates, however, that an ethical climate and a good organisational culture that reduces instances of inappropriate behaviour will produce long-term benefits.51
      2. Evidence also indicates that cultural norms supporting an ethical climate contribute positively to the implementation of responsible gambling practices by employees. This also has positive flow-on effects for a casino. In an ethical climate, employees are more likely to be motivated and engaged in their work, and customers are more likely to gamble there.52
      3. If a casino takes seriously the pursuit of responsible gambling, first it develops a safety-oriented culture that has a forward-looking focus on the potential harms or risks resulting from its decision making. Second, it integrates responsible gambling into its business decisions so that those decisions are made having regard to the potential harm arising from gambling.53

      What makes a culture toxic?

      1. A corporation has a toxic culture where it engages in long-term and systemic rule-breaking and damaging behaviour. Toxic behaviour is not limited to illegal conduct. It includes conduct that is plainly damaging or that promotes misbehaviour.54
      2. There are various reasons why a toxic culture might come about. First, a corporation may develop practices that normalise deviance from accepted standards. For instance, a corporation may be aware of the potential deviation from acceptable norms of conduct, but regard the action as ‘an acceptable risk’.55 Deviations are particularly prevalent where the observable practices of the corporation diverge from what is formally expected of people within the organisation, whether under relevant laws or under the organisation’s formal policies or procedures.56
      3. Second, a corporation may enable toxic behaviour by neutralising unacceptable conduct. This occurs when the corporation denies that harm is caused by its actions or denies responsibility for that harm. It will also occur if the corporation asserts that the victim deserves the harm.57
      4. Third, a corporation may make it easier to engage in toxic behaviour. This occurs when the impugned conduct is concealed within the structure of the corporation or where there is inadequate internal oversight. It may also occur where employees are left with substantial discretionary power and rule-breaking is condoned or rewarded.58
      5. Fourth, a corporation may obstruct rule-following when the culture is toxic and the corporation:
        • is unwilling to act when misconduct or harm-causing action occurs (allowing rule-breaking to occur without critique); or
        • fails to assess the causes of misconduct or harm-causing actions and fails to implement the changes necessary to prevent the misconduct or action occurring in the future.59
      6. Fifth, a corporation may impose undue stress on its employees, which can lead to employees engaging in toxic behaviour. Stress may arise from pressure to meet the objectives of the corporation or an inability for employees to meet those objectives without resorting to toxic behaviour.60

      How can culture be changed?

      1. Cultural norms provide predictability about how a corporation operates. The innate human desire for stability suggests that culture can be difficult to change.61
      2. To bring about change, a corporation must form a view of its culture, identify problems, develop and implement a plan to deal with them, and determine whether the planned changes can be effective.62 These are the steps that should be followed:
        • Undertake a deep analysis of the structures, values and practices that contributed to the toxic behaviour, in order to understand their causes.
        • Develop an ethical and compliant tone at the top of the organisational hierarchy (the board) with a clear and specific cultural direction that the corporation must pursue. This may require the recruitment and promotion of managers who will pursue this direction, and clear communication throughout the corporation that reinforces the new norms.
        • Change the tangible structures (for example, artefacts) in the corporation to reinforce the new norms.
        • Change the values and practices of existing employees.63
      3. This last step is one of the most critical. A toxic culture cannot be repaired merely by punishing or replacing the executives and the actual wrongdoers. There must be a true change in the values and practices of the corporation. This will require the corporation to demonstrate to employees that it is ready to learn new values and practices. It may be appropriate for employees to participate in decision making regarding issues that concern corporate culture.64
      4. Cultural change is unlikely to occur if employees doubt whether their leaders are capable of effecting change.65 Initiatives to change culture need to take place at all levels within the organisation and may, accordingly, take years to bring into effect.
      5. This highlights how important it is for the leadership to speak honestly and responsibly about the need for cultural change. This will be a difficult task if the leadership (including senior management) was responsible for creating the toxic culture.66 Nonetheless, if those leaders cannot be open and honest about their conduct, it may only be possible to bring about cultural change by changing the leadership.

      What culture should a casino operator adopt?

      1. This is not a difficult question. It simply requires a statement of the appropriate norms of conduct to which a casino operator should conform. It will include norms of conduct or standards imposed by the law and norms of conduct that are expected by the community. They are to:
        • obey the law
        • act honestly
        • deter illegal and immoral behaviour that might take place in a casino
        • not exploit people who come to the casino to gamble
        • take active measures to minimise the harm caused by gambling
        • cooperate fully and candidly with the regulator and with government.

      Endnotes

      1 Exhibit RC1599 Andrew Lumsden and Kylie McPherson, Australian Corporation Practice: Chapter 31 Corporate Governance, September 2017, [31.005].

      2 Bob Tricker, Corporate Governance: Principles, Policies and Practices (Oxford University Press, 3rd ed, 2015) 4.

      3 Exhibit RC1602 Article: A Friedman Doctrine—The Social Responsibility of Business is to Increase its Profits, 13 September 1970, 2.

      4 Andrei Shleifer and Robert Vishny, ‘A Survey of Corporate Governance’ (Working Paper No 5554, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1996) 2.

      5 Adrian Cadbury, ‘Foreword’ in Magdi Iskander and Nadereh Chamlou, Corporate Governance: A Framework for Implementation (The World Bank Group, 2000) vi.

      6 ‘Statement on the Purpose of a Corporation’, Business Roundtable (Web Page, 2021) < https://opportunity.businessroundtable.org/ourcommitmentExternal Link >.

      7 Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development, G20/OECD Principles of Corporate Governance (Report, 2015) 7.

      8 Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development, G20/OECD Principles of Corporate Governance (Report, 2015) 34, 37, 45.

      9 ‘ACSI Governance Guidelines’, ACSI (Web Page, 2020) < https://acsi.org.au/publications/governance-guidelines/External Link >.

      10 Companies Act 2006 (UK) s 172(1).

      11 Ian M Ramsay (ed), ‘Corporate Governance and the Duties of Company Directors’ (Centre for Corporate Law and Securities Regulation, 1997) 3.

      12 Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) ss 198A, 180–1, 191–2, 195.

      13 Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) ch 6, ss 232–7, ch 2E.

      14 ASX Corporate Governance Council, Principles of Good Corporate Governance and Best Practice Recommendations (1st ed, March 2003) 11.

      15 ASX Corporate Governance Council, Principles of Good Corporate Governance and Best Practice Recommendations (1st ed, March 2003) 25.

      16 ASX Corporate Governance Council, Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (4th ed, February 2019) 16–17.

      17 ASX, Listing Rules (at 1 December 2019) r 4.10.

      18 ‘Corporate governance’, ASIC (Web Page, 2014) < https://asic.gov.au/regulatory-resources/corporate-governanceExternal Link >.

      19 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 1.1(2).

      20 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 69.

      21 Exhibit RC0508 Ministerial Direction No S 430, 17 September 2018, 4–6.

      22 Exhibit RC0163 Ministerial Direction No S 85, 21 February 2020, 2–4.

      23 The Commission acknowledges the assistance provided by ERM International in the preparation of this section.

      24 ASX Corporate Governance Council, Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (4th ed, February 2019) 26.

      25 ASIC, Corporate Governance Taskforce: Director and Officer Oversight of Non-Financial Risk (Report, October 2019) 11.

      26 ASX Corporate Governance Council, Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (4th ed, February 2019) 26.

      27 ASIC, Corporate Governance Taskforce: Director and Officer Oversight of Non-Financial Risk (Report, October 2019) 11.

      28 Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, Risk Appetite—Critical to Success (Report, May 2020) 9–13.

      29 Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, Risk Appetite—Critical to Success (Report, May 2020) 19–23.

      30 ASIC Corporate Governance Taskforce, Director and Officer Oversight of Non-Financial Risk (Report, October 2019) 16.

      31 Exhibit RC1606 Australian Standard: Risk Management—Guidelines, 2018, 8–15 [6].

      32 ASX Corporate Governance Council, Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (4th ed, February 2019) 26.

      33 Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Final Report, February 2019) vol 1, 396.

      34 ASIC, Corporate Governance Taskforce: Director and Officer Oversight of Non-Financial Risk (Report, October 2019) 3.

      35 ASIC, Corporate Governance Taskforce: Director and Officer Oversight of Non-Financial Risk (Report, October 2019) 43–50.

      36 The Institute of Internal Auditors, The IIA’s Three Lines Model (Report, July 2020).

      37 The Institute of Internal Auditors, The IIA’s Three Lines Model (Report, July 2020) 5.

      38 The Institute of Internal Auditors, The IIA’s Three Lines Model (Report, July 2020) 4–5.

      39 The Institute of Internal Auditors, The IIA’s Three Lines Model (Report, July 2020) 6.

      40 The Institute of Internal Auditors, The IIA’s Three Lines Model (Report, July 2020) 6.

      41 International Electrotechnical Commission Electropedia (online at 7 September 2021) ‘root cause analysis’ (def 192-12-05).

      42 ASIC, Corporate Governance Taskforce: Director and Officer Oversight of Non-Financial Risk (Report, October 2019) 16.

      43 APRA, Risk Culture (Information Paper, October 2016) 8.

      44 Financial Stability Board, Guidance on Supervisory Interaction with Financial Institutions on Risk Culture: A Framework for Assessing Risk Culture (Report, 7 April 2014) 1.

      45 Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Final Report, February 2019) vol 1, 375.

      46 Edgar Schein and Peter Schein, The Corporate Culture Survival Guide (Wiley, 3rd ed, 2019) 21–7; Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 5.

      47 Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Final Report, February 2019) vol 1, 375–6.

      48 Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Final Report, February 2019) vol 1, 376.

      49 Financial Conduct Authority, ‘Transforming Culture in Financial Services’ (Discussion Paper No 18/2, March 2018) 22, 31.

      50 Kevin Stiroh, ‘The Economics of Why Companies Don’t Fix Their Toxic Cultures’, Harvard Business Review (online, 22 March 2018) < https://hbr.org/2018/03/the-economics-of-why-companies-dont-fix-their-t…External Link >.

      51 Exhibit RC1605 Article: The Role of Risk Climate and Ethical Self-Interest Climate in Predicting Unethical Pro-Organisational Behaviour, 2020, 16–17.

      52 Kahlil S Philander, ‘Future-Proofing the Industry: Organizational Culture and Responsible Gambling’ (Conference Paper, New Horizons in Responsible Gambling Conference, 10–12 March 2020) 9–10.

      53 Kahlil S Philander, ‘Future-Proofing the Industry: Organizational Culture and Responsible Gambling’ (Conference Paper, New Horizons in Responsible Gambling Conference, 10–12 March 2020) 6.

      54 Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 4.

      55 Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 6.

      56 Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 7, 25–6; Kevin Stiroh, ‘The Economics of Why Companies Don’t Fix Their Toxic Cultures’, Harvard Business Review (online, 22 March 2018) < https://hbr.org/2018/03/the-economics-of-why-companies-dont-fix-their-t…External Link ;.

      57 Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 8, 22–3.

      58 Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 8–9, 17–18.

      59 Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Final Report, February 2019) vol 1, 377; Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 15, 17.

      60 Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 8, 13, 15, 26.

      61 Edgar Schein and Peter Schein, The Corporate Culture Survival Guide (Wiley, 3rd ed, 2019) 34–5.

      62 Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Final Report, February 2019) vol 1, 388.

      63 Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 28–31; Kahlil S Philander, ‘Future-Proofing the Industry: Organizational Culture and Responsible Gambling’ (Conference Paper, New Horizons in Responsible Gambling Conference, 10–12 March 2020) 10–11.

      64 Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 30–1.

      65 Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 25, 31 (in what the authors termed ‘corporate cognitive dissonance’).

      66 Exhibit RC1613 Article: Toxic Corporate Culture: Assessing Organizational Processes of Deviancy, 22 June 2018, 25, 31.


      Chapter 05

      Failures of corporate governance

      Failures of corporate governance

      Introduction

      1. The principles of good corporate governance, including a discussion about two aspects, risk management and culture, can be found in Chapter 4.
      2. This chapter will identify inadequacies in Crown’s risk management framework and culture. It will assess the sufficiency of Crown’s remediation plan, which is designed to improve its culture.
      3. For the most part, the discussion will concentrate on the Crown group, because the risk management framework and culture programs are group wide. Where relevant, Crown Melbourne will be singled out.

      Crown’s risk management framework

      1. Effective risk management is particularly important for casino operators. Significant risk and compliance requirements are inherently associated with licensed gambling operations. It has long been recognised that casinos are vulnerable to money laundering, criminal influence and exploitation and have the potential to inflict much harm. For those and other reasons, casinos are heavily regulated and rely on a social licence to operate.1
      2. The Bergin Inquiry identified significant failures of risk management at Crown.2
      3. The failures included:
        • the failure of the board in its fundamental responsibility to set, monitor and communicate Crown’s risk appetite3
        • risk decisions by senior executives being dominated by a pursuit of profit over the welfare of Crown employees and compliance with the object of the Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) of protecting the casino from criminal exploitation4
        • demands by the board of the VIP International business unit and the incentivisation and encouragement of management to take inappropriate risks in the pursuit of the success of that business5
        • the ineffectiveness and underutilisation of Crown’s risk management and compliance structures6
        • deficiencies in the various documents designed to capture risks.7
      4. Crown has conceded that the deficiencies in its corporate governance and risk management framework contributed to the failures identified by the Bergin Inquiry.8
      5. For example:
        • Ms Antonia Korsanos, a non-executive director of Crown Resorts, Chair of Crown Melbourne and member of the Crown RMC, identified failures to escalate risk to the board, blurred reporting lines, a commercially driven culture over risk management and compliance, and the risk appetite for Crown’s operations in China not being appropriately set or monitored.9
        • Ms Jane Halton, a non-executive director of Crown Resorts and chair of the RMC, acknowledged that ‘[a] number of specific failures including in reporting, escalation, skill, knowledge, culture, appropriate diligence and care and lack of questioning’ were identified in the Bergin Report and that in some instances these went to the operation of the risk management framework.10
      6. The Bergin Inquiry made or endorsed various recommendations, the purpose of which were to improve Crown’s risk management framework.
      7. Key recommendations included that Crown:
        • articulate an appropriate risk appetite11
        • address deficiencies in the drafting of various policy documents designed to capture risk12
        • minimise ‘management speak’13
        • conduct a proper analysis of the failings that led to the arrests of 19 Crown employees in China in October 2016, known as the ‘China arrests’.14
      8. This Commission has uncovered further and more recent examples of inappropriate and illegal conduct, especially by Crown Melbourne, in part caused by failures in risk management. There is the tax treatment of Bonus Jackpots,15 the China Union Pay (CUP) issue,16 the foreign marketing practices,17 and the approach to responsible gambling.18
      9. Critical to effective risk management is ensuring that the risks taken by management are consistent with the corporation’s risk appetite.19 The recently identified failures are inconsistent with Crown’s current risk appetite that it has ‘zero appetite for breaking the law’;20 and its risk appetite statement that it has no appetite to accept material risk related to regulatory, legal or statutory requirements or any activity that would be inconsistent with its social licence to operate.21
      10. The identified misconduct suggests, despite the reforms to Crown’s risk management framework, risks are still not being identified and escalated when Crown is operating outside its risk appetite.

      Reforms to Crown’s risk management framework

      1. Following the China arrests, Crown introduced a series of reforms to its risk management program.
      2. At the time of the China arrests, Crown’s businesses were operating under a Risk Management Policy adopted in February 2008 (2008 Policy).22 Most risk issues were managed at the level of the individual properties,23 which had their own RMCs.24
      3. The 2008 Policy had a number of deficiencies. First, it made no mention of the ‘risk appetite’ of the Crown Resorts board. Second, it did not specify how the risk management framework worked to ensure that Crown was operating within its risk appetite.25 Third, there was no risk management plan specifically in respect of VIP International.26
      4. Ms Halton acknowledged problems with Crown’s system of risk management as it existed before the China arrests. She described the problems in the following way:

        Documentation, escalation and reporting of risks prior to 2018 was not systematic … Some risk areas were more mature than others … The actual risk appetite of the business was understood by some but not all staff. There was a misalignment between the documented elements of the risk appetite and the actual risk appetite of the company … The balance between financial, risk and compliance issues was heavily weighted towards the former … This was not documented in a formal risk appetite statement and there was a lack of formalisation of the risk expectations of the Board … Risk reporting and the escalation of reporting in respect of some risks that had materialised appears to have been ad hoc and limited to some individuals rather than always through a structured process.27

      5. In December 2017, following the China arrests, Crown Resorts appointed Ms Anne Siegers as Group General Manager for Risk and Audit to overhaul Crown’s risk management system.28
      6. Ms Siegers introduced a series of reforms. They included:
        • introducing a group function to manage risk across Crown’s properties29
        • setting Crown’s risk appetite30
        • developing a risk management strategy31
        • formalising the second and third line roles of the Risk and Audit Teams (see discussion of the three lines model in Chapter 4).32
      7. Looking at these changes in more detail, in August 2018, Crown Resorts adopted an updated Risk Management Policy.33 Under this policy, the Crown Resorts board delegated oversight responsibility for risk management to the RMC.34 Each of Crown’s businesses had its own risk management framework; however, the policy removed the business’s RMCs. Each business then became responsible for reviewing its own risk profile and reporting to the RMC at least four times a year.35
      8. In June 2019, Crown Resorts approved a Risk Management Strategy.36 The Risk Management Strategy set the risk appetite for Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne (which was the same for both entities).37 The risk appetite comprised an overarching risk appetite statement, seven ‘impact categories’, and metrics such as risk tolerances and reporting triggers. The Risk Management Strategy, together with the Risk Management Policy, constitutes the current risk management framework for Crown.38
      9. This framework adopted the ‘three lines model’ for risk governance. The three lines model is a recognised, although not universally accepted, model for risk governance.39 The front line team consisting of customer-facing staff (unusually including senior executives) form the first line of defence and assume ownership of, and accountability for, managing material risks. Crown’s Chief Risk Officer (a new role created in December 2020) along with Compliance, Financial Crime and legal functions, form the second line of defence and have no operational business reporting line or revenue-generating responsibilities. The independent internal audit function forms the third line of defence.40
      10. In February 2020, the Risk Management Policy was revised. The revised policy required the risk management framework of each business to align with Crown’s Risk Management Strategy and its risk appetite. The policy also retained the responsibility of each business to review its own risk profile and report to the RMC at least four times a year.41 In June 2020, the June 2019 Risk Management Strategy was amended. A new Part 4 was introduced. It recorded that management was required to monitor ‘Risk Culture’. This was defined as:

        [T]he system of values and behaviours present in an organisation that shapes the decisions and actions of staff in relation to risk taking. It determines the collective ability of all staff to:

        • Identify, understand, openly discuss and act on both current and future risks to the organisation; and
        • Operate consistently within the Risk Appetite.42
      11. In December 2020, the audit and risk functions were separated, prompting the creation of the Chief Risk Officer role (Ms Siegers’ current role) and the role of Group General Manager, Internal Audit.43 The separation is consistent with the operation of the three lines of defence model, and entrenches the independence of the second and third lines (risk and audit).
      12. In April 2021, an updated Risk Management Strategy was adopted, with a plain English risk appetite statement.44 That statement reads:

        In general, Crown’s risk appetite is a balanced one that allows taking measured commercial risk as it pursues strategic objectives whilst aiming to manage and minimise risk in its operations. Crown’s Risk Management Framework is designed to manage, rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against breaches of risk appetite. In this balanced stance, Crown is willing to accept, in some circumstances, material commercial risks that may result in impacts to our finances, services to our customers or infrastructure, but only within pre-defined limits and parameters.

        There are a number of areas of the business where Crown does not have appetite to accept material risks. Specifically:

        • Crown does not have appetite to accept material risk related to regulatory, legal or statutory requirements, including in respect of financial crime. Crown’s relationships with its regulators and licensors are foundational and paramount to how it does business.
        • Crown does not have appetite to accept material risk related to any association with or influence from criminal elements.
        • Crown does not have appetite to accept material risk related to any activity that would be inconsistent with its social licence to operate, which includes, in addition to meeting its regulatory obligations, material risk related to its reputation and brand. Crown takes very seriously its stance on ‘doing the right thing’ by all its stakeholders.
        • Crown does not have appetite to accept material risks related to employee health and safety, the maintenance of appropriate security and surveillance across its properties or loss of, or otherwise unauthorized or accidental disclosure of, customer or other sensitive information or data (emphasis added).45
      13. Ms Halton acknowledged that there may be ‘residual risks’ from previous ‘more liberal’ risk appetites, which would need to be identified and, where inconsistent with the current risk appetite, remediated.46 That observation is hardly surprising given the recent wrongdoing uncovered by this Commission.
      14. Other recent reforms to Crown’s risk management framework include:
        • the introduction of an Enterprise Risk Management system in Melbourne to collate risk information and facilitate reporting47
        • improved reporting lines. Since December 2020, the Chief Risk Officer has reported directly to the CEO of Crown Resorts and the boards of Crown’s other subsidiaries. The Chief Risk Officer also reports to the Chairs of the RMC and the Crown Melbourne Audit Committee48
        • an increase in the frequency and duration of RMC meetings49
        • the introduction of the Executive Risk and Compliance Committee across Perth and Melbourne50
        • the introduction of monthly meetings of compliance officers, including the Chief Risk Officer51
        • the allocation of more resources to risk management.52
      15. Crown intends to continue to improve its risk management systems.53 Ms Siegers’ evidence was that Crown’s risk management framework is under continuous enhancement and review.54

      VCGLR Recommendation 3

      1. Before leaving the description of Crown’s risk management framework, it is necessary to refer to the interaction between Crown Melbourne and the VCGLR in relation to the external review of Crown Melbourne’s risk management framework. This topic is dealt with in Chapter 10. Some aspects need to be repeated.
      2. Shortly after the appointment of Ms Siegers, Crown Melbourne’s risk management framework was subject to two external reviews:
        • In May 2018, the VCGLR engaged PwC Australia to provide it with advice on Crown Melbourne’s risk management framework. PwC concluded that Crown Melbourne’s risk management framework and approach was documented, and that processes were in place to support its implementation, but a potential area for improvement was for Crown Melbourne to establish ‘risk appetite’ for material risks.55
        • In June 2018, the VCGLR published the Report of its Sixth Review. That Report noted that Crown Melbourne had experienced risk failings relevant to its primary licence and recommended that Crown Melbourne obtain external advice in relation to its risk framework.56 Recommendation 3 provided ‘[t]he VCGLR recommends that, by 1 July 2019, Crown assess the robustness and effectiveness of its risk frameworks and systems, including reporting lines in the chain of command, and upgrade them where required. This assessment should be assisted by external advice’ (emphasis added).57
      3. In February 2019, Crown Melbourne engaged Deloitte to conduct an assessment of its risk management framework.58
      4. Ms Siegers was involved in instructing Deloitte. Deloitte’s review had a very limited scope. Ms Cara Hartnett, the partner at Deloitte charged with the review, described the instructions:

        In December 2018, Stephen Roche, Partner, Deloitte received a request from Alan McGregor, CFO, Crown Resorts Australia, to assist CML [Crown Melbourne Limited] with a risk management review … [Alan McGregor] also noted that the brief from Crown’s Group GM of Risk & Audit, Anne Siegers, had outlined that the review was to be ‘high level, desktop advice and challenge on the design of the risk management framework’ and that they did not want ‘an exhaustive or highly sophisticated review identifying what best practice is and all the gaps that they could have against that’ (emphasis added).59

      5. Both Ms Siegers and Ms Hartnett accepted that the Deloitte review was not an assessment of the ‘robustness and effectiveness of [Crown Melbourne’s] risk frameworks and systems’ as required by Recommendation 3.60 Further, each agreed that the review did not assess whether the frameworks and systems were ‘embedded’ within the organisation.61
      6. There was one difference of opinion between Ms Hartnett and Ms Siegers. Ms Hartnett said Deloitte did not assess whether the risk management framework was appropriate for a casino.62 Ms Siegers maintained that Deloitte had assessed Crown Melbourne’s risk management framework and indicated that the design was specifically appropriate for Crown Melbourne’s business.63 Ms Hartnett’s evidence must be preferred given her involvement in the Deloitte review.
      7. Deloitte’s Final Report was completed in June 2019.64 The Report made various recommendations and Crown, which at the time was developing a revised group wide approach to risk management, implemented most of them.65
      8. Notwithstanding the limited scope of the Deloitte review, on 1 July 2019 Mr Barry Felstead, then CEO of Crown Australian Resorts, wrote to the VCGLR about Crown Melbourne’s compliance with Recommendation 3.66 The letter stated that an assessment of the robustness and effectiveness of Crown Melbourne’s risk management framework and systems ‘has been completed in satisfaction of Recommendation 3’.67 Ms Siegers assisted with drafting the letter.68
      9. Contrary to Crown Melbourne’s letter to the VCGLR, Crown Melbourne had not satisfied Recommendation 3. Deloitte’s review was merely a desktop review and was limited in scope and utility. Ms Siegers agreed that it was not an assessment of the robustness and effectiveness of Crown Melbourne’s risk management systems.69
      10. Ms Siegers explained that Deloitte could not conduct an assessment of the robustness and effectiveness of Crown Melbourne’s risk management framework because ‘a lot of the elements [of the revised and group wide risk management system] were not in place yet, so doing an assessment of how well it was implemented would not have been done-able [sic] at that stage’.70 Ms Siegers said that she completed the remainder of the review herself,71 and considered that the requirements of Recommendation 3 had been met, because (according to Ms Siegers), it required that ‘Crown conduct that review with the assistance of external advice’ (emphasis added).72
      11. Ms Siegers did not explain what work she had undertaken to complete the review. Nor did she keep a written record of any work she may have done.73 Nor did she explain how she conducted a robust review when it was not possible for Deloitte to do so.74
      12. When this is taken into account, it is unlikely that Ms Siegers conducted the review required by the terms of Recommendation 3. Even if she had conducted that review, the foregoing discussion highlights that, prior to the VCGLR inquiry, there had not been an external assessment of the robustness and effectiveness of Crown Melbourne’s risk management framework and systems. Nor had there been an external assessment of whether those risk management frameworks and systems were appropriate for a casino business.

      Evaluation of Crown’s risk management framework

      1. Mr Peter Deans is a risk and strategy consultant retained by the Commission. Mr Deans was the Chief Risk Officer at a major bank. He prepared a report outlining his opinion on the effectiveness and robustness of Crown’s risk management framework and systems. His report considered risk management practices at Crown between January 2019 and March 2021.75
      2. Mr Deans assessed that the core fundamentals of a risk management framework were in place. He considered there were documented frameworks and practices that could enable Crown to identify, assess, manage, report and (if possible) mitigate risk.76
      3. Mr Deans noted:
        • The RMC Charter had the ‘key foundational elements’ to enable Crown to establish and maintain risk management frameworks, governance and processes.77
        • The length and content of the Risk Management Strategy was consistent with what would be expected of an Australian publicly listed group of the same size and nature as the Crown group.78
        • The frameworks and the group’s approach to risk management were supported by an established risk management function.79
        • There was evidence of Crown identifying key business risks and elevating those risks for discussion within its governance structures.80
        • Processes were in place for the RMC to reasonably identify areas of significant business risk or exposure, and new and emerging risks.81
      4. Mr Deans also identified several areas that needed improvement. He said:
        • The role of the RMC in overseeing the resourcing, operation and effectiveness of the risk management function and with respect to risk culture should be outlined in its Charter.82
        • There should be a rolling agenda for the RMC to ensure in-depth discussion at regular intervals of specific risk categories such as AML and CTF and the external regulatory environment.83
        • A larger set of risks should be reported to the RMC.84
        • The RMC and management should develop and agree on a suite of qualitative measures to better monitor and report on whether Crown was operating within or outside its risk appetite.85
        • Where Crown was operating outside its risk appetite, the RMC should monitor management’s progress in bringing the relevant risk issue within appetite.86
        • The Risk Management Strategy should be improved, including through the inclusion of a standalone risk appetite statement that documented business risks in greater detail,87 and through confirming the roles and responsibilities of subsidiary boards.88
      5. Ms Halton accepted that Mr Deans’ report was a considered report and indicated that it would be treated ‘very seriously’.89 She said the report would be considered carefully by the RMC at its August 2021 meeting.90
      6. Ms Siegers, on the other hand, was sceptical about the value of the report. She recorded in a memorandum to the RMC that it was ‘based on the premise that the practices employed in the financial sector are relevant to Crown Resorts’. She wrote that Crown Resorts had certain risks different to financial risks that required a ‘different risk management response’.91 She rejected certain recommendations.
      7. This is a matter of concern. Ms Siegers’ attitude suggests there may be some impediments to real reform.
      8. There are other concerns about the proper functioning of Crown’s risk management framework and systems:
        • There has not been a root cause analysis in relation to the China arrests. The importance of such an analysis has been explained. The Bergin Inquiry and Ms Helen Coonan, former Chairman of Crown Resorts, expressed support for such a review.92 Ms Siegers gave evidence that ‘to get an effective root cause assessment, you need to do it very quickly after the events’ and that it was essentially too late.93 No further explanation was given.
        • Documents comprising Crown’s risk management framework remain replete with management speak.

      Conclusions

      1. Crown Melbourne’s existing risk management framework, systems and processes would benefit from:
        • a root cause analysis into the failures outlined in the Bergin Report and this Commission’s Report
        • implementing the recommendations made by Mr Deans
        • external reviews of the robustness and effectiveness of the risk management framework, systems and processes and their appropriateness to Crown Melbourne as a casino operator. This should happen every three years, noting the first external review is currently scheduled for 2022
        • the Chair of the RMC, currently Ms Halton, being personally responsible for overseeing Crown’s implementation of the recommendations made by Mr Deans and the external review.94
      2. The Commission understands that Crown Melbourne will carry out these steps. Given Ms Siegers’ resistance to external review and feedback into Crown Melbourne’s risk management frameworks and systems, it is appropriate that Ms Halton (or the Chair of the RMC) has a supervisory role.
      3. The Commission also suggests that Crown Melbourne rewrite its documents in plain English.

      Crown’s corporate culture

      1. Crown accepts, as it must, that its past misconduct exposed by the Bergin Inquiry and by this Commission reflects a deficient corporate culture. It understands that its corporate culture needs to change.95
      2. To assess the extent of cultural reform required and the challenges Crown faces in achieving that change, it is instructive to reflect on the evidence before this Commission regarding Crown’s culture, both past and present.
      3. First, Crown has acknowledged that the failures identified in the Bergin Report reflected a culture motivated by profit at any cost.
      4. Ms Korsanos, for example, identified ‘poor culture underpinned by a drive for profits’ as contributing to the failures identified in the Bergin Report.96 Ms Korsanos also referred to the China arrests and decision making in relation to junkets as having been influenced by a culture focused on returns over risk and compliance. She said that the failures associated with the Riverbank and Southbank accounts may also have been influenced by similar cultural failings.97
      5. Mr Nick Weeks, the newly appointed Executive General Manager, Transformation and Regulatory Response, identified the following cultural issues as driving the unacceptable behaviour identified in the Bergin Report:

        Well, I think that overriding cultural issue was the company prioritised profit over all those other considerations that a company with a good culture would balance more evenly. So I think that was a fundamental failing. It seemed to me that there were people in the organisation in positions of influence and power that were exercising very poor judgment in terms of some of the decision-making that occurred, and my sense was from reading that report that the level of reporting, the quality of reporting and the escalation of issues in the organisation wasn’t occurring in a way that it ought to be (emphasis added).98

      6. Second, an interrelated issue that emerged before the Bergin Inquiry and this Commission was Crown’s methodical exploitation of ‘grey areas’ in service of profit. Ms Halton described this way of operating in her evidence:

        So how I would characterise this is … if you think about things that are black and things that are white, and things that are grey, it strikes me that very often people operated in the grey until someone told them they couldn’t. And I think that is a fair characterisation. I’ve talked to staff about this issue. The truth of the matter is if it’s white, fine, if it’s black, fine, and, frankly, if it’s grey, unless you get it ticked that it’s white, you don’t do it.99

      7. Third, Ms Halton gave evidence of a lack of psychological safety of staff. For example, regarding the China arrests, she agreed that staff were not comfortable and did not feel as though they could speak up.100
      8. This has been and remains an ongoing issue. In 2018, Crown commissioned an employee experience survey. The responses suggested psychological safety of employees was a significant issue.101 Notwithstanding the survey results, there is no evidence the issue was ever discussed at board level.102

      Poor culture causing poor conduct

      1. This Commission has uncovered other recent failings by Crown that strongly suggest that the same cultural problems remain.
      2. First, there is the issue of Crown Melbourne’s improper deductions in the calculation of casino tax, particularly the Bonus Jackpot deductions. Crown Melbourne’s treatment of the Bonus Jackpot deductions speaks to the same culture of profit over compliance.
      3. Ms Halton conceded that Crown Melbourne’s practice with respect to the Bonus Jackpot deductions has ‘all the hallmarks’ of the same ‘grey area’ way of operating.103 Mr Xavier Walsh, former CEO of Crown Melbourne, made the same point about the failure by anyone at Crown Melbourne to raise the issue with the regulator and ‘come clean’.104 The problem is that Mr Walsh’s inability to ‘come clean’ suggests that he, too, did not feel safe to speak up.
      4. Second, there is the CUP issue. This practice reflects the same tendency of Crown Melbourne to operate ‘in the grey’. The CUP process involved practices that allowed wealthy patrons to defeat Chinese currency regulations as well as open the door to money laundering.105
      5. A Crown Melbourne employee raised this practice at a March 2021 training session. He told those present that the practice involved money laundering. He said that ‘hosting staff were given instructions from “higher ups” to identify, implement or create new methods of circumventing government laws’.106 Despite the serious nature of the allegations raised at this meeting, only one of the 14 employees present reported the discussion.107
      6. Their silence also suggests that issues of psychological safety around reporting of wrongdoing remain. Mr Steven Blackburn, Chief Compliance and Financial Crime Officer, agreed that the individuals attending the meeting may have been scared to report the matters raised.108 Another possibility accepted by Mr Blackburn was that the employees were concerned their career progression would be negatively affected if they did escalate the matter.109
      7. It is noted that the Crown directors relatively promptly notified the Commission of the allegations made in the training session, and disclosed the results of the legal investigation subsequently undertaken.
      8. Third, Crown Melbourne’s relationship and dealings with the regulator suggest its cultural problems persist.
      9. Many witnesses frankly acknowledged the problematic state of the relationship between Crown Melbourne and the regulator. Mr Blackburn described Crown Melbourne as taking a ‘fairly aggressive’ approach to the relationship.110 Ms Korsanos described Crown Melbourne’s culture in relation to the regulator as ‘defensive’.111 Mr Nigel Morrison, director of Crown Resorts, said Crown Melbourne did not have an open and honest relationship with the regulator and described Crown Melbourne’s attitude as one where ‘if they didn’t think it was overly important and they could get away with it, they did’.112
      10. Crown Melbourne’s aggressive attitude to the regulator is encapsulated in a most concerning exchange, in 2019, between the regulator and Ms Michelle Fielding, then Group Executive General Manager, Regulatory and Compliance. The exchange concerned Recommendation 17 in the Report of the VCGLR’s Sixth Review and a dispute with the VCGLR as to whether Crown Melbourne should seek input from AUSTRAC in reviewing its internal control statements.113 Ms Fielding, in rejecting the suggestion Crown Melbourne should seek AUSTRAC’s input, called Mr Jason Cremona, an employee of the VCGLR, and spoke to him in an aggressive manner, saying that Mr Joshua Preston, Crown’s then Chief Legal Officer, was ‘furious’ at the suggestion and would most probably ‘call the Minister’.114
      11. Another example is Crown Melbourne’s lack of cooperation with the VCGLR investigation concerning the China arrests. Ms Coonan gave the following evidence on that issue:

        Q: It’s the old Crown taking every point, arguing every issue, not accepting basic propositions of fact that are clearly open; correct?

        A: I think that’s right. I mean, I hadn’t had a chance to refresh my memory of it, but I think that would be a fair way to characterise it.

        Q: And that’s only January this year, isn’t it?

        A: Yes, it is. It’s the old Crown, January this year.115

      12. While the current directors and executives all agree that Crown Melbourne’s relationship with the regulator should be open, honest and cooperative, until recently nothing has been done to address this issue.

      Deloitte review

      1. Now that Crown has been forced to act, it has engaged Deloitte, led by organisational culture expert Ms Victoria Whitaker, to undertake a review of Crown’s culture.116 Ms Whitaker described the purpose of the Deloitte review (named Project Darwin) as being:

        to provide an assessment of the maturity of the existing approach to organisational culture, conduct a current state of Crown Resorts’ organisational culture (including risk culture), establish the target state culture, assess the gaps between the target state and current state organisational culture, and prepare a roadmap on how to close the gaps.117

      2. The Deloitte review is being undertaken in four phases. Phase 1 is a desktop review and consultations to assess the company’s culture framework. Phase 2 involves the development and rollout of an organisation wide culture survey. Phase 3 involves detailed analysis and assessment of the data to support Phase 4. Phase 4 will focus on the development of a road map for change.118
      3. At the time Ms Whitaker gave evidence to the Commission, Deloitte had substantially completed Phase 1. On 30 July 2021, Deloitte provided a report on the outcomes of Phases 2 and 3 of the program, which is Deloitte’s assessment of the current state of Crown’s organisational culture.119 Through Deloitte’s work, the Commission has a recent snapshot of Crown’s corporate culture.
      4. Relevantly, in late 2020 and early 2021, Ms Whitaker conducted preliminary interviews with Mr Ken Barton (at the time CEO of Crown Resorts) and Ms Alicia Gleeson (Executive General Manager of Human Resources at Crown Melbourne) to gain insight into Crown’s culture.120 The Commission has the records of the interviews.
      5. There were similarities between the observations of Ms Gleeson and Mr Barton.121 According to Ms Whitaker, the comments of Ms Gleeson and Mr Barton painted a ‘pretty grim’ picture of the culture at Crown:

        Q: So to summarise, Ms Whitaker, in combination of the interview that you had with Mr Barton and Ms Gleeson, what was conveyed to you were perceptions from those individuals about Crown’s culture and the sorts of things that were conveyed as the perceptions were, just using some headings ‘psychological safety’; correct?

        A: Correct.

        Q: The Board not necessarily listening and providing feedback?

        A: I think it is more the feedback piece was what was conveyed, yes.

        Q: The Board not providing feedback. Permafrost in middle management?

        A: Potentially, yes, that was a perception.

        Q: People not being held to account?

        A: Yes.

        Q: Lack of clarity in escalating issues?

        A: Yes.

        Q: And problems not being investigated or being solved by people instead of being escalated?

        A: I think it was that people were trying to deal with the problems themselves without escalating, yes.

        Q: But there was also the issue about ‘If nothing happens I won’t report it’?

        A: A sense of complacency, yes.

        Q: … But all of those comments, I suggest to you, paint a pretty grim picture of how Crown’s culture is perceived by senior individuals within the organisation; would you agree with that?

        A: What you’ve just listed does paint a pretty grim picture, yes.122

      6. Some of the problems identified by Ms Gleeson and Mr Barton are not new.
      7. Deloitte’s Phases 2 and 3 report contains an even more recent assessment of the current state of Crown’s culture.123 Data collection was undertaken between March and July 2021, including an ‘all staff survey’; interviews with the board, executive leadership and external stakeholders; and focus groups with a cross-section of employees across Melbourne, Perth and Sydney.124
      8. The following is Deloitte’s summary of its findings:

        Whilst there is an awareness of the importance of compliance, it is not yet driving consistent behaviour. Staff perceive ongoing conflicts between appeasing customers, driving profit and adhering to policies and processes. Policies and processes were seen to be poor in places, due to being overly complex, poorly written or lacking applicability. Despite high levels of completion of mandatory training, staff did not always know where to access policies to do their job.

        Less than half of Crown’s people perceived the Board to be living Crown’s values, with particularly low sentiment from mid-level managers. Just over half perceive their senior leaders living the values. The main stated reasons were related to the royal commissions and adverse media reporting. These views have influenced employees’ perceptions of Crown’s trustworthiness and whether it has the customer’s best interests at heart.

        Crown has a hierarchical structure and managers are the first point of contact for staff raising concerns. Nearly half of the respondents did not hold a positive perception of the relationship they have with their manager. This is driven by perceptions of inconsistent reward and performance management and a perceived lack of coaching and feedback, which results in low confidence in to [sic] speak up and challenge others.

        The majority of staff perceive the people they work with to be supportive, friendly and honest. These relationships influence inclusion and sharing lessons learnt. At times, there were perceptions that peers do not respond well to constructive challenge.125

      9. In relation to Crown Melbourne’s current values and behaviours, Deloitte’s findings were:

        We do the right thing

        The Crown Culture Review found weak support for the value of ‘we do the right thing’ being lived in the organisation. Despite strong awareness of compliance, barriers that enable compliance behaviours [sic] still exist.

        A majority of staff believe it is necessary to bend the rules and work around policies and procedures to get their job done, driven by a perception of customer centricity and a profit mandate.

        Some believed policy frameworks were weak and difficult to implement. While around half were not confident to provide constructive challenge, driven by fear of consequences and being punished, or complacency that no action would be taken.

        Personal relationships with managers were key to this sentiment, with some managers perceived to misuse their authority, being dismissive or demanding.

        We work together

        The Crown Culture Review found mixed support for the value of ‘we work together’ being lived in the organisation. While there is high collaboration and team work within business units, silos exist across business units and properties, driven by poor communication, combined with a lack of shared objectives, as well as underlying structural and systems based deficiencies. Perceptions of inconsistent performance management and reward also contributed to this sentiment.

        We act respectfully

        The Crown Culture Review found some support for the value of ‘we act respectfully’ being lived in the organisation.

        Just over half trusted Crown, largely driven by low perceptions that the Board and Executive were living Crown’s values. One in three did not agree that Crown had the customer’s best interests at heart.

        The majority of people had a positive experience at Crown, felt respected at work and are committed to the purpose and values of Crown. Diversity was celebrated, but feelings of inclusion were lower, typically driven by manager/employee relationships.

        We are passionate

        The Crown Culture Review found some support for the value ‘we are passionate’ being lived in the organisation.

        Crown’s people are committed to Crown’s success, but low motivation stems from regulatory scrutiny, lack of empowerment, poor career path management and a low appetite for innovation.

        A mindset of ‘this is the way we’ve always done things’ is perceived to be stifling innovation, and many do not feel empowered to make decisions.126

      10. Given the interest of this Commission in Crown Melbourne’s culture of compliance, the following finding by Deloitte is most concerning:

        Barriers exist preventing an effective risk culture

        Whilst awareness of the importance of compliance appears to be strong, it is not yet driving consistent behaviour or an effective risk culture. There is a need to remove the barriers to constructive challenge across the business. Staff don’t always feel empowered or involved in the decisions that affect them. There are also low levels of agreement that unacceptable risk taking is consistently penalised. There is a need for improvements in communication and role modelling, including sharing mistakes and lessons learned. Furthermore, some leaders recognised the lack of ‘outside in’ thinking. While risk literacy is emerging, it needs to be further strengthened especially across Line One in the organisation.127

      11. It is clear that many cultural problems still exist. It is equally clear that many of them may be difficult to overcome.

      Cultural reform plan

      1. Crown accepts the need to improve its culture. Many Crown witnesses frankly conceded that reform is necessary and emphasised Crown’s commitment to its culture reform program.128
      2. Crown’s concessions on the need for cultural change may be contrasted with Crown’s submissions before the Bergin Inquiry. There, Crown rejected as ‘incorrect at several levels’ the accusation that it had a ‘dysfunctional’ culture that included an ‘arrogant indifference to regulatory and compliance risk’, a ‘culture of denial and unwillingness to examine and address past failings’ and ‘a culture which prioritised the pursuit of profit above all else’.129 The change of attitude is overdue, but welcome.
      3. In her statement, Ms Coonan describes the ‘cultural uplift program’ as a ‘key component’ of Crown’s wider reform program.130 Crown’s cultural reform plan is under the direction of Mr Stephen McCann, the CEO of Crown Melbourne and Crown Resorts, and Mr Tony Weston, Chief People and Culture Officer (who commenced on 7 June 2021). It is to be assisted by the review currently being conducted by Deloitte.131
      4. The remediation plan Crown has provided to regulators post the Bergin Inquiry provides a useful summary of steps Crown is taking to alter its culture.132 It has already taken the following steps, among others:
        • In July 2020, it rolled out its new values, which include: (a) we do the right thing; (b) we act respectfully; (c) we are passionate; and (d) we work together.133 These values have been incorporated into relevant policies and documents, including the Code of Conduct, and Risk and Compliance Culture Framework.134
        • In December 2020, it implemented an overarching culture reform program (also referred to as the ‘cultural uplift program’).135
        • It commissioned the culture review by Deloitte.136
        • It made changes to short-term incentives for key management personnel such as partial deferral and forfeiture in the event of adverse regulatory or compliance events; and introduced compliance and risk key performance objectives for salaried staff. Crown has also engaged an external expert to review and provide recommendations in relation to its remuneration framework.137
        • It appointed a Chief People and Culture Officer (Mr Weston) as well as Mr Weeks, to facilitate cultural change. Mr Weeks is on a 12-month contract; however, Mr Weston’s engagement does not appear to be similarly limited.138
        • It changed the ‘tone from the top’ approach by refreshing its board and management team.139
      5. In relation to the focus at Crown on changing the ‘tone from the top’:
        • Ms Halton said that ‘informal soundings’ taken by herself and other members of the current board showed that ‘people detect very clearly the change in tone from the top’.140
        • Ms Korsanos said that there was a need to break down Crown’s ‘defensive’ culture but she believed ‘we’ve had more traction post the leadership changes … both at board level and executive level’ and that had been driven by changes at the board and management levels.141 Ms Korsanos emphasised the engagement by the Crown Resorts board and Crown Melbourne board in the reform agenda.142 Her evidence was that ‘[a]ny change in culture must be driven by leadership. The new board and executive leadership team will be critical to this change’.143
        • Mr McCann said he told staff to speak up if they see behaviour that is inappropriate and to not do anything that they feel uncomfortable doing or that is ‘inconsistent with their values’.144
        • Mr Weston underscored that Crown’s leadership is ‘very invested’ in the culture change program and that the Crown Resorts board has prioritised the culture change program as part of Crown’s broader reform program.145 He said that although the Deloitte assessment is ongoing, the Crown Resorts board and senior management throughout Crown are already looking for ways to improve culture. Mr Weston noted as an example that the Chairman has been encouraging staff through weekly communications to speak up ‘when something does not feel right’.146

      Can Crown change its culture?

      1. It is positive that Crown has acknowledged problems with its culture, including ‘the magnitude of its governance and cultural failings’,147 and is making attempts to change.
      2. The importance of reforming its culture is acknowledged by Crown’s own Risk and Compliance Culture Framework.148 The Framework records that risk and compliance culture—the system of values, beliefs and behaviours in an organisation—‘shapes the decisions and actions of employees in relation to compliance and risk taking’ (emphasis added).149 Without meaningful cultural reform, there can be no remediation of the failures identified by this Commission and the Bergin Inquiry. Without cultural reform, changes to risk management frameworks will achieve little, because the choices and behaviour of employees and management at Crown, including at Crown Melbourne, will not change. This is in the context of the ‘extraordinary level of inherent risk’ in the casino sector.150
      3. Crown faces substantial challenges in effecting cultural reform and will need to overcome a number of barriers that currently exist. While the timeframe to embed self-sustained cultural change is difficult to estimate, the experts agree it might take years.
      4. Ms Elizabeth Arzadon, an expert on corporate culture and its influence on conduct and risk outcomes, was retained by the Commission to prepare a report outlining her opinion about Crown Melbourne’s relationship with the regulator, how Crown’s culture could be changed, and how long it would take to effect that change.151
      5. First, in considering Crown Melbourne’s relationship with the regulator, Ms Arzadon observed that the VCGLR employs a ‘risk based’ model. That model places substantial reliance on the integrity of internal control processes within supervised entities, preserving limited regulatory resources to examine issues of highest risk.152 Risk based regulators ‘rely heavily on a culture of transparency, responsiveness and collaboration with supervised institutions’.153 Crown Melbourne has indicated its intention to improve its relationship with the regulator.154 Ms Arzadon notes, however, that improvement will be ‘very difficult to achieve, requiring considerable energy, time and resources on both sides’.155 To improve its relationship with the regulator, Crown Melbourne must find a joint purpose with the regulator and incentives to change.156
      6. Second, and more broadly, Ms Arzadon explained that it is not simple to change organisational culture. Crown’s culture is the product of a system of influences both within and outside its organisational ‘walls’. If Crown’s culture is to change, all these systemic influences must be considered.157 Crown, like most organisations undertaking cultural transformation, will be attempting to ‘juggle the necessary activities alongside other critical business objectives required to sustain its survival’.158 The most earnest attempts to enact culture change can trigger unexpected and problematic side effects.159
      7. Moreover, achieving behavioural change is not easy. As Ms Arzadon points out:

        Anyone who has tried to change their own eating or exercise habits knows that behavioural change is difficult. Leading an entire organisation through the behaviour change required for cultural transformation is exponentially more difficult. Success is far more likely when there is investment in appropriate guidance, objective analysis, empirically-based techniques and leadership coaching, at a level commensurate to the task.160

      8. In that regard, Ms Arzadon expressed concern that neither Mr Weeks nor Mr Weston are experts in cultural reform.161 She did accept that Ms Whitaker is an appropriate expert.162
      9. Third, assuming it is possible, cultural change takes time. While some changes can be achieved quickly, Ms Arzadon suggests that embedding sustained cultural change can take between three to five years.163 Even if Crown achieves a swift turnaround in its culture, it may sometimes revert to its former position. Ms Arzadon put it this way:

        … [s]ay [in] about three or five years, the conditions will change, and this is what happens often with organisations that are placed into mandated culture change, that later on down the road when things go back to normal, then the usual pattern, which is that revenue generation is rewarded and compliance is less naturally rewarded, that’s when you have prioritisation of revenue over compliance and conduct.164

      10. Ms Arzadon also commented that Deloitte’s Phase 4 work is the kind of work that is really the beginning of a culture change program. Deloitte’s Phase 4 work involves defining the aspirational state and developing the road map for change, and establishing the frameworks that will support that change.165 The activities that will constitute the road map for change will not be worked out until Deloitte’s Phase 4 work is complete.
      11. Other witnesses, including Crown witnesses, agreed with Ms Arzadon that achieving cultural change will take some time. Mr McCann, speaking from his experience in leading a large cultural change project at Lendlease (a property development, construction and investment business), said that the change took two years.166 Mr Weeks said that an organisation can achieve cultural change quickly, but acknowledged change takes time to embed.167
      12. Ms Whitaker also said that it can take years to effect sustained cultural change, and that it can be complex to measure:

        Q: All right. I just wanted to get an understanding of the time frame for the work that Deloitte is doing, but … That … the work that Deloitte is doing is effectively providing a roadmap. Once that roadmap is in place, and you have satisfied that you’ve got all the tools to effect the change that you want, is it not the case that it can take years for cultural change to occur, and years to know whether or not it’s worked?

        A: It can take years for sustained culture change to occur. I think we will start to see early indications of change. It also requires multiple measurements in order to know that that change has been affected long-term. So that is part of the reason that is given to why culture change takes a long time.168

      13. Fourth, while Crown points to changes ‘at the top’ (at board and executive level), those changes will not necessarily solve the serious cultural problems that exist.
      14. Ms Arzadon explained that although she had seen a lot of evidence of Crown telling staff: ‘[Y]ou should speak up’, that was not the same as ‘trying to understand why they might not speak up’.169 This is because:

        even if leaders display a genuine desire for change and begin to shift their personal mindsets and behaviour, there are many reasons why broader organisational change may be resisted, especially at middle and lower levels where tangible change is often critical.170

      15. Ms Whitaker agreed that changing the tone from the top was insufficient:

        Q: [I want you to assume a series of propositions.] Just assume them to be true, they may or may not be true, but assume you have a firm who is engaged in the following types of conduct. Systematic, long-term breaches of the law, both statute law and other legal obligations—second. Systematically and over a period of time facilitated illegal conduct by third parties. Four, in dealings with government, lax [sic] candour, doesn’t make full disclosure. Five, deals with lots of vulnerable people and takes advantage of them. And each of those types of conduct is explicable by a profit motive; that is, if I engage in all of those things, I will make more money than I otherwise would. My question to you is: what would that tell you about the culture of the firm?

        A: What would it tell me about the culture of the firm. I think it would give rise to a number of questions in relation to the culture that I would ask, such as, what is the tone being set by the leaders, what processes do they have in place to manage risk and conduct. What attitudes do they have to those that they impact upon, what processes are in place to draw out mistakes or poor conduct, like speak-up processes.

        Q: [Go back to my question, and assume this is a long-term behaviour] … 5 years, 10 years, 15 years, pick whatever meaning you like to the word ‘long-term’, what does it tell you about the culture of the firm?

        A: I think it would tell me that, given those hypothetical situations you gave me, that it is an organisation that is driven towards a self-orientation of … looking after oneself.

        Q: [And if I had a scale for measuring culture] … and it was from one to ten, ten being the best and one being the worst, good, now you know my question, don’t you?

        A: Yes, where …

        Q: If you make the assumptions I’ve asked you to make, where on the scale would you put the firm?

        A: Commissioner, can I clarify, what I think you are getting at, which is to what extent is it [an] ethical culture, a responsible culture, those sorts of aspects, is that what you are asking, because I need a goal in mind?

        Q: Yes, that’s exactly what I’m after.

        A: I would say that it is sitting on the end of looking after oneself and being oriented towards 1, that is the lower end of that scale.

        Q: Assume the behaviours I’ve described are endemic throughout the organisation: top, middle management, lower management, floor staff. In other words, it is cemented into the operation of the firm itself, that’s how most people who relevantly can engage in this conduct … that’s a bad way of putting it. It is across the board in the firm. Make that assumption. Would you accept this proposition that simply changing the top will get you nowhere?

        A: I agree that simply changing the top will only get you part of the way. There are other activities that would drive that change that you are looking for.171

      16. Fifth and finally, Ms Arzadon critically identified that Crown requires a purpose-driven culture rather than a compliance culture.172 That is, Crown needs to engage in ‘new thinking about [its] purpose, strategy, operations and financial model, and solutions that can somehow deliver financial results within a frame of good conduct—not simply without breaking the law’.173 In Ms Arzadon’s view, Crown must ‘bring together the purpose of compliance and conduct with revenue generation’.174 Ms Arzadon made a similar observation in the context of discussing the need for Crown Melbourne to have an aligned purpose with the regulator if it is to achieve genuine change in the relationship.175
      17. The problems that can arise when the purpose of compliance conflicts with revenue generation were explored at length through the Bergin Inquiry and also during the Commission hearings. The Bonus Jackpots tax issue is one example (see Chapter 12). The CUP issue is another (see Chapter 13).
      18. Ms Arzadon was unable to identify any evidence to suggest that Crown is taking or contemplating taking the step of aligning the purpose of compliance and conduct with revenue generation; she had only seen reinforcement of the need to be compliant.176
      19. This is something that Crown must urgently and closely consider, along with the question why staff have a fear of speaking up.

      Conclusions

      1. Crown appreciates that Deloitte’s Phases 2 and 3 report confirms that significant work is required for it to ‘embed the sustainable cultural change to which it aspires’.177
      2. Deloitte’s Phase 4 work will involve defining Crown’s aspirational culture and developing the road map for change, along with the governance, measurement and reporting frameworks that will support that change.178 Deloitte’s Phase 4 work has not been completed. Accordingly, the road map and specific activities to achieve Crown’s desired culture state have not yet been identified.
      3. Other activities Crown expects to undertake to achieve cultural reform include:
        • reviewing and refining its strategic intent
        • engaging with key stakeholders, including the regulator
        • developing and implementing a measurement process
        • audit and information sharing.179
      4. There is no evidence concerning the timeframe for achieving these steps.
      5. The Commission has two concerns. The first is that in order to change, Crown must review its strategic intent to align the purpose of compliance and conduct with revenue generation. There is no evidence this has occurred.
      6. The second is that Crown might revert to its ‘old ways’ once the glare of the public inquiries becomes part of history. That indicates that Crown’s cultural reform program will need to be closely monitored, potentially for years to come.
      7. Nonetheless, it is acknowledged that the culture of an organisation can change for the better. How long that will take, and how successful it will be, are unknowns.

      Endnotes

      1 See Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 221 [2.3].

      2 See, eg, Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 380 [65]–[66], 532 [44]–[45], 554–5 [70]–[72], 555–6 [76]–[79], 559 [96], 562 [111]–[112].

      3 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 556 [77], 562 [111].

      4 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 554–5 [71], 556 [79], 562 [112].

      5 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 556 [77].

      6 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 555 [72], [76].

      7 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 556 [78], 559 [96].

      8 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 28 [C.2], 61–2 [C.82].

      9 Exhibit RC0434 Statement of Antonia Korsanos, 27 April 2021, 22 [110].

      10 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, 24–5 [186]. Ms Halton confirmed in evidence that the matters set out in the paragraph extracted above are her explanation of the factors that led to Crown’s failings, rather than simply summarising the Bergin Report’s findings: Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3602.

      11 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 540 [32].

      12 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 556 [78].

      13 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 540 [33], 559 [96].

      14 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 557 [84].

      15 See Chapter 12.

      16 See Chapter 13.

      17 See Chapter 14.

      18 See Chapter 8.

      19 See Chapter 4.

      20 Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3556.

      21 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, Annexure l, 11–12.

      22 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 133 [2]; Exhibit RC1546 Crown Resorts Risk Management Policy, February 2008.

      23 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, 6 [52].

      24 Exhibit RC1546 Crown Resorts Risk Management Policy, February 2008, cl 2.

      25 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 134 [7].

      26 Exhibit RC0003 VCGLR Report regarding an investigation conducted pursuant to sub-ss 24(1)–(2) of the Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) into the conviction and sentencing of Crown employees for gambling related offences in the People’s Republic of China in June 2017 (redacted), n.d., 30–2 [148]–[163].

      27 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, 6 [56]–[61].

      28 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1971; Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, February 2021, 138 [32].

      29 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 138–9 [32]–[33].

      30 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 139 [34].

      31 Exhibit RC1366 Crown Resorts Risk Management Strategy, June 2019.

      32 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1974–5.

      33 Exhibit RC1547 Crown Resorts Risk Management Policy, August 2018.

      34 Exhibit RC1547 Crown Resorts Risk Management Policy, August 2018, cls 1–2.

      35 Exhibit RC1547 Crown Resorts Risk Management Policy, August 2018, cl 2.

      36 Exhibit RC1366 Crown Resorts Risk Management Strategy, June 2019.

      37 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, [7]–[8].

      38 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, 2 [21].

      39 See Chapter 4.

      40 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, Annexure l, cls 6.4–6.6.

      41 Exhibit RC0309 Statement of Steven Blackburn, 21 April 2021, Annexure d, 1 [2]. Cf Exhibit RC1547 Crown Resorts Risk Management Policy, August 2018, cl 2.

      42 Exhibit RC1367 Crown Resorts Risk Management Strategy, June 2020, pt 4.

      43 The Group General Manager, Internal Audit reports directly to the boards of Crown Melbourne, Crown Sydney and Crown Perth: Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 41–2 [C.37(d)–(e)], 63 [C.84(h)].

      44 Exhibit RC0187 Crown Resorts Risk Management Framework Progress report, n.d., cells C87–C88; Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, 24 [182].

      45 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, Annexure l, cl 7.

      46 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, 2 [18].

      47 Exhibit RC0417 Crown Resorts Remediation Plan, 30 June 2021, 38.

      48 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1968–71; Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 41–2 [C.37(d)].

      49 These increased to four in 2017, then to six in mid-2020. See Exhibit RC0417 Crown Resorts Remediation Plan, 30 June 2021, 37.

      50 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1970–1; Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, 4 [42], 5 [44]; Exhibit RC0417 Crown Resorts Remediation Plan, 30 June 2021, 38.

      51 Exhibit RC0417 Crown Resorts Remediation Plan, 30 June 2021, 38.

      52 See, eg, Exhibit RC0417 Crown Resorts Remediation Plan, 30 June 2021, 35–9.

      53 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, 23 [172].

      54 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1996.

      55 Exhibit RC0002 VCGLR Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2018, 65. See also Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, Annexure a, 4.

      56 Exhibit RC0002 VCGLR Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2018, 66–7.

      57 Exhibit RC0002 VCGLR Sixth Review of the Casino Operator and Licence, June 2018, 67.

      58 Exhibit RC0972 Letter from Deloitte to Alan McGregor, 12 February 2019.

      59 Exhibit RC0183 Statement of Cara Hartnett, 16 April 2021, 1 [5].

      60 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1980–1; Transcript of Cara Hartnett, 9 June 2021, 1883.

      61 Transcript of Cara Hartnett, 9 June 2021, 1881; Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1975.

      62 Transcript of Cara Hartnett, 9 June 2021, 1882.

      63 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1976–8.

      64 Exhibit RC0183 Statement of Cara Hartnett, 16 April 2021, Annexure f.

      65 Exhibit RC0197 Implementation of Deloitte Recommendations table, n.d.; Transcript of Anne Siegers, 10 June 2021, 2044–6.

      66 Exhibit RC0189 Letter from Barry Felstead to Catherine Myers, 1 July 2019.

      67 Exhibit RC0189 Letter from Barry Felstead to Catherine Myers, 1 July 2019, 3.

      68 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1983.

      69 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1979.

      70 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1979–80.

      71 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1981–2.

      72 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1981.

      73 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1988.

      74 Ms Siegers suggested she could assess the robustness of the design: Transcript of Anne Siegers, 9 June 2021, 1988.

      75 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 4 [1.10].

      76 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 35 [3.95], 36 [3.99].

      77 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 14 [3.9].

      78 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 21 [3.39].

      79 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 36 [3.103].

      80 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 25–6 [3.58]–[3.60].

      81 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 27 [3.65], 28 [3.68].

      82 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 39 [4.6], 40 [4.11].

      83 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 39 [4.5].

      84 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 45 [4.29].

      85 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 45 [4.30].

      86 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 45 [4.30].

      87 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 43 [4.22].

      88 Exhibit RC0971 Peter Deans Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts Limited, 29 June 2021, 44 [4.26].

      89 Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3614.

      90 Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3614–15.

      91 Exhibit RC0433 Memorandum regarding the Royal Commission’s Expert Report on the Risk Management Frameworks and Systems of Crown Resorts, 6 July 2021, 1.

      92 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 351–2 [14]–[18], 557 [84]–[85].

      93 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 10 June 2021, 2037–8.

      94 Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 238 [8.6]; Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, 11 [92].

      95 See generally Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 28–9 [C.2]–[C.4]. Given Crown’s cultural reform program is group wide, references to Crown in this part of the chapter include Crown Melbourne.

      96 Exhibit RC0434 Statement of Antonia Korsanos, 27 April 2021, 21 [108(b)].

      97 Exhibit RC0434 Statement of Antonia Korsanos, 27 April 2021, 22 [110]–[112].

      98 Transcript of Nick Weeks, 6 July 2021, 3387.

      99 Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3572.

      100 Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3589–90.

      101 Exhibit RC0431 Swinburne University Crown Employee Experience Research Report, August 2018, 60.

      102 Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3595, 3597.

      103 Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3572–3.

      104 Transcript of Xavier Walsh, 5 July 2021, 3260.

      105 Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 2966–7. See also Chapter 13.

      106 See generally Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 2923, 2926–7; see also Exhibit RC0376 Surveillance Log Entry Report, 17 March 2021.

      107 Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 2927. Crown disputes the accuracy of the record of the meeting: Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 2928.

      108 Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 2930.

      109 Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 2931.

      110 Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 3068.

      111 Transcript of Antonia Korsanos, 7 July 2021, 3660.

      112 Transcript of Nigel Morrison, 22 June 2021, 2278.

      113 The details of this episode are set out in Chapter 10.

      114 Exhibit RC0008 Statement of Jason Cremona, 15 April 2021, 36 [106]; Transcript of Michelle Fielding, 28 June 2021, 2664–5.

      115 Transcript of Helen Coonan, 8 July 2021, 3765.

      116 Exhibit RC0184 Statement of Victoria Whitaker, 16 April 2021, 1 [5].

      117 Exhibit RC0184 Statement of Victoria Whitaker, 16 April 2021, 1 [3].

      118 Statement of Antonia Korsanos, 27 April 2021, 18 [95].

      119 Exhibit RC1419 Deloitte Current Culture Review Final Report, July 2021.

      120 Exhibit RC0184 Statement of Victoria Whitaker, 16 April 2021, 7 [56], 8 [69].

      121 Transcript of Victoria Whitaker, 9 June 2021, 1932.

      122 Transcript of Victoria Whitaker, 9 June 2021, 1939–40.

      123 Exhibit RC1419 Deloitte Current Culture Review Final Report, July 2021.

      124 Exhibit RC1419 Deloitte Current Culture Review Final Report, July 2021, 7.

      125 Exhibit RC1419 Deloitte Current Culture Review Final Report, July 2021, 7.

      126 Exhibit RC1419 Deloitte Current Culture Review Final Report, July 2021, 8–9.

      127 Exhibit RC1419 Deloitte Current Culture Review Final Report, July 2021, 9.

      128 See, eg, Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3572, 3589, 3572; Transcript of Xavier Walsh, 5 July 2021, 3260; Transcript of Helen Coonan, 8 July 2021, 3860; Transcript of Nick Weeks, 6 July 2021, 3387. In his statement to the Commission, Mr Weston underscored that Crown’s leadership is ‘very invested’ in cultural change: Exhibit RC0478 Statement of Tony Weston, 6 July 2021, 2 [10]. See generally Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 28 [C.3].

      129 Exhibit RC1560 Crown Resorts Submission to the Bergin Inquiry, 25 November 2020, 246–7 [917]–[918].

      130 Exhibit RC0437 Statement of Helen Coonan, 28 April 2021, 21 [82(a)].

      131 Exhibit RC0417 Crown Resorts Remediation Plan, 30 June 2021, 39–40.

      132 Exhibit RC0416 Statement of Nick Weeks, 7 June 2021, Annexure d, 37–9; Exhibit RC0417 Crown Resorts Remediation Plan, 30 June 2021, 39–42.

      133 Exhibit RC0417 Crown Resorts Remediation Plan, 30 June 2021, 39.

      134 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, Annexure j; Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, Annexure h.

      135 Exhibit RC0416 Statement of Nick Weeks, 7 June 2021, Annexure i.

      136 Exhibit RC0184 Statement of Victoria Whitaker, 16 April 2021.

      137 Exhibit RC0417 Crown Resorts Remediation Plan, 30 June 2021, 42.

      138 Transcript of Nick Weeks, 6 July 2021, 3381; Exhibit RC0478 Statement of Tony Weston, 6 July 2021, 1 [6].

      139 Exhibit RC0417 Crown Resorts Remediation Plan, 30 June 2021, 40.

      140 Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3600.

      141 Transcript of Antonia Korsanos, 7 July 2021, 3661.

      142 Transcript of Antonia Korsanos, 7 July 2021, 3709.

      143 Exhibit RC0434 Statement of Antonia Korsanos, 27 April 2021, 22 [116].

      144 Transcript of Stephen McCann, 6 July 2021, 3486.

      145 Exhibit RC0478 Statement of Tony Weston, 6 July 2021, 2 [10].

      146 Exhibit RC0478 Statement of Tony Weston, 6 July 2021, 3 [13].

      147 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 55 [C.69].

      148 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, Annexure h.

      149 Exhibit RC0427 Statement of Jane Halton, 28 April 2021, Annexure h, cl 2.1.

      150 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 6.

      151 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 4. Notably, Ms Arzadon was asked to complete a limited scope of work within a specific time period; for example, Ms Arzadon did not carry out a cultural review of Crown.

      152 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 6.

      153 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 7.

      154 Transcript of Michelle Fielding, 28 June 2021, 2667–8.

      155 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 11.

      156 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 11.

      157 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 11.

      158 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 15.

      159 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 15.

      160 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 16.

      161 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 16.

      162 Transcript of Elizabeth Arzadon, 9 July 2021, 3968.

      163 Exhibit RC0447 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 20.

      164 Transcript of Elizabeth Arzadon, 9 July 2021, 3950.

      165 Transcript of Elizabeth Arzadon, 9 July 2021, 3996–7.

      166 Transcript of Stephen McCann, 6 July 2021, 3490.

      167 Transcript of Nick Weeks, 6 July 2021, 3402.

      168 Transcript of Victoria Whitaker, 9 June 2021, 1947.

      169 Transcript of Elizabeth Arzadon, 9 July 2021, 3977.

      170 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 16.

      171 Transcript of Victoria Whitaker, 9 June 2021, 1951–3.

      172 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 22.

      173 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 25.

      174 Transcript of Elizabeth Arzadon, 9 July 2021, 3951.

      175 Exhibit RC0477 Elizabeth Arzadon Expert Opinion regarding Cultural Change at Crown Melbourne, June 2021, 7.

      176 Transcript of Elizabeth Arzadon, 9 July 2021, 3951.

      177 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 52 [C.61].

      178 Transcript of Elizabeth Arzadon, 9 July 2021, 3996–7.

      179 Exhibit RC0416 Statement of Nick Weeks, 7 June 2021, Annexure i.


      Chapter 06

      Money laundering

      Money laundering

      Introduction

      1. Money laundering is the act of disguising or legitimising the origins of money used in or derived from crime.1
      2. By disguising the instruments and proceeds of crime, criminals are better able to avoid detection, prosecution and the confiscation of their illicit funds under proceeds of crime legislation.2
      3. Money laundering has devastating effects. It enables almost all serious and organised crime, facilitates tax evasion and undermines the integrity of the legitimate economy.3 Money laundering allows criminals to hide and accumulate wealth, avoid prosecution, evade taxes, increase profits through reinvestment and fund further criminal activity.4 Money laundering is itself a crime, attracting penalties of up to life imprisonment.5
      4. In 2015, the then Australian Crime Commission (ACC) estimated that in the two years prior, serious and organised crime cost the country $36 billion.6 Money laundering both supports and conceals those crimes and was recognised by the ACC as one of three critical organised crime risks.7
      5. In 2011, Australia’s financial crime regulator, AUSTRAC, published a report on money laundering in Australia. AUSTRAC explained money laundering and its consequences in the following way:

        Criminals generate profits from illegal activities such as fraud, drug trafficking, tax evasion, people smuggling, theft, arms trafficking and corrupt practices. They rely on laundering or cleaning this ‘dirty’ money to legitimise or hide its illegal origins.

        Money laundering involves processing illicit profits in ways which mask ownership and make funds appear to have come from legitimate sources. This enables criminals to hide and accumulate wealth, avoid prosecution, evade taxes, increase profits through reinvestment, and fund further criminal activity, including terrorism.8

      6. At least $10 billion is estimated to be laundered through the Australian economy annually.9

      The vulnerability of casinos to money laundering

      1. Gaming venues are an ideal location in which to launder money.10 They are one of the few remaining institutions where cash is commonplace. Casinos in particular present an attractive environment for money laundering.11 They are notorious for attracting money launderers.12
      2. It is not only Australian criminals and crime syndicates who seek to launder the proceeds of their crimes. Many foreign nationals come to Australia and its casinos with the same objective: to transform and clean illegal funds into usable currency.
      3. Casino operators are not unlike banks in that they offer patrons a wide range of financial services: they maintain customer accounts, exchange foreign currency, facilitate electronic funds transfers, act as money transmitters and cheque cashiers and themselves write cheques.13 Often these services are available 24 hours a day.14
      4. It is the variety, frequency and volume of financial transactions that casinos undertake, together with their cash-intensive nature and round-the-clock accessibility, that makes casinos particularly vulnerable to money laundering.15
      5. Because cash is an anonymous store of value and leaves no audit trail, it is a medium favoured by criminals.
      6. There are several ways to launder money through a casino. Initialism, a specialist AML consultancy engaged by Crown Resorts, identified 51.16
      7. Obvious examples include:
        • Cash derived from a criminal enterprise being used to purchase casino chips for the ostensible purpose of gambling and those chips then being redeemed (as purported ‘winnings’) in cash, cheque or money transfer. Following redemption, the funds appear to have been derived from a legitimate source, namely, from gambling activity.
        • A criminal organisation deposits funds into a casino operator’s bank account for use by a casino patron. The patron then purchases chips with the credit in their account before later redeeming those chips, again creating the appearance that the funds have been derived from a legitimate source.17
      8. Other methods of money laundering employed at a casino may involve the exploitation of the following features and activities at casinos.
      9. Casino VIP rooms and high-stakes gambling:
        • Casino VIP rooms offer exclusive access to high-stakes gaming tables, where high-value bets are routinely placed, if not required as a condition of entry. High-stakes gaming is vulnerable to abuse because it is common for players to gamble with large volumes of cash, the source and ultimate ownership of which may not be readily discernible.18
      10. Junkets:
        • For reasons discussed at length in Chapter 7, junkets are widely recognised as being susceptible to exploitation by money launderers. Features of junkets that make them vulnerable include: (a) people associated with junkets carrying large sums of cash into or out of the country; (b) junket operators moving large sums of money electronically between casinos and jurisdictions; and (c) layers of obscurity around the source and beneficial ownership of money used on junket tours.19
        • In his evidence, A Police Officer in the Organised Crime Intelligence Unit of Victoria Police observed that, in their experience, money laundering through junkets at the Melbourne Casino was ‘rife’, with ‘money that we highly suspected was illicit … flooding into junket accounts on a daily basis’.20
      11. Electronic gaming machines:
        • EGMs, known colloquially as ‘pokies’, offer criminals an accessible way to launder smaller sums of criminal proceeds. Criminals may launder illicit cash through EGMs by claiming gaming machine payouts from legitimate players (that is, paying cash to a player who has accumulated credits and then requesting a cheque from the gaming venue in a sum equivalent to those credits) or by putting large amounts of cash or credits through an EGM and then converting the credits to cash in the payout voucher as ‘winnings’.21
      12. Multiple jurisdictions:
        • Where a casino operator operates casinos across multiple jurisdictions, criminals may seek to convert chips purchased with dirty money at one casino into credit to be transferred to a second casino in another jurisdiction. Once transferred, the credit can be converted back to chips at the second casino and those chips later redeemed, with the funds appearing to have been derived from a legitimate source. Because the transaction takes place in stages, across casinos and jurisdictions, it is difficult for staff at a single casino to identify the transaction as suspicious and for any single regulator to detect it.22
      13. Structuring:
        • Structuring refers to the practice of deliberately splitting what could be a single cash transaction into several smaller transactions, each of which is less than $10,000 individually but which collectively equal or exceed $10,000.23 Cash transfers of $10,000 or more constitute ‘threshold transactions’ under the AML/CTF Act, which must be reported to AUSTRAC. Structuring is done to avoid the transfer of cash coming to the attention of AUSTRAC.
        • It is possible that a person might deposit two or more sums of less than $10,000, but which together exceed $10,000, in short succession for legitimate gaming or other reasons. While such transactional behaviour is an indicator that money laundering may be occurring, it is not in and of itself proof of money laundering.24
        • If carried out for the sole or dominant purpose of not giving rise to a ‘threshold transaction’ (and a corresponding ‘Threshold Transaction Report (TTR)’ to AUSTRAC) under the AML/CTF Act, structuring is a criminal offence attracting a penalty of up to five years’ imprisonment.25
      14. Cuckoo smurfing:
        • Cuckoo smurfing refers to a process where the flow of a legitimate payment is intercepted and replaced with a deposit of illicit funds by one or more third parties.26
        • Cuckoo smurfing is facilitated by professional money laundering syndicates that work with a corrupt remitter based overseas. The corrupt remitter:
          • accepts an instruction from a customer to make a payment to an Australia-based beneficiary customer; and
          • hijacks the money transfer coming into Australia in order to place funds that are sourced from criminal activity into the Australia-based beneficiary account.27
        • Generally, the beneficiary customer receiving the funds is expecting legitimate funds
          to be deposited into their account and is not aware that the funds transferred are the proceeds of crime.28
        • The term ‘cuckoo smurfing’ is used because of similarities between this money laundering method and the activities of the cuckoo bird. Cuckoos lay their eggs in the nests of other bird species, which then unknowingly take care of the eggs, believing them to be their own.29 Similarly, the Australian beneficiary customer may be unaware that the funds transferred into their account are the proceeds of crime and that these funds have been deposited into their account through a criminal process.30
        • The following picture from a joint Australian Federal Police (AFP) and AUSTRAC fact sheet on cuckoo smurfing explains how the process works:

      Cuckoo Smurfing

      Cuckoo Smurfing
      Source: AFP and AUSTRAC, Cuckoo Smurfing (Fact Sheet) <www.austrac.gov.au/sites/default/files/2021-06/21-1074%20Cuckoo%20Smurfing%20Factsheet_d04.pdf>.
      Cuckoo Smurfing
      Download Cuckoo Smurfing
      1. Criminals who launder money at a casino by exchanging dirty money for chips to then be redeemed as purported winnings may be motivated to engage in game play before redemption. This is because actual gambling will help avoid their conduct appearing suspicious to casino staff (it otherwise involves converting money into chips and those chips back to money for no readily apparent legitimate purpose). Any money lost in the process of gambling is regarded as an acceptable ‘cost of doing business’.
      2. Insofar as certain money laundering methods increase levels of game play within a casino, casino operators stand to benefit. The more robust and effective their AML measures, the less revenue they will generate.
      3. A casino operator who is not of good repute, having regard to their character, honesty and integrity, may be tempted to turn a blind eye to money laundering in their casino in pursuit of profit. This is one reason why the Casino Control Act is concerned with the character (and financial soundness) of a casino licensee and their ongoing suitability.31
      4. A key aim of the Casino Control Act is to ensure that the management and operation of casinos remains free from criminal influence and exploitation.32
      5. A casino operator who knowingly permits its operations to be exploited by money launderers, and potentially also one who unknowingly does so, cannot be suitable to hold or continue to hold a casino licence under the Casino Control Act. Neither can a casino operator who is reckless as to the possibility of such exploitation.
      6. A difficulty for casino operators in this respect is that there is ‘often little observable basis for distinguishing between those patrons laundering funds in the casino and all other casino patrons’.33 This difficulty is compounded by the fact that there is no single method of money laundering and, over time, existing methods of money laundering may evolve and new methods be developed in an attempt to sidestep existing counter-measures and exploit new technologies.34
      7. In order for a casino operator to effectively mitigate the risk that its services will be used to launder money and, in turn, enable serious and organised crime, it must: (a) be acutely aware of the indicators of money laundering in a gaming environment; (b) have in place robust systems to detect and deter such conduct; and (c) ensure that those systems are regularly reviewed and functioning as intended. This much can be expected of a suitable licensee and is, by and large, mandated by legislation.

      The history of AML/CTF regulation in Australia

      1. The Commonwealth Government first enacted legislation to combat money laundering by the Cash Transaction Reports Act 1988 (Cth) (CTR Act). The CTR Act was the result of several royal commissions that uncovered links between tax evasion, fraud, organised crime and money laundering.
      2. The CTR Act established the Cash Transaction Reports Agency and had as an aim the tracking of cash transactions.35 The Act required cash dealers to report cash transactions of $10,000 or more to the Director of the Cash Transaction Reports Agency. A ‘cash dealer’ included ‘a person who carries on a business of operating a gambling house or casino’.36
      3. In 1989, the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) was established to lead international efforts to fight money laundering. The FATF is a 39-member intergovernmental body that sets global AML and CTF standards. Australia is a founding member of the FATF.37
      4. In 1990, the FATF issued a series of 40 recommendations designed to be enacted in national legal systems to help better combat money laundering.38
      5. Some of the recommended measures were already embodied in the CTR Act. To meet others, the CTR Act was significantly amended.39 It was renamed the Financial Transaction Reports Act 1988 (Cth) (FTR Act) and, to reflect its broader remit, the Cash Transaction Reports Agency was renamed AUSTRAC.40
      6. From time to time since 1990, the FATF has revised its recommendations to account for evolving and increasingly sophisticated money laundering techniques and to strengthen existing AML/CTF measures.41 New iterations of the FATF’s recommendations were published in 1996, 2003 and 2012, with the 2012 recommendations updated in October 2020.42
      7. In 2005, the FATF evaluated Australia’s compliance with its 2003 recommendations on money laundering, and nine special recommendations on terrorism financing. At that time, the Commonwealth was already reviewing Australia’s AML/CTF regime.43 These events culminated in the enactment of the AML/CTF Act on 12 December 2006, together with the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules Instrument 2007 (No. 1) (AML/CTF Rules) made under section 229 of that Act. In performing his or her functions under the Act, the AUSTRAC CEO must have regard to any relevant ‘FATF Recommendations’.44
      8. The AML/CTF Act largely replaced the FTR Act. AUSTRAC continued in existence under its auspices.45 The AML/CTF Act contains a host of measures designed to detect, deter and disrupt money laundering and other serious financial crimes. It applies to providers of designated services, including gambling services. Accordingly, Crown Melbourne is subject to a number of obligations imposed by the Act.

      The current AML/CTF regime

      1. The AML/CTF Act and the AML/CTF Rules establish a framework under which ‘reporting entities’ are required to:
        • enrol with AUSTRAC
        • report certain currency transactions to AUSTRAC
        • provide their designated services only in accordance with an AML/CTF program having certain characteristics
        • lodge transaction and compliance reports with AUSTRAC
        • comply with record-keeping requirements related to the provision of the designated services.46
      2. Any entity that provides a ‘designated service’ is a reporting entity.47 Examples of designated service providers include banks, credit unions, remittance dealers, casinos and other providers of ‘gambling services’.48
      3. Along with a host of other services provided by casinos, gambling services include accepting bets, paying out winnings, allowing a person to play a gaming machine and exchanging money for chips.49
      4. Crown Melbourne is a reporting entity for the purposes of the AML/CTF Act.
      5. The AML/CTF Act imposes two primary obligations on reporting entities:
        • the obligation to comply with the reporting obligations in the Act within specified timeframes
        • the obligation to implement an AML/CTF program that has certain mandatory features.50
      6. It is an offence for a reporting entity to provide designated services without an AML/CTF program and otherwise than in accordance with that program.51
      7. The primary purpose of the program is to ensure that a reporting entity identifies, manages and mitigates the risk that the designated services it provides will be exploited to launder money or finance terrorism.52
      8. An AML/CTF program is ordinarily required to have two parts: Part A (general), which sets out procedures to identify, manage and reduce the risk that the reporting entity ‘reasonably faces’ to its provision of services that might involve or facilitate money laundering or terrorism financing; and Part B (customer information), which sets out procedures for identifying, collecting and verifying certain customer information (known as KYC).53
      9. A reporting entity is obliged to carry out customer due diligence in the manner prescribed by Part B of its AML/CTF program.54
      10. The AML/CTF Act requires the content of an AML/CTF program to be risk based.55
      11. When determining appropriate systems and controls to adopt in its program, a reporting entity must have regard to the nature, size and complexity of its business and the type of money laundering/terrorism financing risk that it might reasonably face.56 In identifying the risk, it must consider:
        • its customer types, including any politically exposed persons
        • the types of services it provides
        • the methods by which it delivers those services
        • the foreign jurisdictions with which it deals.57
      12. The requirement that a reporting entity has and implements an AML/CTF program tailored to its particular circumstances means that the burden of detecting, deterring and disrupting money laundering falls not only on AUSTRAC as the relevant regulator, but also on reporting entities directly. It is those entities, at the coal face, who are best placed to stop money laundering before it occurs, or to detect and report the activity.

      The reporting requirements under the AML/CTF Act

      1. In addition to implementing a risk based AML/CTF program, the AML/CTF Act obliges reporting entities to notify AUSTRAC of suspicious transactions, threshold transactions and international funds transfer instructions.58
      2. In the circumstances specified in the AML/CTF Act, reporting entities are required to submit:
        • SMRs59
        • TTRs60
        • International Funds Transfer Instruction (IFTI) reports61
        • AML/CTF compliance reports.62
      3. Each report must take a particular form and be submitted within a particular timeframe. AUSTRAC may then request additional information.63
      4. Generally speaking, an SMR must be submitted where a reporting entity has reasonable grounds to suspect that a designated service it has provided or proposes to provide may involve the proceeds of crime or otherwise be related to money laundering, the financing of terrorism, tax evasion or some other serious offence. An SMR must also be submitted if the reporting entity has reasonable grounds to suspect that the person with whom they are dealing is not who they say they are.64
      5. Among other things, the SMR must contain details of:
        • the reasonable grounds for suspicion relating to the suspicious matter
        • the person or entity to which the report relates (including in the case of the individual, if known, their full name, telephone number, address, date of birth, occupation, country of citizenship and any aliases used and, in cases where their identity is unknown, a description of the person and an indication as to whether the reporting entity holds any video footage or photographs of the person)
        • the relevant designated service involved and whether it was or is proposed to be provided.65
      6. Depending on the grounds for suspicion, a reporting entity is obliged to submit an SMR to the AUSTRAC CEO within 24 hours to three business days of forming the relevant suspicion.66 Failure to comply is an offence under the AML/CTF Act.67
      7. A reporting entity must not disclose to any person other than AUSTRAC that it has submitted or is required to submit an SMR, or any information from which those facts could reasonably be inferred.68 An unwarranted disclosure is referred to as ‘tipping off’ and it is an offence under the AML/CTF Act, punishable by up to two years’ imprisonment.69
      8. A TTR must be submitted when a reporting entity starts to provide or provides a designated service to a customer that involves a ‘threshold transaction’.70 As noted earlier, a threshold transaction is one that involves the transfer of physical currency of $10,000 or more or its foreign currency equivalent.71 Physical currency means cash.72 The transfer may involve either paying or receiving cash.73
      9. Among other things, the TTR must contain details of:
        • the customer’s full name, date of birth, address and, if known, any aliases used by the customer, any business name(s) and ABN(s) under which they operate and their telephone number (or similar details if the person conducting the threshold transaction is not the customer)
        • the transaction itself
        • the recipient of the money.74
      10. A reporting entity is obliged to submit a TTR to the AUSTRAC CEO within 10 business days after the day on which the transaction took place.75 Failure to comply is an offence under the AML/CTF Act.76
      11. An IFTI report must be submitted when a person receives instructions in connection with the electronic transfer of funds into or out of Australia.77
      12. Depending on the type of IFTI, an IFTI report must contain details of:
        • the names of the payer and payee
        • complete payer information or tracing information depending on the type of transfer
        • the name and identity of the ordering institution or beneficiary institution and any relevant branch information
        • the amount and currency transferred
        • the date of transfer.78
      13. A person must submit an IFTI report to the AUSTRAC CEO within 10 business days after the day on which the person sent or received instructions about the relevant transfer.79 Failure to comply is an offence under the AML/CTF Act.80
      14. The quality, accuracy and timely provision of these reports is important. Together with information and reports AUSTRAC receives from other sources, these reports equip AUSTRAC with the data it requires to identify and analyse transactions of concern and patterns of suspicious activity. The intelligence can then be shared with appropriate law enforcement bodies and actioned as required.81 The failure to provide these reports, or to provide them in a timely fashion, risks money laundering going undetected and unchecked. At best, its identification is made more difficult or delayed.

      Crown’s AML/CTF program

      1. As required by the AML/CTF Act, Crown has an AML/CTF program.82 It is a joint program that applies to Crown Melbourne, Crown Perth, Crown Sydney and any other Crown company that might provide designated services from time to time (and that does not already have an AML/CTF program of its own).83
      2. The current iteration of the joint Crown AML/CTF Program was approved by the Crown entities to which it applies, including Crown Melbourne, at a joint board meeting on 2 November 2020.84 At that meeting, Crown Melbourne resolved to appoint Mr Nicholas Stokes as its AML/CTF Compliance Officer.85

      Money laundering at Crown Melbourne

      1. The ability of a casino operator to identify, manage and mitigate money laundering risk is an important factor in ensuring that its casino operations remain free from criminal influence and exploitation.
      2. A particular area of interest for this Commission was whether and how Crown Melbourne has managed and mitigated its money laundering risks, and how it proposes to do so in future. Crown Melbourne recognises that its ability in this area is central to an assessment of its suitability to continue to hold a casino licence.86
      3. The Commission heard evidence from a number of AML/CTF experts, Crown employees and two witnesses from law enforcement with AML experience.
      4. The evidence was given by:
        • five AML/CTF experts:
          • Ms Katherine Shamai: a partner at Grant Thornton and the author of Grant Thornton reports into the Southbank and Riverbank accounts
          • Mr Neil Jeans: the principal of Initialism and previous AML advisor to Crown87
          • Ms Lisa Dobbin: a partner at Deloitte and the person leading Deloitte’s forensic investigations into a range of AML matters at Crown
          • Mr Alexander Carmichael: the Managing Director of Promontory Financial Group and the author of Promontory’s reports into Crown’s vulnerabilities to financial crime and assessing Crown’s strategic AML capability
          • Ms Robyn McKern: a partner at McGrathNicol and the person who led McGrathNicol’s forensic review for the Commission into certain aspects of Crown’s response to the money laundering risks it confronts at its casinos
        • three witnesses from Crown:
          • Mr Steven Blackburn: Crown’s recently appointed Group Chief Compliance and Financial Crime Officer
          • Mr Nicholas Stokes: Crown’s then Group General Manager of AML and AML/CTF Compliance Officer
          • Mr Alan McGregor: CFO of Crown Melbourne and Crown Resorts
        • two law enforcement officials.
      5. After the close of evidence, Crown notified the Commission that it had created a number of new executive-level roles related to its Financial Crime and Compliance Change Program (FCCCP). As a result of those changes, Mr Stokes’ role became redundant and he left Crown effective on 30 September 2021.88
      6. The Commission also reviewed substantial volumes of documentary evidence obtained under compulsory processes.
      7. The evidence paints a profoundly unsatisfactory picture. It reveals:
        • a litany of failings on the part of Crown Melbourne and Crown Resorts to appropriately identify, mitigate and manage the risk that Crown Melbourne’s provision of gambling services might involve or facilitate money laundering; including failures to report as required to AUSTRAC89
        • that Crown Melbourne has not acted with rigour, candour or haste in addressing allegations and revelations of money laundering made in 2019 and 202090
        • that despite Crown Melbourne having operated the Melbourne Casino since 1994 and it having been subject to AML obligations for the entirety of that time, its ability to manage money laundering risks is presently at only an ‘early stage of maturity’91
        • that Crown Melbourne does not have in place robust and sustainable systems to detect and deter money laundering; rather it has significant, current vulnerabilities to financial crime and only a basic or preliminary state of preparedness to counter money laundering and financial crime more generally.92
      8. It bears briefly mentioning some evidence from Victoria Police about likely money laundering on the gambling floors of the Melbourne Casino.
      9. A Victoria Police officer in the Organised Crime Intelligence Unit gave evidence that every day, Victoria Police sees young Asian males taking cash in shoeboxes and plastic bags into the casino.93 The officer said there would be money laundering at the casino on a daily basis and that, in junkets, it is ‘rife’.94 As previously mentioned, the officer told the Commission that Victoria Police officers were seeing money that they highly suspected was illicit flooding into junket accounts on a daily basis.95
      10. The Police Officer also said that outside the junket programs, Victoria Police observed, or had intelligence as to, a lot of lower-level suspected money laundering.96 They explained:

        The casino is the biggest cash business in this state, and the criminals that want to launder money love cash businesses. So to walk into the casino as an individual that wants to turn illicit cash into legal cash, the simplest way of doing that is putting it into your account, or running dirty money in there, getting chips, playing for a very small period of time and then cashing that in for a Crown cheque. You go to the bank and you tell the bank ‘I won it at the casino.’ That is the most basic kind of money laundering and I would suggest that would nearly happen on a daily basis, yes.97

      11. When asked whether the problem was as true today as it was 10 years ago, the officer’s answer was that it was ‘happening constantly’.98
      12. In contrast with that disturbing evidence, the Commission also heard evidence that, largely as a result of findings made in the Bergin Report and revelations made during the course of the Bergin Inquiry hearings, Crown has embarked on a program of significant reform in the way in which it tackles financial crime, including money laundering. Many Crown witnesses gave evidence about this program of AML reform. Its existence is relied upon as an indicator of Crown Melbourne’s present suitability, notwithstanding Crown’s acknowledged failings and deficiencies in this area.99
      13. The reform program is both ambitious and a work in progress. It is also long overdue. At best, it will take considerable time to implement and embed. At worst, its implementation is subject to various contingencies and may fail.
      14. Crown stands condemned that such a program of AML reform was not commenced much earlier. There is no acceptable reason for why that is so.
      15. The remainder of this chapter considers:
        • the findings of the Bergin Inquiry with respect to money laundering
        • an alternative lens through which the facts underpinning the Bergin Inquiry’s findings about Crown’s knowledge of money laundering might be viewed, known as ‘systems intentionality’
        • actions taken by Crown Melbourne in response to external scrutiny and allegations of money laundering
        • the present state of Crown Melbourne’s preparedness to combat money laundering, together with the status of proposed reforms and risks to their successful implementation
        • consequent conclusions open to be drawn about Crown Melbourne’s present suitability to continue to hold a casino licence
        • recommendations.

      The findings of the Bergin Inquiry

      1. One of the key issues examined by the Bergin Inquiry was whether, as the media had alleged, Crown Resorts facilitated or turned a blind eye to money laundering through the bank accounts of its subsidiaries, Southbank and Riverbank, at the Melbourne and Perth casinos, respectively.100
      2. The allegations and evidence before the Bergin Inquiry about these matters is set out at length in Chapter 3, and in the Bergin Report itself.101
      3. The Bergin Inquiry’s findings were damning. It concluded that Crown had facilitated money laundering, likely worth hundreds of millions of dollars, over many years.102
      4. More particularly, it concluded:
        • The processes adopted by Crown Resorts enabled or facilitated money laundering through its Southbank and Riverbank accounts, despite warnings from its bankers over many years.103
        • Crown Resorts failed to ensure that the operation of its casinos was protected from criminal exploitation.104
        • Crown Resorts did not turn a blind eye to such money laundering, but rather:
          • made decisions and took steps in connection with potential money laundering that were ‘infected by extraordinarily poor judgment’; and
          • was impeded in its ability to identify potential money laundering through the accounts because of an ‘aggregation problem’.105
      5. Both Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne accept the accuracy of the Bergin Inquiry’s conclusions.106 In Crown’s own words, it:

        accepts the findings in the Bergin Report that third parties engaged in apparent money laundering through the Riverbank and Southbank accounts, and that Crown inadvertently facilitated or enabled this activity despite concerns being raised by its bankers.107

      1. Crown also recognises and accepts that the Bergin Inquiry exposed ‘significant deficiencies in its response to the risk of money laundering in the casino’.108

      2. Before turning to other matters, it is instructive first to consider why the Bergin Inquiry concluded that Crown Resorts did not turn a blind eye to money laundering and how a different conclusion might be reached by analysing Crown’s conduct through the lens of what is known as ‘systems intentionality’.109
      3. Viewing Crown’s conduct through this different lens provides a basis to challenge the proposition that Crown’s facilitation of money laundering was ‘inadvertent’.

      Systems intentionality

      1. In determining whether Crown turned a blind eye to the money laundering activity occurring through its Southbank and Riverbank accounts, having ignored repeated warnings, the Bergin Report posited the relevant question to be ‘whether the evidence establishes that Crown knew of money laundering and did nothing about it. That is, that Crown saw it and then intentionally looked away making itself “blind” to such activity’.110
      2. The Bergin Inquiry’s focus was directed primarily to the state of knowledge of Crown’s directors and officers, whose knowledge could be attributed to Crown.111 This is consistent with the traditional legal position that a corporation’s directing mind and will is found in its board of directors.112
      3. In reaching the conclusion that Crown was not knowingly or intentionally involved in money laundering through its Southbank and Riverbank accounts,113 the Bergin Inquiry concluded:
        • No Crown officers were aware that money laundering was occurring through the relevant accounts—indeed, the majority of the Crown board was unaware of even the existence of those accounts.114
        • Key Crown employees and officers repeatedly failed to ask relevant questions and read relevant documents relating to the accounts that would have revealed the problem, and did not identify or report available warning signs further up the chain.115
        • By reason of the ‘aggregation problem’ and the manner in which Crown’s AML system operated, while Crown’s AML Team were looking for indicators of money laundering, those indicia were not capable of being identified: ‘[t]he Crown team were looking. They were not looking away. It was just that they could not see’.116
      4. The aggregation problem was a practice where, in the main, when entering details of deposits made into the Southbank and Riverbank accounts to be credited to a single patron account in a Crown database known as SYCO, Cage staff aggregated multiple individual deposits into a single SYCO entry, rather than creating a separate entry for each individual deposit.117
      5. As the Bergin Report remarked, ‘the process of aggregation at the cage obscured the number and nature of the deposits which constituted the aggregated amount’. Therefore, the SYCO system ‘did not give a complete picture of what was occurring in the underlying bank accounts. Important information which could be seen in the bank statements was lost in the process of data entry into the SYCO system’.118
      6. In performing their AML functions, the AML Teams at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth only reviewed extracts of the SYCO system, rather than the underlying Southbank and Riverbank bank statements.119 In consequence, transaction patterns, suspicious transactions and instances of structuring in those accounts were rendered undetectable to Crown’s AML Teams. This can be described as a systems error. One consequence was that, by reason of an inability to identify potential instances or patterns of structuring, Crown’s AML Teams were denied the ability to identify suspicious behaviour and form the suspicion required to trigger SMR reporting obligations.
      7. The consequences of this were twofold. First, AUSTRAC did not receive timely reports of objectively suspicious financial conduct, which it therefore could not investigate as appropriate. Second, criminals could continue to launder money through the Southbank and Riverbank accounts unidentified and undeterred by any Crown scrutiny.
      8. In a public submission to the Commission, Dr Elise Bant, a Professor at the University of Western Australia Law School, details a model by which to assess corporate culpability, referred to as ‘systems intentionality’.120 This model represents a departure from the traditional approach to corporate responsibility, which is assessed by reference to the knowledge and conduct of those who lead the company.121 The systems intentionality model considers that corporate character and state of mind is manifested in a company’s systems, policies and patterns of behaviour (as opposed to through the individual directors and officers who lead it).122 It is premised on the notion that ‘a corporation’s internal structures, methods and processes articulate systems that are inherently purposeful in their nature’ (emphasis in original).123
      9. Applied in this instance, a systems intentionality model recognises that while Cage staff— whose data entry practices contributed to the aggregation problem—may have been individually honest, they were ‘nonetheless cogs in a corporate process that was inherently apt to break the law’.124
      10. Dr Bant’s submission made the following observations, which bear setting out in full:

        [T]he Bergin Report does not suggest that Crown’s SYCO data entry (in particular, the aggregation) practices or [AML] compliance processes evolved by accident. Although there were some inconsistencies, it concluded that cage staff adopted an aggregated process ‘in the main’. Any claim of accident by Crown would have to explain how these accidents were replicated over long periods, as individual employees were replaced by new employees trained in carrying out the requisite processes. It is open to conclude that this data entry pattern and practice evidenced a system of conduct adopted and maintained by Crown. The AML Team, by contrast, clearly adopted and carried out Crown’s system of compliance checks, one predicated upon the (fatally flawed) SYCO database entries.

        The next step [in the systems intentionality process] is to consider how, and why, the data entry and AML systems were set up, maintained and operated independently of one another notwithstanding that the data entry task was critical to the effective functioning of the AML system. The Bergin Report does not identify why the systems were separated in this way. What is clear is that, over many years, there appear to have been no audits or checks carried out of the data entry (including aggregation) process in light of its (again) inherently and obviously, critical role to the effective functioning of the compliance system. This failure continued notwithstanding repeated warnings and ‘red flags’ raised by third parties banks (ANZ, ASB and CB[A]) about the aggregation process. Crown was an entity with very significant gaming experience and, indeed, expertise. The systems were of central importance in countering the endemic and notorious risk of criminal money laundering activity. Here, it is open to consider that their ongoing separation need not be understood as a matter of accident or remarkable incompetence on the part of Crown. These were longstanding systems that were, arguably, inherently purposive and necessarily related. In this light, it may and should be asked whether, seen as functionally dependent and critically important compliance systems, their continued separation was intentional (emphasis in original).125

      1. Relevant to Dr Bant’s observations, it should be noted that Crown has not undertaken any meaningful root cause analysis of the aggregation problem and why instances of structuring on the Southbank and Riverbank bank accounts were not identified and escalated, in the face of repeated warnings. This is notwithstanding that Initialism was originally tasked with conducting a root cause analysis,126 and that Crown informed AUSTRAC that such an analysis would be undertaken with Initialism’s assistance.127

      2. Instead, in October 2020, Crown Resorts undertook an internal audit assessment of transaction monitoring on the Southbank and Riverbank accounts and produced a cursory three-page draft report.128 Two paragraphs were dedicated to ‘root cause’. They reflect an obvious self-interest and a lack of critical analysis and reflection. They read:

        The work conducted by Internal Audit revealed that Crown’s historical practice of aggregating deposits in the Southbank and Riverbank bank accounts upon entering them into SYCO, was done so [sic] with the purpose of optimising process efficiencies and customer service, and done so [sic] with no intended malice or desire to avoid AML requirements.

        The control breakdowns that led to these transactions not being identified from an AML perspective were due to a lack of designated responsibility/accountability and sufficient knowledge and understanding amongst relevant staff to recognise structuring as suspicious activity and the potential AML implications. This includes a design deficiency/oversight in the AML Program to identify and monitor all bank account transactions and subsequent aggregation in SYCO.129

      1. From the features described in the Bergin Report, Dr Bant submitted that the following conclusions could be drawn:

        • Crown’s adoption and implementation of data entry and AML systems were purposive, in the sense that Crown intended generally to act through those systems of conduct.130
        • Crown must be taken to know what is inherent in those systems: namely, that they were critical to guarding against the notorious and ongoing risk of money laundering and were necessarily interdependent.131
        • Crown’s level of corporate culpability can be judged by reference to its systems. In this case, its systems were maintained over a very long period of time, without audit, in circumstances where there were no inherent adjustment mechanisms in either system to address their faults. These deficiencies had the consequence that the very conduct that the systems (seen together) were supposed to avoid was actively facilitated.132
        • By repeatedly ignoring and failing to act upon warnings and red flags raised by expert third parties, Crown manifested a highly reckless attitude towards money laundering, if not a level of culpability beyond recklessness. Viewed through the lens of systems intentionality, ‘Crown must be taken to understand the inherent incidents of the systems it adopts and carries out. In this case, the unchecked, intentional and longstanding aggregation process, on which the AML system depended, actively and necessarily facilitated money laundering’.133
        • From an integrated systems perspective, the compliance checks carried out by the AML Team were guaranteed to fail. Where systems that are inherently liable to cause harm (for example, by facilitating criminal behaviour) are adopted and operative over a prolonged period of time, with no mechanism for review or adjustment, it becomes possible to see Crown as knowingly facilitating that risk through its intended (not accidental) conduct. This is open to being construed as dishonest conduct.134
        • While individual (or even all) directors and senior managers may have been oblivious of the systems in play, that is not the key question for this Commission. The key question for this Commission is whether the corporation is a ‘suitable person’. That inquiry ‘cannot, and must not, stop with its human figureheads’.135
      2. There is considerable force in Dr Bant’s submission. It provides a compelling challenge to the proposition that Crown’s facilitation of money laundering through its Southbank and Riverbank accounts was inadvertent. It also makes plain that mere ‘board renewal’ at various Crown entities, including Crown Melbourne, is not enough to render a company that is otherwise unsuitable to hold a casino licence, suitable. So, too, the mere adoption of new policies and processes apt to produce lawful conduct, is insufficient unless enacted on the ground.136
      3. Systemic and sustained change is needed for a culpable corporation to reform its character, as revealed through its systems, policies and processes.137
      4. While Crown Melbourne has embarked on a reformation process, that process remains ongoing and its outcomes are yet to be seen.

      Actions taken in response to money laundering allegations

      1. On 5 and 6 August 2019, the media published an explosive article alleging that drug traffickers had used the Southbank and Riverbank accounts to bank suspected proceeds of crime,138 and suggesting that Crown had facilitated and turned a blind eye to significant money laundering through those accounts.139
      2. The articles followed years of warnings and red flags from various of Crown’s bankers about potential money laundering in those accounts, which were repeatedly ignored.140
      3. On 14 August 2019, the Bergin Inquiry was established. It was tasked, under Part B (Suitability Review) of its Terms of Reference, with inquiring into and reporting upon whether Crown Sydney remained a suitable person to hold a restricted gaming licence for the purposes of the Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) (and whether Crown Resorts is a suitable person to be a close associate of Crown Sydney) in light of the media allegations.141
      4. A significant part of the Bergin Inquiry’s work was directed to ascertaining the veracity of the media allegations surrounding the Southbank and Riverbank accounts.
      5. For reasons that are explored in the Bergin Report, Crown itself did not see fit to engage external assistance to investigate whether there were indications of money laundering in those accounts until October 2020. This was:142
        • some 14 months after the media allegations were first made
        • despite Mr Jeans of Initialism, who at the time was providing discrete AML services to Crown, suggesting on 20 August 2019 that Crown ought investigate whether money laundering was occurring through its bank accounts generally, and introducing Ms Shamai of Grant Thornton to Crown with a view to Grant Thornton undertaking the requisite forensic account analysis143
        • despite Ms Shamai standing ready and able to assist144
        • despite Mr Jeans repeating his recommendation to Crown (via Mr Joshua Preston, then Chief Legal Officer of Crown) a second time, approximately one year later145
        • despite Mr Jeans repeating his recommendation to Crown (via Mr Ken Barton, then CEO and Managing Director of Crown Resorts) a third time, in early to mid-September 2020.146
      6. This failure to act is unacceptable. It displays a disturbing lack of haste and a disregard for, or indifference to, Crown’s AML obligations.

      Internal investigation of bank accounts

      1. Whether due to Mr Jeans’ repeated recommendations or otherwise as a result of probing by the Bergin Inquiry, in around September 2020 Crown commenced an internal investigation into cash deposits made between 2013 and 2019 into the bank accounts of Southbank and Riverbank.147
      2. The internal investigation revealed 102 instances (comprising 609 individual deposits with a total value of $5,223,401) of potentially structured cash deposits in the Southbank and Riverbank accounts, based on a 72-hour deposit window.148 The investigation also revealed that in each of these instances, the multiple deposits were aggregated when details of them were entered into SYCO.149
      3. Mr Claude Marais, Crown’s General Manager, Legal and Compliance, prepared a memorandum dated 29 September 2020 for Mr Barton setting out the results of the internal investigation.150 The memorandum recorded that the investigation was continuing and would include a ‘corresponding review of the other casino bank accounts for Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth into which patron funds are deposited’.151
      4. The internal investigation did indeed proceed to examine transactions on the Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth bank accounts.152 On 15 October 2020, Mr McGregor prepared a memorandum providing an update on Crown’s internal investigation into cash deposits, potential structuring activity and suspicious deposit descriptors used through ‘our various bank accounts’ from 2013 to December 2019, including the Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth bank accounts.153
      5. The 15 October 2020 memorandum recorded that Crown’s investigation further revealed that the total value of cash deposits under the $10,000 threshold made into the following accounts over the 2013–19 period was:
        • Southbank CBA account: $2,463,696
        • Riverbank ANZ account: $2,452,009
        • Riverbank CBA account: $762,899
        • Crown Melbourne ANZ account: $2,463,380
        • Crown Perth ANZ account: $300,791.154
      6. It will be observed that the value of cash deposits under the $10,000 threshold was roughly the same in the Crown Melbourne account, the Southbank (CBA) account and Riverbank (ANZ) account over that period.
      7. This was a very significant revelation, because, while the media allegations were focused on the Southbank and Riverbank accounts, Crown now had data analysis that revealed equivalent activity of cash deposits under the $10,000 threshold on the Crown Melbourne account.155
      8. This data analysis should have, and may well have, rung alarm bells. It gave Crown grounds to suspect that money laundering through its bank accounts extended beyond the Southbank and Riverbank accounts, and into:
        • the Crown Melbourne bank account, at potentially equivalent levels
        • the Crown Perth bank account, at lower levels.

      Engagement of Grant Thornton and Initialism

      1. Against this backdrop, in October 2020 Crown engaged Grant Thornton and Initialism to look for evidence of money laundering in the Southbank and Riverbank accounts alone.156 The engagement was for the express purpose of providing their reports to the Bergin Inquiry.157
      2. The limitation on the scope of the Grant Thornton and Initialism investigations (to the Southbank and Riverbank accounts alone), the results of which were to be presented to the Bergin Inquiry, suggests a lack of candour on the part of Crown regarding the Bergin Inquiry and, through it, ILGA. An open conclusion is that Crown sought to limit the damage that might be inflicted on it by revelations of money laundering through bank accounts beyond the Southbank and Riverbank accounts.
      3. Crown contends that the Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth bank accounts were not excluded from review at the time.158 Rather, according to Crown, and indeed this was the evidence given by both Ms Shamai and Mr Jeans, the review of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts was ‘prioritised’ (emphasis in original), with the broader review to be undertaken subsequently.159 Crown said that the prioritisation of the review of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts ‘makes sense’ as they were the accounts the subject of extensive examination at the Bergin Inquiry.160
      4. While it is true enough that the review of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts was prioritised, that observation does not address the issue of candour. Crown did not inform the Bergin Inquiry that a preliminary internal analysis had revealed equivalent volumes of transactions under the $10,000 threshold on the Crown Melbourne account;161 or that a subsequent investigation into those additional accounts was proposed.
      5. Instead, the Bergin Inquiry was informed that Crown ‘brought forward’ the Grant Thornton Report because Crown considered that it was the right thing to do, and that Crown wanted to ensure that the Bergin Inquiry had ‘complete and up-to-date information’.162
      6. Crown’s submission also overlooks the relevance to the Bergin Inquiry of what was known about the other accounts. Although the Southbank and Riverbank accounts had been a focus of the hearings, Part B of the Bergin Inquiry Terms of Reference concerned a suitability review into Crown Sydney and Crown Resorts by reference to allegations of engaging in money laundering.163 The result of any investigation into suspected money laundering on the Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth accounts was directly relevant to the Bergin Inquiry’s Terms of Reference.
      7. Finally on this point, Crown also says the prioritisation of the Southbank and Riverbank investigation enabled a report to be produced in relation to the Riverbank and Southbank accounts before the close of the Bergin hearings.164 It points to the length of time required by Deloitte to complete its current patron account review as evidence that it would not have been possible to produce a report for the Bergin Inquiry if all the accounts were investigated at once.165
      8. The problem with this submission is that it ignores the fact that the media allegations about money laundering were made in early August 2019 and the Bergin Inquiry was announced on 14 August 2019. Crown had plenty of time to conduct a comprehensive investigation to put to the Bergin Inquiry.
      9. Crown’s desire to limit the damage it suffered, and its associated lack of candour, was also evident in other limitations imposed on the investigation by Grant Thornton that was to be presented to the Bergin Inquiry.
      10. Those limitations, a function of the instructions provided by Crown, were:
        • First, Grant Thornton and Initialism looked only at Southbank and Riverbank’s Australian dollar bank accounts and not foreign currency accounts held by those entities.166
        • Second, the Grant Thornton work examined the Southbank and Riverbank accounts in isolation from each other, notwithstanding the plausible scenario that a money launderer might structure deposits across the two accounts.167
        • Third, the Grant Thornton analysis looked for only three of nine structuring scenarios identified by Initialism.168
      11. In consequence, it is likely that the volume of structuring activity identified by Grant Thornton in the Southbank and Riverbank accounts is understated.169
      12. As to the exclusion of the foreign currency accounts from the investigation, Crown:
        • relies on the evidence given by Mr McGregor to the effect that the foreign currency accounts were set up for telegraphic transfers only (not cash) and a submission that they were therefore not suitable for review for structuring170
        • submits that, in any event, Deloitte will consider the foreign currency accounts in the course of its current review.171
      13. Those arguments overlook the fact that structuring is but one money laundering technique. Similarly, that Deloitte will consider the foreign currency accounts does not address Crown’s conduct in presenting only part of the picture to the Bergin Inquiry. The same can be said about Crown’s submission that Deloitte also will consider money laundering across accounts.172
      14. As to the structuring scenarios to be searched for, Ms Shamai said that if Crown was genuinely interested in uncovering the full extent of structuring on the Southbank and Riverbank accounts, she could not think of any defensible reason to exclude the additional six structuring scenarios from analysis.173 She also said that it would have been quite straightforward to add the other six structuring scenarios to the forensic tool used to analyse the bank transaction data; and that it would not have materially increased the cost.174
      15. Mr Jeans said that Crown’s decision to limit the structuring scenarios to be identified from nine to three175 was:
        • contrary to his recommendation
        • the bare minimum level of scenarios that should be undertaken
        • not what was proper or appropriate or sensible; but doing less would not have been acceptable.176
      16. Mr Jeans also gave the somewhat contradictory evidence that the three scenarios used would best and most directly identify structuring in the Southbank and Riverbank accounts.177
      17. In response to the proposition that Crown curbed the scope of the Southbank and Riverbank investigation by limiting the structuring scenarios to be searched for to three, Crown relies again on the issue of timing. Crown submits that Initialism’s existing analysis was already a time-consuming and detailed exercise and that ‘self-evidently’, the wider the net is cast (in terms of scenarios) and the greater the temporal gap between transactions being examined, the more extensive the data-collection and analysis exercise would be.178 It also points to the prospect of the wider net generating false positives.179
      18. This fails to take into account that the timing problem was of Crown’s own making. If it had commenced the investigation in August 2019 in response to either the media allegations or the commencement of the Bergin Inquiry, there would have been ample time to conduct a full analysis. If the nine scenarios had produced false positives, they could have been eliminated by the Initialism analysis.
      19. Further, Crown did not inform the Bergin Inquiry of the constraints on the scope of the review undertaken by Grant Thornton and Initialism.
      20. Initialism’s Southbank and Riverbank investigation also suffered from the first two constraints faced by Grant Thornton (foreign currency accounts were not reviewed nor were deposits across accounts).180 In addition:
        • Initialism relied on Grant Thornton’s limited data analysis, save to the extent that Initialism carried out any broader investigation181 (which it did only on a sample basis).182
        • Initialism did not assess Crown’s handling of the suspect transactions from an AML perspective (that is, whether Crown itself identified, reported and acted to mitigate the matters), although it could well have.183
        • It was outside Initialism’s scope of work to make any recommendations in light of its findings.184
      21. The imposition of the limitations on Grant Thornton and Initialism’s engagement can be read as an attempt to limit the extent of any adverse findings.
      22. The Initialism analysis concluded:
        • Crown’s operation of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts rendered them vulnerable to being used to launder money.185
        • There were transactions indicative of the money laundering techniques of structuring, smurfing and cuckoo smurfing in the accounts.186
        • There was activity indicative of cuckoo smurfing via the quick cash deposit channel.187
        • There were international transfers in the hundreds of thousands and millions of dollars that were indicative of cuckoo smurfing.188
        • There were payments in the hundreds of thousands of dollars, and one in the millions of dollars, that had payment descriptors that were inconsistent with the underlying purpose of the payment to Crown, which was indicative of money laundering.189
        • There were 117 instances indicative of structuring through the Riverbank account to avoid the TTR threshold.190
        • There were 53 instances indicative of such structuring through the Southbank account.191
      23. Mr Jeans estimated that Initialism identified indicators of money laundering in the multiples of millions of dollars.192
      24. By way of summary, the following points can be made at this stage:
        • Money laundering via established and well-known money laundering techniques was facilitated and allowed to go undetected on the Southbank and Riverbank accounts for years.
        • Once the media allegations were published, Crown did nothing to investigate the allegations for over a year. It acted only when it became untenable to continue to do nothing. Then, it did the bare minimum.
        • Despite the suggestion by the AML expert to review all its bank accounts, Crown did not do that and, as a result, did not present the full picture to the Bergin Inquiry. This failing is particularly problematic because once the Southbank and Riverbank accounts closed, it was probable that money laundering continued in other Crown bank accounts.193

      Analysis of Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth patron accounts

      1. On 20 November 2020, Crown provided the Grant Thornton and Initialism reports to the VCGLR and indicated that it had instructed those firms to undertake equivalent analyses of the bank accounts operated by Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth.194
      2. For the analysis to be undertaken, Crown provided Grant Thornton with most of the bank statements it required. By the end of February 2021, the work was nearly complete.195 Nonetheless, Grant Thornton was instructed to down tools by Crown’s solicitors because another firm (which transpired to be Deloitte) was to be engaged to perform the analysis.196
      3. The effect was to delay unduly the disclosure of any money laundering through Crown Melbourne’s other bank accounts.

      Investigation of money laundering through other Crown accounts at large

      1. In February 2021, in response to suggestions made in the Bergin Report as to a ‘pathway to suitability’ for Crown Sydney, Crown engaged Deloitte to conduct a forensic review of its bank accounts to ensure that the criminal elements the Bergin Inquiry found had infiltrated the Southbank and Riverbank accounts had not infiltrated other accounts.197
      2. This work is known as the Deloitte Phase 2 Forensic Review. Once complete, it will comprise the results of Deloitte’s forensic investigation into activity on Crown’s patron accounts over a seven-year period and will reveal whether there are indicia of money laundering in those accounts.198 A ‘patron account’ is a bank account maintained by Crown and into which patrons can deposit money. There are at least 44 patron accounts.199
      3. The evidence is that the Phase 2 Forensic Review is unlikely to be complete until late September 2021.200 In this respect, the Commission finds itself in the same position as did the Bergin Inquiry in relation to the Grant Thornton and Initialism reports. That is, the Commission may be in receipt of a critical report that it cannot test or meaningfully consider. This is quite unsatisfactory.
      4. Ms Dobbin said:
        • If Deloitte had started its work in November 2020 (when Crown informed the VCGLR that Grant Thornton and Initialism had been instructed to undertake analysis of the Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth bank accounts), the results of its work would likely have been available to the Commission.201
        • There was no impediment to Crown engaging Deloitte to perform the task earlier, including when allegations of money laundering through the Southbank and Riverbank accounts were first made in early August 2019.202
        • Crown could have done a similar review at any point in time since the Melbourne Casino opened in 1994.203
      5. Anticipating the difficulty in timing, the Commission examined some provisional or preliminary findings of Deloitte’s Phase 2 work.204 The provisional findings were that there exists ‘initial indicators’ of money laundering on 14 of Crown’s patron accounts, but given the incomplete state of Deloitte’s analysis it is too early to draw conclusions.205
      6. A forensic review of Crown’s patron accounts for the period 1 July 2019 to 22 February 2021 undertaken by McGrathNicol at the request of the Commission did not identify any indications of structuring (using a 72-hour deposit window) in that period.206 It should be borne in mind, however, that:
        • a large part of the period the subject of McGrathNicol’s review was affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, during which there were periods of lockdown and restrictions on international travel
        • the McGrathNicol Report had certain limitations that the Deloitte Phase 2 Report will not have.207
      7. The following observations should be made about Deloitte’s Phase 2 Forensic Review:
        • First, the review is being undertaken as a step on the pathway to suitability for Crown Sydney. It is not a proactive initiative on the part of Crown. The formulation of Deloitte’s scope of work was developed in the context of a draft letter to ILGA.208
        • Second, Crown unsuccessfully attempted to limit Deloitte’s review to three years of bank transactions rather than seven, as is appropriate and usual, with a longer period providing a better opportunity to identify money laundering.209
        • Third, Crown’s deposit account balance (DAB) accounts (ledger accounts used by Crown to account for money deposited by patrons) are excluded from Deloitte’s review,210 except where there are related transactions in the patron accounts, notwithstanding that transaction activity on those accounts is, according to Ms Dobbin, a significant area of potential money laundering activity.211
      8. Crown submits that it was the apparent money laundering in the Southbank and Riverbank accounts that caused Crown to commission a comprehensive audit of its bank accounts.212 The evidence does not support that submission. The evidence establishes that it was only subsequent to the Bergin Inquiry setting out a minimum requirement for suitability that Crown acted to engage Deloitte to conduct a comprehensive audit.213
      9. Moreover, the Bergin Report states:

        The [ILGA] could have no confidence that either [Crown Sydney or Crown Resorts] could be rendered suitable without a full and wide-ranging forensic audit of all of their accounts to ensure that the criminal elements that infiltrated Southbank and Riverbank have not infiltrated any other accounts … Any audit must be on the premise that the main aim is to ensure that the casino operations are free from criminal influence and exploitation.214

      10. Crown submits that the exclusion of the DAB accounts from the Deloitte Phase 2 work (save for where there are related transactions in the patron accounts) was justified because:
        • Crown fairly and correctly interpreted the recommendation of the Bergin Inquiry relating to bank accounts215
        • there is ‘no evidence’ before the Commission on which it is open to find that money laundering is occurring, or has occurred, through Crown’s DAB accounts.216
      11. These are not helpful submissions. First, there is nothing in the text of the Bergin Report’s suggestion that limits it to bank accounts. Second, if Crown were seeking to show bona fides or exhibit full transparency in light of past, admitted instances of money laundering on the Southbank and Riverbank accounts, it would surely include all its accounts, including the DAB accounts, in the Deloitte Phase 2 Forensic Review. Third, McGrathNicol’s work, albeit preliminary and requiring further investigation, reveals potential structuring and parking on the DAB accounts.217
      12. The evidence given by Ms Dobbin is significant:

        Q: Am I right to assume that when you get to the end of this project you are not going to be able to say to anyone, whether that be Crown or the ILGA, that there is no money laundering on the DAB accounts?

        A: No, we won’t be able to say that.

        Q: You won’t be able to say one way or the other, that there is or isn’t money laundering on the DAB accounts; is that right?

        A: Correct.

        Q: And do you see transactions on the DAB accounts to be a significant area of potential money laundering activity which could be the subject of a review?

        A: I would see them as accounts that will have relevant transactions or relevant behavioural patterns that will help us to understand what we are seeing in the bank accounts.

        Q: Yes, I do accept that they are going to be relevant but my question was slightly different. I will ask it again. Do you see that the transaction activity on the DAB accounts, in and of itself, is a significant area of potential money laundering activity that could be the subject of a review?

        A: Yes, I would agree with that.218

      13. McGrathNicol’s forensic analysis revealed 1,914 individual transactions associated with 272 unique patrons that appeared to be structuring, although more analysis is required to determine whether the transactions relate to genuine gaming behaviour or are indicative of money laundering. The most recent of those transactions identified in the McGrathNichol analysis is 25 May 2021 for Crown Melbourne and 16 June 2021 for Crown Perth.219
      14. McGrathNicol recommends further investigation to determine whether these transactions are in fact indicative of money laundering.220 The Commission is not aware of any proposal by Crown to undertake that investigation, except for a proposed sample-based review by Crown, the results of which it will assess to determine whether it considers a ‘full review of all transactions identified by McGrathNicol is required’.221

      Response to the Grant Thornton and Initialism Southbank and Riverbank reports

      1. Grant Thornton’s reports on the Southbank and Riverbank accounts identified a total of 52 individual patrons involved in potential structured transactions in the Riverbank account and 30 patrons in the Southbank account.222
      2. On 18 March 2021, the VCGLR wrote to Crown Melbourne, referring to the patrons identified in the Grant Thornton and Initialism reports, and queried whether Crown Melbourne’s ‘Significant Player Review’ had regard to the reports, in particular, when considering the ‘suitability of the patrons identified in those reports to continue to be customers of Crown’.223
      3. On 24 March 2021, Crown Melbourne replied. Its reply revealed that the process being undertaken to address the observations in the Grant Thornton and Initialism Southbank and Riverbank reports involved undertaking a ‘historical “look-back” of transactions’ to determine whether any ‘retroactive reporting’ to AUSTRAC was required.224 The letter also indicated that to the extent suspicious matters were identified, Crown would undertake enhanced customer due diligence (which includes a requirement to consider whether to continue to have a business relationship with the patron).225 Crown Melbourne explained that it did not deem it necessary to expand or amend the Significant Player Review to consider the suitability of patrons referred to in the reports.226
      4. It is evident that Crown Melbourne did not move quickly to investigate whether it should cease dealing with patrons on whose accounts there were indications of money laundering. Indeed, the ‘look-back’ was still ongoing as at late March 2021.227
      5. Ms Shamai of Grant Thornton was asked whether this was an appropriate response. She said that the next step (following revelation of the structuring activity) is to investigate whether the structuring is being done with the knowledge of the patron in order to determine the root cause of it and whether the patron is an appropriate person with whom Crown Melbourne should be dealing. Ms Shamai said she would expect that investigation to commence immediately after the evidence of the structuring came to light.228
      6. Critically, Ms Shamai said the danger in delaying the commencement of that type of investigation is that it allows the behaviour to continue.229 She agreed that a reporting entity whose facilities were knowingly being used for money laundering would be expected to act with reasonable haste.230
      7. In May 2021, Crown had a change of heart and decided to subject the patrons to its Significant Player Review process. That process remains ongoing.231

      Introduction of new patron account controls

      1. A second, more encouraging aspect of Crown’s response to the Grant Thornton and Initialism revelations was the introduction of new policies and controls over its patron accounts. The new controls have largely been operational since 1 December 2020.232 They are designed to ensure that the conduct that occurred on the Southbank and Riverbank accounts cannot be repeated. They comprise:
        • a third party transfers and money remitters policy statement233
        • a return of funds policy statement234
        • a bank transfer notification.235
      2. To assess the efficacy of the new policies and controls, Crown:
        • engaged Initialism to review transactions on its Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth bank accounts to assess whether prohibitions relating to cash payments and third party transfers were being observed by customers and enforced by Crown236
        • engaged Deloitte to conduct a controls assessment, looking at the design and operational effectiveness of the new controls. This work is known as the Deloitte Phase 1 work.237
      3. A draft Initialism report identified a series of cash deposits that may have been in breach of the prohibition on cash deposits.238 It also identified several potential telegraphic transfer deposits from third parties, including money remitters, that did not appear to have been returned as required by the new controls.239
      4. Initialism required further data before it could reach definitive conclusions.240 That data has not yet been provided and Initialism has been unable to finalise its work.241
      5. Deloitte’s Phase 1 Report assessing the effectiveness of the new patron account controls reached the following conclusions:
        • As to design effectiveness, the controls were aligned with industry practice and effective in addressing cash structuring and cuckoo smurfing.242 However, the controls are not yet sufficiently mature to be effective on a sustainable basis and significant enhancement is required from a design perspective.243
        • As to operational effectiveness, Crown staff’s process in accepting deposits was largely in line with policy.244
      6. Ms Dobbin conceded that Deloitte had ‘serious concerns’ about the design of the new controls and had identified deficiencies in both the design and the sustainability of those controls.245
      7. The issue of sustainability identified by Deloitte was that the review period considered by Deloitte (1 December 2020–22 February 2021) was not reflective of either normal transactional volumes or AML/CTF risk exposures due to COVID-19 restrictions. Because the controls were entirely manual, Deloitte expressed the view that the patron account controls are ‘unlikely to be sustainably effective in a normal volume environment’.246
      8. Deloitte also made a number of incidental observations, including that training was largely ‘on the job’, that there were instances of a lack of formal or consistent documentation, and there were instances of inconsistency in the application of certain controls.247
      9. This is broadly consistent with the opinion of McGrathNicol. It found that, if effectively implemented, Crown’s new patron account controls will prevent and deter certain types of money laundering, but that they have the hallmarks of being implemented at speed and in an ad hoc manner, and are immature, manual and at risk of being unsustainable.248
      10. Deloitte made a series of recommendations in its Phase 1 Report, to which Crown responded.249 Deloitte then assessed Crown’s response.250
      11. Deloitte’s assessment of the response indicates the large scope of work that must be undertaken to implement its recommendations.
      12. Ms Dobbin agreed that ‘there is a lot to do’ and that it would take many months, perhaps six, to bed down the relevant processes despite only being a small part of Crown’s overall AML Program.251
      13. Importantly, Deloitte’s assessment of Crown’s response:
        • was limited to the ‘words on paper’
        • assumes the implementation will be delivered effectively and to a high standard
        • did not evaluate the capability of the staff who will implement the reforms.252

      Crown’s present state of preparedness and the status of the proposed reforms

      1. The Commission heard a good deal of evidence about Crown’s present state of preparedness to combat money laundering; from Crown’s own internal financial crime staff and from several third party experts, including those engaged by Crown (Promontory, Deloitte, Initialism) and one engaged by the Commission (McGrathNicol).253
      2. The preponderance of the evidence is that Crown has significant, current vulnerabilities to financial crime and only a basic or preliminary state of preparedness to counter money laundering and financial crime generally.
      3. Mr Blackburn assesses Crown as being at a ‘foundational’ level or ‘early stage of maturity’ in its management of financial crime risk.254
      4. In describing Crown’s management of financial crime risk as foundational, Mr Blackburn had regard to the fact that it has a compliant joint AML/CTF Program, that most processes are documented, that foundational resources and capabilities are in place and that largely manual processes are deployed and basic controls and systems operating. He considered that of the elements within an overall financial crime program, the majority were foundational and the others were either in an initial stage or transitioning to foundational.255
      5. Mr Stokes said that Crown has ‘the foundations of a robust framework from an AML/CTF control perspective’, but that operational staff thought that some AML framework matters and tools that should exist were absent.256
      6. Promontory completed two reports for Crown. The first assessed Crown’s present vulnerability to AML (Phase 1).257 The second concerned what capabilities Crown would need to have to maintain an effective AML/CTF compliance program (Phase 2).258
      7. The Promontory Phase 1 Report provides a detailed and sobering assessment of Crown’s present vulnerabilities to financial crime. It catalogues each of those vulnerabilities and contains a host of recommendations about how Crown can best address them and improve its policies, procedures and systems.
      8. The Phase 1 Report assessed that some controls were only partially effective and required attention.259 When asked whether there were any aspects of Crown’s overall AML control framework that could be described as ‘mature’ or ‘optimal’, the most that Mr Carmichael (from Promontory) could say was that some individual elements were ‘consistent with the industry practices’.260
      9. The Phase 1 Report observed that Crown’s AML/CTF control environment was undergoing a period of significant change and enhancement. It noted that, based on its experience working with organisations implementing major change, some foundational elements are required for effective and sustained transformation, including a transformation strategy and plan and a change management process. In Promontory’s view, both of those elements were underdeveloped. The risks of proceeding with change without those two elements included inefficiencies, ineffectiveness, the introduction of new problems, data loss and the loss of process integrity.261
      10. McGrathNicol’s assessment was similarly concerning. It found that Crown’s approach to the management of money laundering and terrorism financing risk is a work in progress and far less advanced than could reasonably be expected of an entity that has been providing gambling services for approximately 30 years, and has been subject to obligations to operate a risk based AML/CTF program for the last 15 of those years.262
      11. McGrathNicol’s assessment as at July 2021 was that, if Crown’s overall financial crime maturity is foundational, it is only ‘barely and recently so’.263

      Future plans

      1. In recognition of some of its past and present failings and informed by various reports, Crown has plans to uplift its AML capability in future. Crown’s proposals in this respect are set out in a number of documents, including:
        • a ‘Financial Crime & Compliance Board Pack’ dated 24 May 2021, which:
          • details Mr Blackburn’s assessment of the current state of maturity of Crown’s financial crime and compliance programs
          • sets out his proposals for enhancement and uplift through the FCCCP264
        • a memorandum dated 7 June 2021 setting out a road map and proposed timeframe to implement recommendations in the Deloitte Phase 1 Report and Promontory Phase 1 Vulnerability Assessment.265
      2. McGrathNicol has reviewed the FCCCP plan and concluded that it is comprehensive and appropriately prioritised.266 The Commission accepts this. It is, however, only at the early stages of design and implementation.
      3. Significant aspects of the proposed FCCCP are either yet to be completed or only just underway.267 For example, the critically important enterprise-wide risk assessment is not yet complete.268 The replacement of the AML/CTF Committee with the Financial Crime Oversight Committee and the Financial Crime Working Group is only just underway.269 Mr Blackburn is ‘in the process of’ engaging a firm to perform an independent review of Crown’s formal AML Program,270 which is expected to commence in late 2021.271

      Consideration as to present and future state

      1. Notwithstanding the past failings and the present early stage of the implementation of its reforms, Crown contends that its AML Program or framework is ‘presently appropriate, adequately resourced and compliant’,272 and that the ‘significant reforms already implemented mean that Crown has the systems and capability to be suitable, and is suitable, from an AML/CTF perspective now’.273
      2. It also submits that while its AML Program is necessarily ongoing, it expects to have reached an advanced state of AML maturity by December 2022.274
      3. The Commission does not accept these submissions.
      4. The evidence establishes that Crown’s AML Program is not presently adequately resourced. Mr Blackburn acknowledged that Crown’s Group Financial Crime Team and program is only appropriately resourced ‘[g]iven its current maturity level’ to meet ‘minimum’ standards,275 and that the financial crime program ‘must evolve through considerable enhancements, thus requiring further material investment in both FTE [full-time equivalent positions] and systems’.276
      5. Crown proposes to recruit a further 55 permanent full-time equivalent positions and 10 further temporary full-time equivalent positions in financial crime and compliance.277 Based on the role descriptions, the work to be performed by the 65 additional full-time equivalent positions is neither superfluous nor unnecessary.278
      6. Further, Mr Blackburn has assessed elements of Crown’s ‘financial crime ecosystem’ as being at either an ‘initial’ or transitioning from ‘initial’ to ‘foundational’ stage of maturity,279 where:
        • ‘initial’ maturity refers to an entity with inadequate resources, inadequate governance, minimal processes and limited awareness of risk
        • ‘foundational’ maturity refers to an entity with a compliant AML/CTF program, most of its processes documented, foundational resources and capability, largely manual processes and basic systems and controls, which has initiated ‘assurance’.280
      7. The elements that Mr Blackburn assessed as ‘initial’ include:
        • Procedures
        • Enterprise-wide risk assessment
        • Product risk assessment
        • Board oversight—roles and responsibilities
        • Board oversight—assurance.281
      8. The elements that Mr Blackburn assessed as transitioning from ‘initial’ to ‘foundational’ include:
        • Customer risk rating
        • Third party due diligence
        • Supporting infrastructure and data readiness
        • Compliance and breach reporting.282
      9. By way of further example, Mr Blackburn made the following comments about the limitations of Crown’s current key financial crime and compliance systems:
        • Manual records: prone to data entry error; no direct feedback into Crown systems or risk registers
        • SYCO: not intuitive and there is no scope to upload documents
        • Sentinel (Crown’s new automated transaction monitoring system): no case management; relies on input from other systems
        • CURA (the AML Customer Risk Register): no integration with other Crown systems
        • Unifii (the unusual activity reporting and AML Investigation Portal): currently no integration with Crown systems; not suitable for end-to-end case management
        • Dow Jones/Factiva (the customer screening and news search tool): limited ability to customise and calibrate screening preferences
        • Surveillance: significant deficiencies in the way the security and surveillance operations are conducted in each of the properties.283
      10. As to the claim of ‘compliance’ with the AML/CTF Act and Rules,284 Crown overstates what the evidence discloses. There is no evidence that Crown presently complies with each of the requirements of the AML/CTF Act and Rules. The only evidence of compliance is in respect of one aspect of Crown’s overall AML framework; namely, the joint AML/CTF Program. Mr Blackburn said that the joint AML/CTF Program was compliant.285 Mr Jeans’ opinion was that Part A of the Program complies with the AML/CTF Rules and is appropriately designed.286
      11. Just because the joint AML/CTF Program on paper is compliant does not mean that the program is being carried out. One example will suffice.
      12. Crown made the following observation about the joint AML/CTF Program:

        The [Crown joint AML/CTF Program] provides for a ‘Three Lines of Defence’ Model in respect of money laundering and terrorism financing (ML/TF) risk. Under this model, the first line of defence, comprising Crown’s business units, owns the ML/TF risk. As the same parts of the business own both the ML/TF risk and the commercial business risk, this ensures that the commercial motivations are appropriately balanced with ML/TF risks. The second line of defence performs an oversight function and ensures the effective design and implementation of internal controls. The third line of defence provides independent assurance to the Crown Board and Crown Senior Management on the effectiveness of the first and second lines of defence through a risk-based approach. The second and third lines of defence have been significantly expanded and bolstered already, with further increases to the second line of defence being implemented under Mr Blackburn’s plan (emphasis added).287

      13. However, in his FCCCP board pack presentation, Mr Blackburn noted that ‘Crown doesn’t currently have a second line of defence assurance function’.288 He said:

        The second line of defence must apply risk-based assurance to assess and test compliance with policy and program obligations across Crown in respect of compliance, financial crime and responsible gaming. Where issues are identified, the second line must then apply deficiency management to ensure that those issues are addressed in a timely and effective manner. As Crown does not currently have a second line assurance function, one is proposed under the [FCCCP] (emphasis added).289

      14. Further, as to compliance:
        • The results of AUSTRAC’s formal enforcement investigation into the compliance of Crown Melbourne with the AML/CTF Act over the period 31 October 2014 to 16 October 2020 are not yet known; but Crown concedes that it may have breached:
          • the obligation in section 36 of the AML/CTF Act relating to the conduct of ongoing customer due diligence, by not complying with all the requirements in Chapter 15 of the AML/CTF Rules
          • section 81 of the AML/CTF Act, by not adopting and maintaining an AML/CTF program that complied with all of the requirements set out in Chapters 8 and 15 of the AML/CTF Rules
          • section 82, by not complying with the requirements set out in its AML/CTF Program.290
        • Crown may have provided a registrable designated remittance service in contravention of section 74(1A) by way of the paid-out process.291

      Timeliness of implementation of Crown’s changes

      1. Change takes time.
      2. It is apparent that Crown’s present state of preparedness to fight financial crime is wanting. It has only recently begun to action a reform agenda to remedy deficiencies in its AML policies, practices and systems. Crown itself acknowledges that the program of reform required to address its deficiencies is ‘necessarily ongoing’,292 and that it is under no illusion as to the dimension of the challenge it faces on AML reform.293
      3. Precisely how long the reform program will take to fully implement, and whether it will be successful, remain to be seen.
      4. Ms Dobbin, in assessing the time required to implement Deloitte’s recommendations about patron accounts (being a ‘very small’ part of the overall AML Program),294 thought that task alone would take many months, and that a further six to 12 months would then be required from the date the recommendations ‘went live’ to test and determine whether they were working as intended.295
      5. Mr Carmichael, when asked to estimate how long it would take to implement all of the recommendations in Promontory’s Phase 1 Vulnerability Assessment, said that some recommendations could be actioned reasonably quickly, whereas others would ‘take years’.296
      6. Mr Blackburn has not forecast how long he thinks the reform agenda will take to complete, but has set an aspiration date of 31 December 2022 to deliver Crown to its target maturity state.297 Other documents reveal some target dates stretching into 2023 where the reforms require technology or systems changes.298
      7. McGrathNicol observed that:
        • the financial crime projects involved in the FCCCP are at a very preliminary stage and some are not yet scoped or costed
        • there is a significant amount of work for Crown to do
        • there is a considerable risk associated with achieving an advanced stage of maturity within Crown’s proposed timeframe, the key risks being funding, technology and people.299
      8. In order to achieve its reform agenda, Crown will need to attract skilled employees in significant numbers, absorbing them and having them quickly scale the learning curve, noting that they are unlikely to bring casino experience.300
      9. Whether this is achievable, and sustainable over the long term, remains to be seen. There is cause for hope, and for doubt.
      10. Crown Melbourne appears to accept that there is at least some risk that, left to its own devices, it might not stay the course on AML and other reform. This concession is implicit in Crown Melbourne’s submission that it is appropriate to appoint an independent monitor or supervisor with extensive powers and functions to oversee and scrutinise the implementation of its reform program.301

      Conclusion

      1. This Commission must assess the suitability of Crown Melbourne to continue to hold the casino licence now. As matters stand, Crown Melbourne is not suitable. This is because Crown:
        • facilitated money laundering through the Southbank bank account
        • failed to investigate warnings about potential money laundering through that account over many years
        • failed to investigate media allegations of money laundering through that account until 14 months after they were levelled, the Bergin Inquiry was established and it had become entirely untenable for Crown to continue to do nothing
        • was slow to take reasonably available steps having regard to the conclusions of the Grant Thornton and Initialism reports with respect to Southbank and Riverbank including to review, promptly, whether to continue to provide services to those patrons whose accounts contained transactions indicative of money laundering
        • provided many of its experts with limited sets of instructions with a view to them producing reports that looked better for Crown, but that did not analyse the full picture
        • did not display candour to the Bergin Inquiry in respect of the review performed by Grant Thornton and Initialism of transactions on the Southbank and Riverbank bank accounts
        • does not presently have sufficiently robust systems to detect and deter money laundering and other forms of financial crime and is uncertain whether and when it will have such systems.
      2. The Commission has examined Crown’s program of financial crime reform. That program, although nascent, is appropriate and Crown should continue to develop, pursue and implement it, with regular progress reporting to the regulator and the proposed Special Manager (see Chapter 16).
      3. The Commission also heard evidence from a number of third party experts who had examined parts of Crown’s overall AML framework and made recommendations as to reform and improvement. Crown Melbourne should implement each of the recommendations set out in:
        • Promontory Phase 1 Report dated 24 May 2021 and titled ‘Phase 1: AML Vulnerability Assessment’302
        • Promontory Phase 2 Report dated 20 June 2021 and titled ‘Strategic Capability Assessment’303
        • Deloitte Phase 1 Report dated 26 March 2021 and titled ‘Assessment of Patron Account Controls’304
        • Initialism Transaction Monitoring Review dated June 2021305
        • McGrathNicol Report dated 5 July 2021 and titled ‘Forensic Review—AML/CTF’.306

      Other evidence of reform measures to reduce money laundering and financial crime

      1. The Commission heard evidence from two law enforcement witnesses about measures that could be introduced at the casino to increase verification and identification protocols and assist in law enforcement.
      2. Commander Michael Frewen of Victoria Police Crime Command said that the Commission may wish to consider the following options to increase verification and identification protocols at the Melbourne Casino and assist in law enforcement:
        • All patrons attending Crown Casino Melbourne be required to produce identification, of minimum threshold, which is to be recorded on an internal Crown Casino Melbourne database. Patron gambling be monitored and recorded to ensure it is commensurate with legitimate gambling activity.
        • Information-sharing arrangements be established between Crown Melbourne, Victoria Police and the VCGLR, which prescribes the information Victoria Police needs to meet its law enforcement obligations, and the format and timeframes for the provision of that information to Victoria Police.307
      3. A Police Officer in the Organised Crime Intelligence Unit gave evidence concerning reforms aimed to stop money laundering at the casino. When asked what they would do, short of closing the casino, to stop money laundering, the officer said:

        … I would say you need to be tighter around your betting accounts. I’m not sure whether the casino is a bank, but … they certainly operate like one. So I would first off make sure anybody who had an account, a betting account, or an offset account or a safety deposit box had to provide 100 points of ID to open that. If you want to have people that could access that account, being deposit or withdrawal, they also have to show 100 points of ID …

        The other thing I would stop is the casino should have an account which is in the name of the patron of that account, so any withdrawal, apart from a cheque, any withdrawal could only go into that patron’s bank account that they own. It cannot go into yours, can’t be directed to mine, has to be that. If that person wants to direct the money to you, then he does it out of his own account.308

      4. The issue of increased or better identification procedures and requirements was echoed in the evidence given by Mr Jeans. Mr Jeans noted that one of the major enablers of money laundering was anonymity and therefore one of the first things to be considered to prevent money laundering is to reduce the level of anonymity by identifying or being in a position to identify people who are gaming or bringing money into the casino.309
      5. By way of example, Mr Jeans referred to registered clubs legislation, where there is a requirement to be identified before entering a club. He said this usually requires the provision of a driver licence or other authoritative photo identification.310
      6. In Victoria, an example of a regime requiring the production of identification before entering a club is to be found in the Liquor Control Reform Act 1998 (Vic), which regulates the sale of liquor to club members, guests of members and non-members.
      7. The identification requirement is found in schedule 1. By section 10(4) a club licence is granted subject to a condition that the rules of the club comply with schedule 1. Schedule 1 provides that the rules of a club must provide for the keeping of records of guests.311 In the case of a club that holds a venue operator’s licence, the rules of a club must provide that an ‘authorised gaming visitor’ must:
        • produce evidence of their residential address before being admitted to the licensed premises
        • carry identification at all times while on the licensed premises.312

      Improved identification procedures

      1. In considering any improvement to patron identification procedures, it is important to understand one particular aspect of the context in which the Melbourne Casino operates. That aspect is the AML/CTF regime that does deal with customer identification.
      2. The default position under part 2 of the AML/CTF Act is that a reporting entity must verify a customer’s identity before providing a designated service to the customer. However, under part 10.1 of the AML/CTF Rules, casinos (as opposed to providers of gaming services) are exempted in respect of designated services of a certain kind.313
      3. In effect, those rules exempt casinos, where the gaming service in question involves an amount less than $10,000 (or an amount of $10,000 or more that involves the customer giving or receiving only gaming chips or tokens), from the requirement to verify the identity of a customer before providing a service to that customer.
      4. Mr Jeans was aware of mandatory identification obligations under the AML/CTF Rules. Referring to the current identification level of $10,000, Mr Jeans said that it would be sensible to reduce that limit. He explained that there is a balance between casual low-value gambling and a person undertaking ‘nefarious activities’. His evidence was that identification at a lower level was worth considering.314
      5. There is both a practical and conceptual distinction between identifying customers at the point of, or prior to, the provision of services, and identifying customers as they enter or seek to enter the gaming floor.
      6. There are also practical and conceptual distinctions between:
        • requiring customers to produce identification; and
        • requiring the casino to verify customer identification.
      7. Commander Frewen’s evidence was directed to the point of entry onto the casino floor; and also referred to identification of a minimal threshold. The Promontory Phase 1 Report also made a number of observations and recommendations regarding the authentication of identification documents by Crown Melbourne. There is, nevertheless, merit in the obligation being on the casino to verify the customer’s identity.

      Recommendation 1: Improved identification

      It is recommended that section 122 of the Casino Control Act be amended to include a new sub-paragraph for procedures for the verification of the identity of all persons seeking to enter the Melbourne Casino. The system should include requirements for the retention of customer data.

      Compulsory carded play

      1. Carded play (as distinct from uncarded play) involves a patron using or swiping their Crown membership card prior to playing any game at the casino. Carded play has a number of benefits when it comes to the responsible service of gambling, including permitting the measurement of the time spent gambling (see further discussion in Chapter 8).
      2. Mr Jeans gave evidence about mandatory carded play (which he prioritised over the issue of prohibiting cash) in terms of its AML/CTF benefits.315 Those include: (a) providing the opportunity to monitor and audit the complete behaviour and activity of the patrons; (b) enabling better identification of unusual activity; and (c) providing more transparency.316
      3. Crown is presently considering system changes that enforce carded play (and therefore customer identification) via reduced cash thresholds across a range of services, which Crown observes will enable implementation of enhanced transaction monitoring rules across customer gaming activity.317
      4. Additionally, in June 2021, Crown introduced a table games and Cage uncarded play limit, where a card is required for transactions above $4,999.318 Crown is also planning a feasibility study on implementing limits on uncarded play for EGMs and electronic table games for transactions above $1,999.319

      Recommendation 2: Carded play

      It is recommended that a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that carded play be compulsory at the Melbourne Casino for all gaming.

      Cashless play

      1. The question of cashless play (or a prohibition on the use of cash at the casino) raises different considerations, a number of which may pull in different directions.
      2. To begin with, it is noted that:
        • because cash is an anonymous store of value and leaves no audit trail, it is a medium favoured by criminals
        • the cash-intensive nature of casinos is one reason why they are particularly vulnerable to money laundering320
        • as per the Victoria Police evidence, the Melbourne Casino is the biggest cash business in this state, and criminals who want to launder money love cash businesses.321
      3. The Victorian Responsible Gambling Foundation (VRGF) made submissions in respect of cashless gambling. It submitted that while a move to solely cashless gambling presents opportunities to assist monitoring gambling behaviour, with the dual benefit of providing data to track gambling behaviours (to support appropriate intervention) and assisting research into behaviour associated with gambling harm, it also carries a risk of increasing gambling harm due to the frictionless nature of the transaction. As a result, there is less likelihood of time for reflection, and the potential to make it difficult for people to track their spending during gambling.322
      4. In its submission, the VRGF points out other risks identified by the research, including that: (a) cashless gambling encourages higher spending; (b) cash transactions are felt as more painful (and less associated with reward); and (c) ‘cashless methods can reduce the efficacy of existing harm reduction measures that make people take a physical break or have interpersonal contact, for example, to access cash’.323
      5. The VRGF contends that unless structured properly, cashless gambling could put people at increased risk of gambling harm. It submits that any move towards cashless forms of gambling needs to be developed and viewed through a gambling harm reduction lens and implemented only in association with well-planned harm reduction measures that reduce the risk of continuous gambling.324 The VRGF suggests that such measures include:
        • a universal system that requires people who gamble to set limits and prevents use when those pre-set limits are reached
        • information and education about the time and money limits that are appropriate
        • enforced break periods of at least 15 minutes every three hours.325
      6. The VRGF also recommends that ‘if cashless gambling or digital wallets are to be introduced or trialled in Victoria, a system with a harm prevention focus should first be developed and piloted in order to assess its effectiveness’.326
      7. Many of the concerns identified by the VRGF will be addressed or mitigated if other recommendations in this Report are accepted. For example, in Chapter 8 there is a recommendation that the YourPlay pre-commitment system be made compulsory for EGMs with set time limits for gambling and limits for expenditure.
      8. Another recommendation is for improvements to be made to Crown Melbourne’s Gambling Code to address harm minimisation measures at the Melbourne Casino.
      9. Crown Melbourne’s submission on cashless gaming similarly refers to what it calls the ‘prominent harm minimisation strategy’ of limiting a patron’s access to cash, referring to legislation that restricts the location or availability of ATMs in the casino venue and also manages withdrawal limits.327
      10. Crown Melbourne’s submissions state that it is considering cashless gaming initiatives to reduce the use of cash in its casinos, including the introduction of a digital wallet program that would allow patrons to transact digitally.328 Crown Melbourne also refers to section 68 of the Casino Control Act, which prohibits Crown Melbourne from providing money or chips as part of a transaction involving a credit card or a debit card.329 Crown Melbourne says:

        [S]ubject to the approval of the respective State governments, Crown intends to move to cashless gaming over time. The main way patrons will be able to fund gaming activity will be through a digital wallet for all games. A digital payment committee at Crown is currently considering this. A digital wallet has the potential to include enhanced Responsible Gambling functionality, including enhanced data analytics (e.g., real-time information on player deposit activity), self-imposed ‘top up’ limits and delayed payment timeframes to mirror existing ATM breaks in play. It would be a significant enhancement in relation to Responsible Gambling.330

      11. Mr Jeans’ view is that prohibiting cash would not work particularly well because, in his words, ‘there are people who would want to come to the casino and use diminished levels’ of cash.331
      12. A transition to cashless gaming (or to cashless gaming above a nominal threshold of, say, $1,000) will be a matter where the devil is in the detail. For reasons that are explored elsewhere in this Report, Crown Melbourne should not be trusted to pursue such a course unsupervised.
      13. In light of this, and in the circumstances, and conditional on:
        • the acceptance and implementation of all the recommendations in Chapter 8; and
        • due regard being paid to the VRGF’s concerns about cashless gambling,

      the following recommendation is made regarding cashless play.

      Recommendation 3: Cashless play

      It is recommended that a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that Crown Melbourne phase out the use of cash at the Melbourne Casino, save for gaming transactions of $1,000 or less.

      1. The issues dealt with in this chapter concern the prevention of criminal conduct. The prevention of criminal conduct will be aided if Crown Melbourne shares information with law enforcement agencies.

      Recommendation 4: Information sharing with state law enforcement

      It is recommended that a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that it enter into an information-sharing protocol with Victoria Police. The protocol must set out, to the satisfaction of Victoria Police, the information-sharing arrangements between Crown Melbourne and Victoria Police, which against the background of what Victoria Police needs, prescribes what information Crown Melbourne must provide, and the format and timeframes for the provision of that information.

      Recommendation 5: Information sharing with federal law enforcement

      It is recommended that the regulator, if it deems appropriate, give a direction to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that Crown Melbourne enter into a similar arrangement with the Australian Criminal Intelligence Commission and the Australian Federal Police.

      Single patron bank account

      1. In respect of Crown Melbourne’s patron bank accounts, which are the bank accounts held by and in the name of various Crown entities into which patrons can make deposits, Ms Dobbin agreed in evidence that:
        • the ease of monitoring for money laundering is greatly enhanced by having a single patron account
        • there is a greater risk of failure in monitoring for money laundering where there are multiple patron accounts to monitor.332
      2. Mr Blackburn indicated that he is looking to rationalise the number of patron accounts at Crown and would agree with a recommendation from this Commission that there be no more than a single patron account for each of the Melbourne, Perth and Sydney casinos.333

      Recommendation 6: Single patron bank account

      It is recommended that a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that on and from 30 June 2022, it must keep and maintain a single account as approved by the regulator at an authorised deposit-taking institution in the state for use for all banking transactions by patrons.

      Retention of surveillance footage

      1. Commander Frewen said that Victoria Police would be assisted in conducting its law enforcement duties if Crown Melbourne were to retain its security footage ‘for as long as possible’ given that Crown’s current practice is to ‘erase footage after a short period of time’.334
      2. Mr Craig Walsh, Crown Melbourne’s Executive Director of Security and Surveillance, gave evidence that footage is only held for 14 days.335

      Recommendation 7: Surveillance footage

      It is recommended a direction be given to Crown Melbourne pursuant to section 23(1) of the Casino Control Act to the effect that it retain all security and surveillance CCTV footage for a period of 12 months.

      Endnotes

      1 ‘Crimes We Prosecute: Money Laundering’, Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions (Web Page) < https://www.cdpp.gov.au/crimes-we-prosecute/money-launderingExternal Link >.

      2 ACC, Organised Crime in Australia 2011(Report, 2011) 46. Proceeds of crime are subject to confiscation and forfeiture under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 (Cth) and, among other state acts, the Confiscation Act 1997 (Vic).

      3 ACC, The Costs of Serious and Organised Crime in Australia 2013–14 (Report, 2015) 9; AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 8. The phrase ‘serious and organised crime’ has a particular statutory meaning pursuant to s 4 of the Australian Crime Commission Act 2002 (Cth).

      4 Australian Criminal Intelligence Commission, Organised Crime in Australia 2017 (Report, 2017) 9.

      5 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 60 [78]–[82]. Money laundering offences exist in the Criminal Code (Cth) (sch 1 to the Criminal Code Act 1995 (Cth)), the Crimes Act 1958 (Vic) and the legislation of certain other states. Part 10.2 of the Criminal Code (Cth) makes it a crime to intentionally, recklessly or negligently deal with money or other property that are the proceeds of crime, reasonably suspected of being the proceeds of crime or intended to become instruments of crime. The severity of the penalty liable to be imposed, which may include life imprisonment, is based on the value of the money or other property in question and the state of knowledge of the party dealing with that property. Comparable offences exist in ss 193–195A of the Crimes Act 1958 (Vic) and attract penalties of up to 20 years’ imprisonment. The Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) also contains a series of money-laundering related offences, in ss 53, 55, 123 and 136–43, which attract penalties of up to 10 years’ imprisonment. Examples of offences under that Act include knowingly providing false or misleading information or documents required to be provided under the Act (ss 136–7); producing or possessing a false identification document intended for use in a customer identification procedure required by the Act (s 138); engaging in ‘structuring’ so as to avoid triggering the threshold reporting requirements of the Act (s 142); and failing to submit particular reports about the movement of physical currency in the form, and at the time, required by the Act (ss 53–5).

      6 ACC, The Costs of Serious and Organised Crime in Australia 2013–14 (Report, 2015) 3–4, 6, 11. The $36 billion estimate comprised $21 billion in direct losses (excluding confiscated proceeds of crime) and $15 billion in prevention and response costs, including spending on related law enforcement and criminal justice activities.

      7 ACC, Organised Crime in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 7; AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 5.

      8 AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 8.

      9 ACC, Organised Crime in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 46.

      10 See generally FATF, Vulnerabilities of Casinos and Gaming Sector (Report, March 2009); AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 21–3; American Gaming Association, Best Practices for Anti-Money Laundering Compliance 2019–2020 (Report, 2020).

      11 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 45 [2].

      12 See generally FATF, Vulnerabilities of Casinos and Gaming Sector (Report, March 2009); AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 21–3; American Gaming Association, Best Practices for Anti-Money Laundering Compliance 2019–2020 (Report, 2020).

      13 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 46–7 [9]–[10].

      14 FATF, Vulnerabilities of Casinos and Gaming Sector (Report, March 2009) 25 [86].

      15 FATF, Vulnerabilities of Casinos and Gaming Sector (Report, March 2009) 25 [87].

      16 Exhibit RC1351 Initialism Transaction Monitoring Review Crown Resorts, June 2021, 45–55. See also FATF, Vulnerabilities of Casinos and Gaming Sector (Report, March 2009) 27–46 [99]–[142].

      17 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 46 [8].

      18 AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 22.

      19 AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 22.

      20 Transcript of A Police Officer, 18 June 2021, 2079–80.

      21 AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 22.

      22 FATF, Vulnerabilities of Casinos and Gaming Sector (Report, March 2009) 28–9 [103]–[104].

      23 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure e, 6, 19.

      24 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021, 14.

      25 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 142–3.

      26 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure e, 6.

      27 AUSTRAC, Cuckoo Smurfing: Financial Crime Guide (June 2021) 4.

      28 AUSTRAC, Cuckoo Smurfing: Financial Crime Guide (June 2021) 4. There are also instances where the Australian beneficiary customer is aware of the suspicious activity occurring on their account but wilfully ignores the activity. Further, there are instances where a person overseas has intentionally engaged a corrupt remittance service provider to send funds to their own accounts in Australia to avoid capital controls or tax laws in a foreign jurisdiction: AUSTRAC, Cuckoo Smurfing: Financial Crime Guide (June 2021) 4.

      29 AUSTRAC, Cuckoo Smurfing: Financial Crime Guide (June 2021) 5.

      30 AUSTRAC, Cuckoo Smurfing: Financial Crime Guide (June 2021) 5.

      31 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 9(1)–(2)(b), 9(2)(d), 25.

      32 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 1(a)(i).

      33 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 47 [10].

      34 AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 9.

      35 Cash Transaction Reports Act 1988 (Cth) s 35(1).

      36 Cash Transaction Reports Act 1988 (Cth) ss 3(1), 7.

      37 ‘Who We Are’, FATF (Web Page) < https://www.fatf-gafi.org/aboutExternal Link >.

      38 FATF, The Forty Recommendations of the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering (Report, 1990).

      39 Those amendments were effected by the Cash Transaction Reports Amendment Act 1991 (Cth).

      40 Cash Transaction Reports Amendment Act 1991 (Cth) ss 5,11.

      41 FATF, The Forty Recommendations of the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering (Report, 1990).

      42 ‘Review of the FATF Standards and Historical Versions’, FATF (Web Page, 2021) < www.fatf-gafi.org/publications/fatfrecommendations/documents/review-and…External Link ;.

      43 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 48–9 [18]–[20]; Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 209.

      44 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 212(4).

      45 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 209.

      46 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) pts 3, 7, 10.

      47 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 5–6.

      48 AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 7; Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 6(1).

      49 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 6(1) (table 3).

      50 AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 7; Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) pts 3, 7; Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules Instrument 2007 (No. 1) (Cth) r 8.1.2.

      51 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 81–2.

      52 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 80, 84(2); Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules Instrument 2007 (No. 1) (Cth) r 8.1.2.

      53 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) pt 7.

      54 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 32, 81.

      55 See, eg, Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 84(2)(c), 84(3)(b); Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules Instrument 2007 (No. 1) (Cth) rr 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.8, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 8.1.3, 8.3.2.

      56 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules Instrument 2007 (No. 1) (Cth) r 8.1.3.

      57 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules Instrument 2007 (No. 1) (Cth) r 8.1.4.

      58 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) pt 3.

      59 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 41–2.

      60 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 43–4.

      61 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 45–6.

      62 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 47.

      63 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 49.

      64 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 41(1)–(2).

      65 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 41(3); Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules Instrument 2007 (No. 1) (Cth) r 18.2.

      66 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 41(2).

      67 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 41(4).

      68 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 123(1).

      69 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 123(11).

      70 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 43(1)–(2).

      71 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 5, 18–19.

      72 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 5. The term ‘physical currency’ is defined to mean ‘the coin and printed money (whether of Australia or of a foreign country) that is designed as legal tender and circulates and is customarily used and accepted as a medium of exchange in its country of issue’.

      73 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 5.

      74 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 43(3); Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules Instrument 2007 (No. 1) (Cth) r 19.3.

      75 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 43(2).

      76 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 43(4).

      77 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) ss 45(1)–(2).

      78 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 45(3); Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules Instrument 2007 (No. 1) (Cth) chs 16–17.

      79 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 45(3). See also ‘Examples of IFTI Reporting for Casinos’, AUSTRAC (Web Page, 2021) < https://www.austrac.gov.au/business/how-comply-guidance-and-resources/g…External Link >.

      80 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth) s 45(4).

      81 AUSTRAC, Money Laundering in Australia 2011 (Report, 2011) 4.

      82 Exhibit RC0023 Statement of Nicholas Stokes, 25 April 2021, Annexure d; Exhibit RC0309 Statement of Steven Blackburn, 21 April 2021, Annexure b.

      83 Exhibit RC0023 Statement of Nicholas Stokes, 25 April 2021, Annexure d, 1 [1.1], 28 (definition of ‘Crown Entity’).

      84 Exhibit RC1306 Minutes of Crown Melbourne board meeting, 2 November 2020, 2, 4.

      85 Exhibit RC1306 Minutes of Crown Melbourne board meeting, 2 November 2020, 5.

      86 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 86 [D.1].

      87 Transcript of Nicholas Stokes, 21 May 2021, 439.

      88 Exhibit RC1617 Letter from Allens Linklaters to Solicitors Assisting, 27 August 2021.

      89 Exhibit RC0149 Letter from Allens Linklaters to Solicitors Assisting, 24 March 2021, Annexure b; Exhibit RC0244 Letter from Allens to Solicitors Assisting, 21 April 2021, Annexure b; Exhibit RC0037 Grant Thornton Report titled Forensic Data Analysis for Crown Resorts—Riverbank Investment Pty Ltd, 17 November 2020; Exhibit RC0038 Grant Thornton Report titled Forensic Data Analysis for Crown Resorts—Southbank Investment Pty Ltd, 26 November 2020; Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, Annexure c.

      90 Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 154 [1.5].

      91 Exhibit RC0310 Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 28 April 2021, 6 [26]; Exhibit RC0100 Phase 1: AML Vulnerability Assessment, 24 May 2021.

      92 Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 179 [4.4].

      93 Transcript of A Police Officer, 18 June 2021, 2084–5.

      94 Transcript of A Police Officer, 18 June 2021, 2079.

      95 Transcript of A Police Officer, 18 June 2021, 2080.

      96 Transcript of A Police Officer, 18 June 2021, 2080.

      97 Transcript of A Police Officer, 18 June 2021, 2080.

      98 Transcript of A Police Officer, 18 June 2021, 2079–80.

      99 See, eg, Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 10 [A.21].

      100 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 206 [11]–[12].

      101 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 204–5 [2]–[6].

      102 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 232 [153]; Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 543 [9], 544 [12].

      103 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 232 [153].

      104 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 549 [43].

      105 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 234 [166], [168].

      106 Exhibit RC1268 Letter from Antonia Korsanos and Helen Coonan to Ray Finkelstein, 17 March 2021.

      107 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 92 [D.26]. See also Exhibit RC1268 Letter from Antonia Korsanos and Helen Coonan to Ray Finkelstein, 17 March 2021, 2.

      108 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 10 [A.21].

      109 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 6.

      110 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 233 [160].

      111 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 233 [162].

      112 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 3; Lennard’s Carrying Co v Asiatic Petroleum Co Ltd [1915] AC 705, 713.

      113 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 234 [169]–[170].

      114 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 217 [71].

      115 See, eg, Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 212 [48], 212–13 [50], 216 [64], 225 [112]–[113], 233 [165]; Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 549–53 [44]–[57]; Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 5.

      116 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 234 [168]–[169].

      117 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 209 [31], 234 [168].

      118 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 209 [33].

      119 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 209 [30].

      120 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 6.

      121 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 2.

      122 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 3, 6.

      123 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 8.

      124 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 9.

      125 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 9.

      126 Exhibit RC0066 Email chain between Matthew Young and Ken Barton et al, 2 October 2020; Exhibit RC0065 Email from Neil Jeans to Claude Marais et al, 20 November 2020; Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 186 [5.2]–[5.6].

      127 Exhibit RC0067 Letter from Joshua Preston and Nick Stokes to Nathan Newman et al, 20 August 2020, 2; Exhibit RC0401 Letter from Nick Stokes to AUSTRAC, 5 October 2020, 4.

      128 Exhibit RC0744 Crown Resorts Internal Audit Assessment—Southbank and Riverbank Account Transaction Monitoring, October 2020.

      129 Exhibit RC0744 Crown Resorts Internal Audit Assessment—Southbank and Riverbank Account Transaction Monitoring, October 2020, 2.

      130 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 10.

      131 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 10.

      132 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 10.

      133 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 10–11.

      134 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 11.

      135 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 11.

      136 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 3, 11.

      137 Submission 49 University of Western Australia Law School, 11.

      138 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 204 [2].

      139 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 206 [9], [11].

      140 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 210–15 [38]–[60].

      141 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 5 [9].

      142 Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 158–9 [2.8]–[2.11].

      143 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 725–8; Exhibit RC0064 Email from Neil Jeans to Louise Lane and Katherine Shamai, 20 August 2019.

      144 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 656–7.

      145 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 731–2.

      146 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 732–5.

      147 Exhibit RC0042 Memorandum from Claude Marais to Ken Barton, 29 September 2020; Exhibit RC0043 Memorandum from Claude Marais to Ken Barton, 13 October 2020; Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 159–61 [2.17]–[2.25].

      148 Exhibit RC0042 Memorandum from Claude Marais to Ken Barton, 29 September 2020, 1 [3].

      149 Exhibit RC0042 Memorandum from Claude Marais to Ken Barton, 29 September 2020, 1 [4].

      150 Exhibit RC0042 Memorandum from Claude Marais to Ken Barton, 29 September 2020.

      151 Exhibit RC0042 Memorandum from Claude Marais to Ken Barton, 29 September 2020, 3 [9]–[10].

      152 Exhibit RC0045 Memorandum from Alan McGregor regarding Bank Statement Analysis, 15 October 2020.

      153 Exhibit RC0044 Email from Richard Murphy to Katherine Shamai et al, 16 October 2020; Exhibit RC0045 Memorandum from Alan McGregor regarding Bank Statement Analysis, 15 October 2020.

      154 Exhibit RC0045 Memorandum from Alan McGregor regarding Bank Statement Analysis, 15 October 2020, 3.

      155 Exhibit RC0045 Memorandum from Alan McGregor regarding Bank Statement Analysis, 15 October 2020.

      156 Exhibit RC0035 Letter of Engagement—Crown Resorts, 14 October 2020; Exhibit RC0036 Letter of Engagement Signed Page—Crown Resorts, 16 October 2020; Exhibit RC0041 Email from Richard Murphy to Neil Jeans et al, 13 October 2020.

      157 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 740, 765.

      158 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 141 [D.186].

      159 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 141–2 [D.186]–[D.187].

      160 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 141 [D.186].

      161 This point was made in the Closing Submissions of Counsel Assisting the Commission and is not addressed in the responsive submissions by Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited: Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 164 [2.51].

      162 Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 164 [2.51].

      163 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 5 [9].

      164 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 141 [D.186].

      165 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 141 [D.186] (n 710).

      166 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 634.

      167 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 620.

      168 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 622–3, 673; Exhibit RC0039 Email chain between Neil Jeans and Nick Stokes et al, 21 October 2020; Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 757.

      169 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 620, 623, 634.

      170 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 142 [D.188]; Transcript of Alan McGregor, 6 July 2021, 3546–7.

      171 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 142 [D.188].

      172 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 144 [D.197].

      173 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 673.

      174 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 624, 667.

      175 Exhibit RC0068 Email chain between Nick Stokes and Alice Waterson et al, 21 October 2020; Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 761.

      176 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 762–3.

      177 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 26 May 2021, 866.

      178 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 143 [D.191]–[D.192].

      179 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 143 [D.192].

      180 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 707–8.

      181 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 708.

      182 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 26 May 2021, 869.

      183 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 709–10, 764.

      184 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 765.

      185 Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, Annexure c, 4; Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 711.

      186 Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, Annexure c, 17–70.

      187 Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, Annexure c, 70–83; Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 747.

      188 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 747–8.

      189 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 749.

      190 Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, Annexure c, 14.

      191 Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, Annexure c, 14.

      192 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 746.

      193 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 656; Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 765–6.

      194 Exhibit RC0047 Letter from Ken Barton to Alex Fitzpatrick, 20 November 2020.

      195 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 643, 646–7, 649, 651–2; Exhibit RC0048 Email chain between Claude Marais and Katherine Shamai, 18 December 2020.

      196 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 651.

      197 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure a.

      198 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure a, 3; Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure b.

      199 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 912.

      200 Exhibit RC0476 Deloitte Crown Resorts Updated Timings for Phase 2 and 3 of Forensic Review, 30 June 2021, 4.

      201 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 935.

      202 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 935.

      203 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 936.

      204 Exhibit RC0092 Deloitte bank account review spreadsheet, n.d.

      205 Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 169–70 [2.86]–[2.88]; Exhibit RC0092 Deloitte bank account review spreadsheet, n.d.; Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 927–30, 933.

      206 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021, 15, 45–6.

      207 Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 171 [2.96].

      208 Exhibit RC0085 Draft letter from Crown to Philip Crawford, 13 February 2021; Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 889; Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 172–3 [2.110].

      209 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure a, 3; Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure d, 4; Exhibit RC0085 Draft letter from Crown to Philip Crawford, 13 February 2021, 2; Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 890–5; Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 173 [2.111].

      210 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 899–902; Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 3003; Transcript of Robyn McKern, 9 July 2021, 3938.

      211 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 899–902; Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 173 [2.112].

      212 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 99 [D.43].

      213 See, eg, Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure a; Exhibit RC0085 Draft letter from Crown to Philip Crawford, 13 February 2021. See also Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 102 [D.56].

      214 Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 569 [16].

      215 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 108–9 [D.73], [D.75].

      216 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 114 [D.91].

      217 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021, 13–14.

      218 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 901–2.

      219 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021, 14.

      220 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021, 14.

      221 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 116 [D.96]; Exhibit RC1417 Memorandum regarding Southbank and Riverbank transactions, 30 July 2021, 2.

      222 Exhibit RC0037 Grant Thornton Report titled Forensic Data Analysis for Crown Resorts—Riverbank Investment Pty Ltd, 17 November 2020, 2; Exhibit RC0038 Grant Thornton Report titled Forensic Data Analysis for Crown Resorts—Southbank Investment Pty Ltd, 26 November 2020, 2.

      223 Exhibit RC0053 Letter from Ross Kennedy to Xavier Walsh, 18 March 2021.

      224 Exhibit RC0054 Letter from Xavier Walsh to Ross Kennedy, 24 March 2021, 2.

      225 Exhibit RC0054 Letter from Xavier Walsh to Ross Kennedy, 24 March 2021, 2.

      226 Exhibit RC0054 Letter from Xavier Walsh to Ross Kennedy, 24 March 2021, 2.

      227 Exhibit RC0054 Letter from Xavier Walsh to Ross Kennedy, 24 March 2021.

      228 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 658–9.

      229 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 659. Relevantly, Ms Shamai’s evidence was that it was ‘probable’ that the transaction activity evident on the Southbank and Riverbank accounts continued on other Crown bank accounts after the closure in December 2019 of the Southbank and Riverbank accounts: Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 656.

      230 Transcript of Katherine Shamai, 24 May 2021, 662.

      231 Exhibit RC0399 Letter from Xavier Walsh to Catherine Myers, 12 May 2021.

      232 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure a, 7; Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 947.

      233 Exhibit RC0094 Memorandum regarding AML/CTF Policy Statement—Third Party Transfers and Money Remitters, 16 November 2020.

      234 Exhibit RC0095 Crown Corporate Policy Statement—Return of Funds, 4 January 2021.

      235 See, eg, Exhibit RC0096 Email from Crown Melbourne to patrons, 24 December 2020.

      236 Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, 13; Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 780–2; Exhibit RC0069 Email from Caroline Marshall to Neil Jeans et al, 17 February 2021; Exhibit RC0070 Email chain between Caroline Marshall and Neil Jeans et al, 22 February 2021.

      237 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure a; Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 947.

      238 Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, Annexure n, 3–13.

      239 Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, Annexure n, 13–27.

      240 Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, Annexure n, 3–13; Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 784–5.

      241 See, eg, Transcript of Neil Jeans, 25 May 2021, 787–8.

      242 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure e, 7; Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 956.

      243 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 957; Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure e, 8.

      244 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure e, 8, 40.

      245 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 957–60.

      246 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure e, 8.

      247 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 972.

      248 Transcript of Robyn McKern, 9 July 2021, 3875.

      249 Exhibit RC0098 Crown’s response to recommendations identified in Deloitte’s Phase 1 Report, 26 March 2021.

      250 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure f.

      251 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 974.

      252 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 976.

      253 Because dealing with the evidence as to Crown’s present vulnerabilities to financial crime may give rise to a risk that evidence will be exploited by those seeking to launder money through its casinos, only a high-level summary of evidence is provided.

      254 Exhibit RC0310 Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 28 April 2021, 6; Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, 2–3; Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 2–4.

      255 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, 2–3.

      256 Transcript of Nicholas Stokes, 21 May 2021, 444.

      257 Exhibit RC0100 Phase 1: AML Vulnerability Assessment, 24 May 2021.

      258 Exhibit RC0397 Promontory Phase 2: Strategic Capability Assessment Report, 20 June 2021.

      259 Exhibit RC0100 Phase 1: AML Vulnerability Assessment, 24 May 2021; Confidential transcript of Alexander Carmichael, 27 May 2021, 1034.

      260 Confidential transcript of Alexander Carmichael, 27 May 2021, 1034.

      261 Exhibit RC0100 Phase 1: AML Vulnerability Assessment, 24 May 2021, 34–5.

      262 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021, 9.

      263 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021, 10.

      264 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a.

      265 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure g.

      266 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021, 11, 79.

      267 See, eg, Exhibit RC0309 Statement of Steven Blackburn, 21 April 2021, 7; Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a.

      268 Exhibit RC0309 Statement of Steven Blackburn, 21 April 2021, 5.

      269 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 90 [D.19], 93 [D.30].

      270 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 91 [D.22].

      271 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, 8–9 [28].

      272 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 10 [A.21]; Transcript of Crown Responsive Closing Submissions, 3 August 2021, 4058.

      273 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 10 [A.22], 86 [D.3], 151–2 [D.221].

      274 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 10 [A.22].

      275 Exhibit RC0310 Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 28 April 2021, 6 [27].

      276 Exhibit RC0310 Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 28 April 2021, 6 [28].

      277 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 14.

      278 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 32–6.

      279 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 5.

      280 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 4.

      281 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 5. See the high-quality, colour version of this document, which shows shading.

      282 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 5. See the high-quality, colour version of this document, which shows shading.

      283 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 24–5, 27.

      284 See, eg, Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 10 [A.21], 12–13 [A.25(a)], 151–2 [D.221].

      285 See, eg, Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 6.

      286 Exhibit RC0062 Statement of Neil Jeans, 16 April 2021, Annexure j.

      287 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 89–90 [D.16]. See also Exhibit RC0023 Statement of Nicholas Stokes, 25 April 2021, Annexure d.

      288 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 8.

      289 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 20.

      290 Exhibit RC0149 Letter from Allens Linklaters to Solicitors Assisting, 24 March 2021, Annexure b, 2.

      291 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 359.

      292 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 10 [A.21].

      293 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 86 [D.1].

      294 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 975.

      295 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 977–8.

      296 Confidential transcript of Alexander Carmichael, 27 May 2021, 1036–7.

      297 Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 3010–11; Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 2.

      298 See, eg, Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, 5 [15]; Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure g, 2, 36–7; Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 3013.

      299 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021, 11, 79–80; Transcript of Robyn McKern, 9 July 2021, 3876.

      300 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021, 11.

      301 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 5 [A.2]–[A.3], 316 [1].

      302 Exhibit RC0100 Phase 1: AML Vulnerability Assessment, 24 May 2021. This report contains 21 numbered recommendations in section 4 and other (unnumbered) recommendations in section 5.

      303 Exhibit RC0397 Promontory Phase 2: Strategic Capability Assessment Report, 20 June 2021.

      304 Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure e. There is also an addendum report regarding Crown Perth dated 5 May 2021 and titled ‘Addendum to Final Phase 1 Report (Crown Perth)’: Exhibit RC0097 Deloitte Report of the Phase 1: Assessment of Patron Account Controls—Addendum to Final Phase 1 Report (Crown Perth), 5 May 2021. The recommendations of the Deloitte Phase 1 Report are summarised in a report dated 13 April 2021 titled ‘Phase 1: Assessment of Patron Account Controls—Assessment of Crown’s Response’: Exhibit RC0084 Statement of Lisa Dobbin, 16 April 2021, Annexure f.

      305 Exhibit RC1351 Initialism Transaction Monitoring Review Crown Resorts, June 2021.

      306 Exhibit RC0465 McGrathNicol Forensic Review AML/CTF Report Part 1, 5 July 2021.

      307 Exhibit RC1574 Supplementary Statement of Michael Frewen, 17 July 2021, 5–6 [3.2].

      308 Transcript of A Police Officer, 18 June 2021, 2080–1.

      309 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 26 May 2021, 872.

      310 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 26 May 2021, 872.

      311 Liquor Control Reform Act 1998 (Vic) sch 1(h).

      312 Liquor Control Reform Act 1998 (Vic) sch 1(i).

      313 Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Rules Instrument 2007 (No. 1) (Cth) rr 10.1.3–6.

      314 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 26 May 2021, 876.

      315 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 26 May 2021, 874.

      316 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 26 May 2021, 874.

      317 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 22.

      318 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 29, 39. See also Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 120–1 [D.112].

      319 Exhibit RC0311 Further Supplementary Statement of Steven Blackburn, 7 June 2021, Annexure a, 39. See also Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 121 [D.114].

      320 FATF, Vulnerabilities of Casinos and Gaming Sector (Report, March 2009) 25 [87].

      321 Transcript of A Police Officer, 18 June 2021, 2080.

      322 Responsive submission VRGF, 2 August 2021, 23 [10.3].

      323 Responsive submission VRGF, 2 August 2021, 23 [10.4].

      324 Responsive submission VRGF, 2 August 2021, 23–4 [10.5].

      325 Responsive submission VRGF, 2 August 2021, 23–4 [10.5].

      326 Responsive submission VRGF, 2 August 2021, 24 [10.6].

      327 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 121 [D.115] (n 580).

      328 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 121 [D.115].

      329 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 121 [D.115].

      330 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 202 [F.96].

      331 Transcript of Neil Jeans, 26 May 2021, 874.

      332 Transcript of Lisa Dobbin, 26 May 2021, 919–20.

      333 Transcript of Steven Blackburn, 1 July 2021, 2999.

      334 Exhibit RC1574 Supplementary Statement of Michael Frewen, 17 July 2021, 7 [4.7].

      335 Transcript of Craig Walsh, 25 June 2021, 2590.


      Chapter 07

      Junkets

      Junkets

      Introduction

      1. In the casino world, the term ‘junket’ refers to a short-term gambling program arranged by a junket operator for one or more high-wealth players at a chosen casino, in conjunction with the relevant casino operator, on terms agreed between them.1
      2. The person or persons who arrange junkets are known variously as junket operators, junket promotors or JTOs. Many JTOs have an international presence and operate in particular jurisdictions through agents known as junket tour representatives (JTRs).2
      3. As Ms Bergin, SC noted:

        Junkets are a well-recognised part of the international casino landscape …3

        There is a strong relationship between VIP patrons from Mainland China and Junkets. In Australia … casino operators are heavily dependent on Junkets for the continued success of the VIP market segment of their revenues ...4

        [JTOs] identify VIP patrons and make arrangements for them to travel to gamble in particular casinos, often by offering enticements such as free travel and accommodation. In return, casino operators pay Junket operators commissions …5

      4. The relationship between a casino operator and a JTO is contractual. While a casino operator might contract with a JTO on any terms, in Australia, casino operators ordinarily agree to pay JTOs commission, based on the collective turnover of junket players during a particular junket.6 Turnover refers to the sum of money actually wagered by players in the casino.7
      5. The contractual arrangements between a casino operator and a JTO typically require the JTO to deposit a minimum level of ‘front money’ in order to operate a junket program at a casino.8 That front money is then exchanged for junket-specific chips, known as ‘dead’ or ‘rolling’ chips, which are provided to the JTO for distribution to players for use during the junket.9
      6. Junket players cannot acquire dead or rolling chips directly from the casino operator and the chips cannot be redeemed for money. Winnings are paid in ‘live chips’, which can be redeemed for cash at the casino or given to the JTO in exchange for more dead chips for further junket gaming. This allows the JTO to track junket players’ turnover.10
      7. A casino operator has no contractual relationship with individual junket players. It has no particular visibility as to: (a) their identities; (b) what money, if any, they have each contributed to the collective pool of front money used to acquire dead chips; or (c) the source or the ultimate ownership of that money.11 A casino operator is not privy to the arrangements between a JTO and junket players in any given junket. It is possible that:
        • junket players may have been sourced by ‘sub-junkets’ who identify and recruit suitable players for a junket program, typically in exchange for a commission from a JTO
        • a JTO is funded by financiers
        • a JTO might itself advance credit to junket players
        • a JTO might source deposits from investors to advance as credit to junket players, with investors then receiving a dividend in return.12
      8. Casino operators do not ordinarily know who stands behind or is associated with any given JTO, particularly where that JTO operates through a JTR.13 This lack of transparency around junket operations, players’ identities, and the source, ultimate ownership and distribution of junket funds provides opportunities for criminal exploitation and, in particular, money laundering.14
      9. In December 2020, AUSTRAC released a report, Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment, dealing with the junkets sector (AUSTRAC Junkets Report).15 AUSTRAC observed that players may prefer to participate in junkets, rather than play as individuals, for any number of reasons. These include that:
        • ‘junkets are often organised as holiday entertainment for tourists, and can involve complimentary transport, accommodation, food and beverages provided by the casino’ (known as complimentaries)
        • JTOs can organise tours to casinos across the world, and the players need only deal with one entity
        • junket players are generally accompanied by a JTO or JTR who ‘may be able to see to their needs in a manner beyond that which could be facilitated by the casino’
        • ‘JTOs often offer financial incentives to players, such as a portion of the commission the casino pays the JTO’
        • ‘JTOs often offer credit to players’
        • the JTO or JTR is ‘responsible for conducting all financial transactions with the casino, enabling players to focus on their gambling activity’.16
      10. In addition, in the case of premium or junket players who do not ordinarily reside in Australia, the Casino Control Act provides an exemption to the general prohibition of casinos offering credit to patrons.17
      11. Australian casino operators may similarly be attracted to junkets for several reasons:
        • The casino operator’s primary customer is the JTO and it is logistically easier to administer financial arrangements with one party rather than with several.18
        • JTOs are often foreign nationals who have greater capacity to identify and attract players from foreign jurisdictions to Australia (noting that the vast majority of VIP patrons come from mainland China).19
        • The JTO business model relies on repeat access to the same casinos, meaning that JTOs are more likely to repay any credit advanced to them personally (for the benefit of junket players) by a casino operator.20
      12. From the State’s perspective, junkets attract international tourists to Australia, generating both direct gaming revenue and associated taxes and indirect tourism revenue and employment. To remain competitive in a global junket market and thereby attract players from interstate and foreign jurisdictions, casinos have negotiated with state and territory governments to levy a lower rate of gaming tax than that which would otherwise apply.21

      How does a junket work?

      1. The following describes how a junket ordinarily comes into existence and its typical features.
      2. First, a casino operator conducts due diligence and credit checks on a potential JTO, and assuming it is satisfied with the results, enters into a written contract with the JTO.22
      3. The JTO identifies prospective players, who are generally residents of a foreign country. Individual junket players enter into separate agreements with the JTO to either provide money up front, or alternatively enter into a private funding arrangement, which may include borrowing from the JTO. The casino is not privy to this financial arrangement.23
      4. Once the JTO has identified a sufficient number of players, the JTO and the casino enter into an agreement for that specific junket program. The agreement outlines whether the JTO will provide front money from its casino account, or whether the casino will provide a line of credit to the JTO. The agreement also ordinarily sets out:
        • the sum of front money, and therefore the expected turnover
        • the commission payable to the JTO (which is usually based on that expected turnover)
        • the terms of any credit provided
        • whether the casino will provide any ‘complimentaries’.24
      5. Players arrive at the casino and their identity is verified by casino staff. The casino provides the JTO or their representative with specialised chips, which are distributed by the JTO to players and only used for junkets. These chips cannot be used on the main gaming floor and must be returned to the casino for settlement of the junket account. The JTO is responsible for settling the account and all other financial transactions with the casino.25
      6. Players gamble with the junket-specific chips for the duration of the junket. Players may leave the program before it ends, settling privately with the JTO. New junket players can be added to the junket while it is progressing. Players can acquire more junket-specific chips by agreement with the JTO.26
      7. At the end of the program, players return the chips that have been won or not played to the JTO. The casino calculates turnover to determine whether the junket has won or lost, the casino tax payable, the commission payable to the JTO and any liability the JTO may have to the casino (for example, if a line of credit was advanced to the JTO by the casino operator).27
      8. The casino operator pays out winnings and commission in accordance with instructions from the JTO. The JTO may instruct that all winnings be paid to it, so that it can distribute those winnings among junket players in the relevant proportions. Payment will often occur offshore. In some circumstances, the JTO may instruct the casino operator to distribute the funds directly to the players, or to third parties. If the junket loses, the JTO is liable to pay the amount of the loss to the casino operator.28

      Junkets at Crown Melbourne

      1. In the recent past, junkets were an important—and highly profitable—part of Crown Melbourne’s business.
      2. Between July 2015 and June 2020, Crown Melbourne made well over $1 billion in junket revenue. In the 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019 financial years, junkets generated revenue of approximately $445 million, $200 million, $430 million and $310 million respectively.29 In the 2020 financial year, in which revenue was reduced due to COVID-19-related travel restrictions into Australia and the mandated closing of the Melbourne Casino during periods of lockdown,30 Crown Melbourne’s junket revenue stood at just over $170 million.31
      3. The sum of money wagered during junkets over the period 2015 to 2020 was significant. For example, an internal risk assessment of a JTO with whom Crown Melbourne partnered revealed that, between July 2014 and November 2018, the turnover of junkets associated with that JTO alone was more than $20 billion.32
      4. Following the media revelations in mid-2019 concerning Crown Resorts’ relationships with JTOs that had links to organised crime, and the subsequent Bergin Inquiry,33 Crown’s position on junkets changed drastically. The evolution of Crown’s position is set out below, together with a timeline of related regulatory action taken by the VCGLR.34
      5. In August 2020, the Crown Resorts board resolved to suspend its relationship with JTOs so that it could review those relationships in light of matters raised by evidence before the Bergin Inquiry and more generally.35
      6. On 25 September 2020, at a time when international travel into Australia was severely limited due to COVID-19 restrictions, the Crown Resorts board decided to extend that suspension to 30 June 2021 so that it could properly assess the situation. It engaged Berkeley Research Group (BRG) to help it assess its relationships with JTOs.36
      7. On 2 October 2020, the VCGLR served a ‘show cause’ notice on Crown Melbourne under section 20(2) of the Casino Control Act.37 The notice alleged that Crown Melbourne had breached section 121(4) of the Casino Control Act by not dealing with particular JTOs and JTRs in accordance with its approved junket internal control statement (ICS). The notice foreshadowed disciplinary action in respect of that alleged breach and gave Crown Melbourne an opportunity to be heard before any action was taken.
      8. The VCGLR alleged that Crown Melbourne had breached clause 2.5.1 of its ICS by continuing to deal with particular JTOs, agents and junket players. Clause 2.5.1 required Crown Melbourne to ensure that it had robust processes in place to consider the ongoing probity of its registered junket operators, junket players and premium players. The question for the VCGLR was not only whether Crown Melbourne had in place robust probity processes, but whether those processes were followed in the relevant instances.38
      9. On 30 October 2020, Crown Melbourne made written submissions in response to the show cause notice.39 Crown Melbourne’s written (and later oral) submissions were to the effect that its probity processes for assessing junkets were robust, based on applicable standards and Crown Melbourne’s risk appetite at the time.40
      10. On 17 November 2020:
        • The VCGLR amended the show cause notice to add a further alleged breach.41
        • Crown Resorts announced a decision to permanently cease dealing with international junket operators, until any such operator had been licensed or authorised by all regulators in the jurisdictions in which it operated.42
      11. On 12 December 2020, Crown Melbourne made further written submissions in respect of the show cause notice.43
      12. On 21 January 2021, there was a hearing about the matters the subject of the VCGLR’s show cause notice at which Crown Melbourne made oral submissions.44
      13. On 1 February 2021, the Bergin Report was delivered. Chapter 3.4 considered the veracity of media allegations that Crown Resorts or its subsidiaries had partnered with seven junket operators with links to organised crime.45 The Bergin Report recommended that the Casino Control Act 1992 (NSW) be amended to prohibit casino operators in New South Wales from dealing with junket operators.46
      14. On 27 April 2021, the VCGLR handed down its decision in respect of its show cause notice, finding that Crown Melbourne had breached the Casino Control Act in the manner alleged. The VCGLR determined to impose the maximum possible fine of $1 million in respect of that breach. It also issued a letter of censure to Crown Melbourne, directing it, among other things, not to recommence junket operations at the Melbourne Casino until it applies to and receives permission from the VCGLR to do so.47
      15. On 13 May 2021, ILGA issued a media release in which it noted it had reached an agreement with Crown Resorts not to run any international junket operations.48 That media release was in different terms to a media release issued the same day by Crown Resorts, and referred to an earlier Crown Resorts announcement about Crown ceasing to deal with all junket operators.49
      16. Between 16 and 19 May 2021, Solicitors Assisting this Commission exchanged correspondence with the solicitors acting for Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne about those companies’ intentions with respect to junkets at the Melbourne Casino. This exchange culminated in a letter dated 19 May 2021, in which Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne confirmed that both had ceased dealings with international junket operators and JTOs and did not intend to deal with either in the future. The companies noted that the only remaining engagement Crown had with junket operators concerned the termination of junket agreements, the collection of outstanding debts and the return of funds and other property belonging to select operators.50
      17. In its closing submissions, Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne reiterated that neither had any intention of recommencing junket operations.51
      18. Of course, intentions can change.

      The risks involved in junkets

      1. There are a number of characteristics of the junket sector that make it particularly susceptible to criminal exploitation. According to the FATF, a global money laundering and terrorist financing watchdog:

        A vulnerability of junket programmes is that they involve the movement of large amounts of money across borders and through multiple casinos by third parties. Junket participants generally rely on the junket operators to move their funds to and from the casino. This creates layers of obscurity around the source and ownership of the money and the identities of the players.52

      2. The vulnerabilities of junkets to organised crime are set out in detail in Chapter 1.5 of the Bergin Report and need not be repeated at length here.53 The risks largely arise because:
        • arrangements between JTOs, junket players and any third parties with whom JTOs might be affiliated are opaque. Funds are often transferred from abroad to a casino operator who deals only with a JTO or, one further step removed, their JTR. Such opacity around the source of junket funds and who ultimately owns those funds helps junket players and third parties avoid scrutiny and potentially facilitates money laundering54
        • JTOs may extend credit to junket players and therefore may need to enforce debts owed by those players. In circumstances where many junket players come from mainland China, where it is illegal to collect gambling debts, violence and other extra-judicial means of debt recovery may be utilised. This increases the chances of JTOs becoming associated with, if not infiltrated or run by, organised criminals.55
      3. There is a long history of links between junkets and organised crime. During the 1990s, triad turf wars in Macau were fuelled by conflict over who controlled VIP gaming rooms.56 The affiliation between Macau junket operations and organised crime is notorious.57 So too are the money laundering risks associated with junkets.58
      4. AUSTRAC has recognised that casino-based tourism generally is potentially susceptible to money laundering. Common risks it has identified include:
        • people carrying large amounts of cash into or out of countries
        • junket operators moving large sums electronically between casinos or to other jurisdictions
        • layers of obscurity around the source and ownership of money on junket tours.59
      5. In its AUSTRAC Junkets Report, AUSTRAC assessed the junket sector as being at a ‘high’ level of risk of money laundering and/or terrorism financing, on a ‘low-medium-high’ risk scale.60 AUSTRAC identified that the vulnerabilities of junkets to organised crime fall into five broad categories: (a) customers;61 (b) products and services;62 (c) delivery channels;63 (d) exposure to foreign jurisdictions;64 and (e) level of implementation of risk mitigation strategies.65
      6. Crown Melbourne’s former Group Manager for AML, Mr Nick Stokes, expressed broad agreement with AUSTRAC’s assessment of the risks and vulnerabilities associated with junkets.66
      7. The risk that junkets might be exploited for money laundering purposes has materialised at Crown Melbourne. An experienced Victoria Police officer in the Organised Crime Intelligence Unit of Victoria Police gave evidence that money laundering through junkets at the Melbourne Casino was ‘rife’. The officer stated that ‘money that we [Victoria Police] highly suspected was illicit … [was] flooding into junket accounts on a daily basis’. The officer said that the problem was not new but had been ‘happening constantly’ since at least 2007.67
      8. The first two of the AUSTRAC risk categories—customers, and products and services—should be explained in more detail.

      Customers

      1. Junket players are inherently higher-risk customers for casino operators. The manner in which junkets operate, and the use of cash within junket programs, increases anonymity for junket players. The primary customer of the casino operator is the JTO, or its JTR. The relationship between the casino and junket players is indirect.
      2. The fact that the funds in junket accounts are pooled makes it more difficult for a casino operator, law enforcement and casino regulators to link transactions made by the JTO to specific junket players. In addition, transaction reports submitted by a casino operator to AUSTRAC and other regulatory bodies about transactions that trigger reporting requirements have limited use because the transactions are likely to be reported under the name of the JTO or JTR rather than the name of any individual player whose actions have triggered the reporting requirement.
      3. The vast majority of junket players in Australia are foreign nationals. AUSTRAC found that 95 per cent of junket players in Australia between 1 April 2018 and 31 March 2019 were foreign residents.68 Having a customer base composed of predominantly foreign residents can increase the junket sector’s attractiveness and exposure to transnational serious and organised crime, simply due to its geographical reach. In addition, such a customer base can mean that the source and destination of funds, and information about customers’ criminal and financial activity, are difficult to identify as they are located in foreign jurisdictions.
      4. As the level of gaming transactions during junkets is relatively high, there is also a higher risk that junkets will be exploited for money laundering.69
      5. Further, AUSTRAC has found that some junkets have been infiltrated by criminals, including members of crime groups operating in Asia, and people involved in transnational money laundering schemes.70
      6. Finally, AUSTRAC has reported that junket accounts are also used by persons who do not have any direct association with a JTO or junket. It identified 193 SMRs recording that a third party was depositing money into a junket account. Some of these were ‘indirect’ cash deposits that third parties may have made into their own casino account, then transferred to a junket account, even though they were not participating in the junket. Casino staff also reported observing third parties giving cash to a JTO or their representative, who made the deposit into the junket account.71
      7. The level of transacting on junket accounts by persons not identified as players on the junket indicates that junket accounts are vulnerable to use for purposes other than junket activity.

      Products and services

      1. The activities and services provided by JTOs, and gambling activities generally, provide several opportunities for money laundering. According to AUSTRAC:
        • Money deposited with a casino and then withdrawn with minimal gaming activity ‘will appear to have a legitimate origin, even though very little money was actually risked’. Additionally, any losses sustained can give the incorrect appearance that the customer is engaging in genuine gaming activity.
        • As it is possible to win large amounts following a relatively small outlay, it is difficult for banks at which gamblers’ accounts are held to identify suspicious deposits, or to determine whether income derives from its claimed income source (for example, gambling winnings).
        • Money involved in gambling activities is highly moveable and can be transferred between fiat currency and gaming chips, or transferred to another player, another casino or a domestic or foreign bank.72
      2. In Australia, gambling winnings are not taxable, so funds ‘run through’ a casino can be readily justified as winnings and go untaxed.73

      Use of cash

      1. Cash is particularly vulnerable to being laundered because it is anonymous, untraceable and easy to exchange. AUSTRAC has assessed that the high incidence of large cash transactions in the junket sector increases its vulnerability to money laundering and in particular, to the comingling of illicit and legitimate funds.74
      2. Cash for use during junkets can often be deposited directly into bank accounts of casino operators. These transactions are reported to AUSTRAC by the bank rather than the casino. Casinos accepting cash deposits for customer accounts through banks are susceptible to the money laundering method known as cuckoo smurfing and is another way of facilitating the domestic transactions required for offsetting.75

      Use of gaming accounts

      1. Casinos can provide ‘gaming accounts’ to JTOs or patrons, operating similarly to an account with a financial institution. Gaming accounts allow account holders to deposit and withdraw funds using chips, cash, personal and bank cheques, intra-casino transfers and domestic electronic transfers.76
      2. AUSTRAC considers junket accounts at casinos to be highly vulnerable to the storage and movement of potentially illicit funds.77 The ‘parking’ of illicit money puts distance between the act or acts that generated the illicit funds and the ultimate recipient(s) of those funds, making it harder to trace the flow of money.

      The regulation of junkets

      The previous position

      1. The history of gambling regulation in Victoria is set out at length in Chapter 2. There it is explained that Mr Connor, QC’s original view that junkets be dealt with under the Casino Control Act was not adopted. Rather it was left to regulation, and the regulator.
      2. By 2003, with the introduction of the Gambling Regulation Act, the regulator’s oversight of junkets and premium players was replaced with a requirement that the casino operator’s ICSs include ‘procedures for the promotion and conduct of junkets or premium player arrangements’.78
      3. The rationale behind this change is unclear. As noted in Chapter 2, the second reading speech for the Gambling Regulation Bill recorded only:

        In other reforms, probity requirements for junket operators will now be the responsibility of the casino operator, but overseen by the [regulator] through its supervision of the casino’s internal controls and procedures.79

      4. Section 121(1) of the Casino Control Act prohibits a casino operator from conducting casino operations otherwise than in accordance with a written system of internal controls and procedures approved by the VCGLR. Section 122(1) provides that such a system must include details of the matters prescribed in that section. The Gambling Regulation Act introduced a new sub-section 122(1)(w) in the Casino Control Act, which requires the internal controls to include details of ‘procedures for the promotion and conduct of junkets or premium player arrangements’.
      5. Accordingly, at present, the establishment and conduct of junkets at Crown Melbourne is regulated only by its ICS on junket and premium player programs.80 The previous iteration of that ICS required Crown Melbourne to ensure that it has in place robust processes to consider the ongoing probity of junket operators, junket players and premium players.81 The current iteration of the ICS, introduced in December 2020, is in different terms, but also requires Crown Melbourne to consider probity matters.82
      6. Under this regime, the obligation to ensure the probity of JTOs and others involved in junkets with whom Crown Melbourne deals lies squarely with Crown Melbourne.
      7. The VCGLR has only indirect control over junkets at Crown Melbourne. Its role is limited to approving or not approving a proposed ICS regarding Crown Melbourne’s junket operations.
      8. Insofar as the ICS calls for the exercise of discretion or judgement, it is for Crown Melbourne alone to exercise that discretion or judgement. Whether and how Crown Melbourne follows its controls in practice is, to a large degree, a matter for it. The Casino Control Act does not presently grapple with the prospect that Crown Melbourne—as a private enterprise without the investigatory and other powers of a law enforcement body—might not be in a position to adequately ‘vet’ proposed JTOs or JTRs and their close associates. Nor may it be able to investigate the accuracy or appreciate the broader significance of rumours and reports of JTO or JTR links to organised crime or criminal activity.

      Is the current regulation effective?

      1. In considering whether the current regulation is effective, it is necessary, first, to understand the circumstances that led to Crown Resorts’ and Crown Melbourne’s decision to cease partnering with JTOs. Those circumstances are, in large part, detailed in the Bergin Report and summarised in Chapter 3.83
      2. There had been media allegations that Crown had partnered with several JTOs that had links to organised crime.84 The Bergin Inquiry found that information in the public domain supported the media allegations in that at least some of the junket operators with whom Crown had dealings had links to organised crime.85 It did not find that Crown was wilfully blind or recklessly indifferent to those links. Rather, it found:
        • Crown had numerous structures in place to deal with junket operators. Those structures were adjusted from time to time and, from mid-July 2017, there were annual reviews into existing operators. Those reviews were, however, most often conducted solely by Crown’s Credit Control Team and rarely escalated to a review panel86
        • Crown gave consideration to publicly available information in respect of the named junket operators, although it reached what the Bergin Inquiry considered to be unjustified conclusions87
        • Crown had flawed structures for reviewing particular junket operators88
        • in some instances, decisions to continue dealing with particular operators ‘may have been infected with error or failed to take into account appropriate matters’.89
      3. During the Bergin Inquiry, Crown Resorts commissioned three independent consultants to review various aspects of its junket arrangements:
        • In August 2019, it commissioned FTI Consulting (FTI) to review its policies and procedures for conducting due diligence research into existing and new JTOs and premium players. The scope of engagement included FTI reviewing sources of information, research methodologies and third party research platforms utilised by Crown in its internal due diligence process to assess the effectiveness and defensibility of its process. FTI delivered a draft report on 10 September 2019.90 It was the first review of Crown Resorts’ junket due diligence process.91
        • In April 2020, it commissioned Deloitte to review Crown Resorts’ decision-making processes related to JTOs and persons of interest. Deloitte’s scope of work included identifying opportunities for Crown to enhance its due diligence and decision-making frameworks. Deloitte delivered its report on 26 August 2020.92
        • In July 2020, it commissioned BRG to undertake a discrete due diligence investigation into specified JTOs and JTRs. BRG delivered its report on 12 September 2020.93
      4. Having received those reports, Crown Resorts made a series of concessions to the Bergin Inquiry about its junket due diligence processes.94 It accepted that due diligence carried out on some junket operators did not identify all necessary information, or otherwise result in information that was identified being analysed in a way that accurately assessed risk.95 It also accepted that there was a need for greater input from its Compliance and AML Teams in the due diligence process, noting that letting people on the operational side of the business have the final say on vetting junket operators could cause tension.96
      5. Notwithstanding those concessions, which were plainly open to be made, the evidence examined by this Commission demonstrates that Crown’s problems with junkets went beyond a lack of information and lack of input from relevant compliance units. For example, Crown Resorts’ conduct after receiving the draft FTI report is troubling and demonstrates both a reluctance to improve its internal processes and a failing in its risk management procedures and processes.
      6. The draft FTI report did not conclude that Crown’s junket probity processes were defensible or robust. Rather, it made 29 recommendations, relating to 16 aspects of its probity processes, about how Crown could improve its due diligence into existing and new JTOs and premium players.97 In particular, it recommended that: (a) due diligence be conducted not only on JTOs but also on junket tour agents; (b) the outcome of all due diligence decisions by management be documented; and (c) Crown ‘[build] the capability’ of its staff undertaking due diligence research,98 implying that Crown’s capacity at that time was insufficient.
      7. As Ms Anne Siegers, the Chief Risk Officer of Crown Resorts, accepted in the course of her evidence, the draft FTI report revealed significant gaps in Crown’s due diligence processes as they existed in September 2019.99 Insofar as the report identified that Crown Melbourne’s probity processes regarding junkets were not ‘robust’, as required by its then current junkets ICS, Ms Siegers conceded that some kind of response from Crown Melbourne was required.100
      8. Despite this, it appears that:
        • the draft FTI report was not circulated to relevant stakeholders and never tabled at a Crown Melbourne RMC meeting101
        • no request was ever made to FTI to finalise its draft report
        • no changes were made to Crown Melbourne’s ICS on junkets and premium players in response to the 29 recommendations contained in the draft FTI report102
        • junket operations continued unchanged.
      9. One possible explanation for the inaction of Crown Resorts and Crown Melbourne is that the FTI report was commissioned solely with a view to assisting Crown Resorts defend the robustness of its junket probity processes before the Bergin Inquiry, rather than to genuinely assist it identify deficiencies in and improve those processes (or otherwise with that dual purpose). When it became apparent that, if finalised, the draft FTI report could not be deployed in the manner intended, it appears to have been shelved.
      10. Whatever the reason Crown Resorts failed to act on the draft FTI report, it was not the conduct expected of a suitable associate of a licensee. Due to the operational dependence of Crown Melbourne on Crown Resorts, and the intimate interconnection of the affairs of Crown Melbourne and Crown Resorts, the failure to act on the draft FTI report reflects also on the suitability of Crown Melbourne. That failure to act is not the conduct expected of a suitable licensee.
      11. As had been observed, in April 2020, Crown Resorts engaged Deloitte to review its decision making processes related to JTOs and persons of interest. The scope of Deloitte’s engagement was different to and narrower than the scope of FTI’s engagement, although there was a degree of overlap. Deloitte’s scope of work included identifying opportunities for Crown to enhance its due diligence and decision making frameworks. Both the FTI draft report and the Deloitte report were completed by Dr Murray Lawson, who had moved from FTI to Deloitte after FTI delivered its draft report and before Deloitte received instructions to prepare a separate report. This only came to light after Dr Lawson gave evidence to the Commission and was not explained.103
      12. In August 2020 Deloitte delivered its report. It contained 27 recommendations.104
      13. The report noted that probity assessments were primarily managed by the Crown Credit Team and made several recommendations about involving Crown’s AML, Compliance, and Security and Surveillance Teams in the due diligence process.105 In his evidence to the Commission, Dr Lawson agreed that a lack of documentation of ‘reasoning and rationales’ was a theme of the Deloitte report.106 He also said that Crown Melbourne had avoided costly due diligence searches into JTOs even though junket operations contributed millions of dollars of revenue each year.107
      14. The Deloitte report repeated many of the same observations, and made similar recommendations, as the draft FTI report of the previous year.108 For instance, one recommendation made by Deloitte was that ‘[t]hose staff members in the Credit team who are responsible for conducting due diligence [be] provided with formal training in open-source research and information collection’, and that ‘internal training documents [be] supplemented to include guidance on carrying out searches and due diligence checks …’.109 The draft FTI report had similarly recommended that ‘[s]taff members conducting DD [due diligence] … be provided with formal training and support in Information Collection, Due Diligence …’ and that ‘[s]taff members conducting DD … develop a comprehensive research manual that contains guidance on search strategies, information sources, and how best [to] utilise the available resources’.110
      15. Another example is the recommendation by Deloitte that Crown obtain details of authorised junket agents as part of the initial information provided to it by new JTOs. The draft FTI report had similarly recommended that Crown’s Marketing Team ‘obtain details of all authorised agents from [JTOs] as part of the initial onboarding procedure’.111 There are many other examples.
      16. In its closing submissions, Crown itself acknowledged the ‘similar[ities]’ between the observations and recommendations in both reports.112 That recommendations needed to be repeated across the two reports makes plain that Crown Resorts did not take the deficiencies in its junket due diligence processes sufficiently seriously.
      17. In September 2020, shortly after the completion of the Deloitte report, BRG delivered its report. BRG’s work involved it making a series of inquiries to verify the probity or otherwise of particular individuals and entities that had entered into junket arrangements with Crown Melbourne. BRG had discussions with industry sources, and with regulatory and other contacts in regions relevant to the persons being investigated. The BRG report confirmed that several JTOs were suspected to be involved in illegal activity. Despite this, Crown Resorts entered into arrangements with those JTOs, presumably because the illegal activity was unproven.113 That is, substantive rumours of criminal conduct or criminal association were not a deterrent.
      18. Of particular relevance to the question of regulation, it should be noted that there was nothing groundbreaking in BRG’s methods of investigation. BRG did not discover a new way of conducting due diligence. Crown could have engaged BRG or a similar organisation to investigate probity concerns surrounding persons with dubious reputations when those concerns first arose, and otherwise well prior to mid-2020. Crown could also have carried out more thorough investigations itself. It did neither.114
      19. Whatever the reason for Crown’s inaction, it is not the conduct expected of a suitable licensee, or a suitable associate of a licensee.
      20. It is apparent from the foregoing that Crown continued to deal with persons with links to organised crime before it suspended junket operations at least partly because of inadequacies in its junket due diligence processes and the implementation of those processes.
      21. However, even with best practice processes, difficulties would have remained.
      22. Crown Resorts directors and former directors themselves gave evidence to the Bergin Inquiry about the complexities of dealing with JTOs.115 Crown Resorts’ then Chief Executive Officer of Australian Resorts, Mr Barry Felstead, gave evidence to the effect that Crown did not always have access to all information it would require to make an informed decision about whether to deal with particular JTOs or JTRs.116 He advocated for a nationwide junket licensing regime in which licensing would be done by ‘an independent party’.117
      23. In its closing submissions to the Bergin Inquiry, Crown Resorts reflected on this difficulty. It said:

        … Crown accepts that there have been shortcomings in its junket due diligence processes. Crown also accepts that, in their most recent form, those processes do not eliminate all risks associated with junkets. One reason that is so is because a casino operator can never have full information, and usually will have significantly less information than that which is available to regulators and law enforcement agencies. Consequently, there is a question whether Crown or other casino operators should continue to deal with junkets in future absent licensing, approval or sanction of junkets by regulators.118

      24. There is no doubt that the ability of casino operators to ensure they do not deal with junkets or junket operators engaging in or facilitating criminal behaviour is limited by the opaque nature of many junket operators. As a private enterprise, Crown Melbourne has limited powers to see through that opacity itself. One might read Crown Resorts’ and Crown Melbourne’s stated intention not to deal with international junket operators and JTOs in future as an implied admission of that fact and the untenable nature of the associated risks.
      25. In circumstances where: (a) as the Bergin Inquiry concluded, Crown partnered with numerous junket operators with links to organised crime; (b) there were system and process failures in the way Crown carried out probity checks and periodic assessments of junket operators—unidentified by the regulator prior to the media revelations and events of the Bergin Inquiry; and (c) there are limitations inherent in any private enterprise’s ability to assess probity, particularly of persons outside the jurisdiction, it cannot be suggested that the current regulatory framework is effective. It is not.

      An effective regulatory approach

      1. There are four possible approaches to regulating junkets:
        • Maintain the current regulatory regime in the hopes that Crown Melbourne will implement better procedures for assessing the probity of JTOs and others in the junket sector, with a commitment to probity over profit.
        • Revert to the regulatory model in place prior to 2003: this model would shift the burden of establishing the probity of JTOs and JTRs to the VCGLR, assisted by the Chief Commissioner of Police.
        • Implement a similar but stricter regulatory model, such as that in place in Singapore.
        • In recognition of the significant risks inherent in junket operations, as acknowledged in the AUSTRAC Junkets Report and by Crown’s Group Manager for AML, ban junkets altogether.
      2. The regulatory regime in Singapore bears brief description.
      3. Casino operators in Singapore are governed by the Casino Control Act 2006 (Singapore).119 The Casino Regulatory Authority (CRA) is the regulator responsible for administering that Act. Section 110A of the Act requires JTOs, referred to in the Act as ‘International Marketing Agents’ (IMAs), and persons employed by IMAs as their representatives or agents, to be licensed by the CRA. Severe penalties, including imprisonment, apply to contraventions of section 110A.
      4. Part II of the Casino Control (Casino Marketing Arrangements) Regulations 2013 (Singapore) governs IMA licence applications.120 Among other things, regulation 7 requires all applications for a licence to be accompanied by: (a) documentary evidence from a casino operator of its intention to enter into an ‘international market arrangement’ with the IMA applicant; and (b) an endorsement from that casino operator stating that, having regard to the suitability of the applicant, the casino operator is satisfied that entering into such an agreement with the applicant will not affect the credibility, integrity or stability of its casino operations. The application must be accompanied by a due diligence report on the applicant.
      5. Regulation 13 sets out the matters to which the CRA shall have regard in considering any application for an IMA licence. These include:
        • the financial soundness and stability of the applicant
        • any information that the applicant is not of good repute, having regard to character, honesty and integrity
        • the nature of the ownership, trust or corporate structure of the applicant, where applicable
        • whether the applicant or its associates have business associations with persons not of good repute or with undesirable or unsatisfactory financial resources
        • the applicant and its associates’ track record of compliance with legal and regulatory regimes in Singapore and elsewhere.
      6. The CRA may require the applicant to consent to having their photograph, fingerprints and palm prints taken and sent to the Commissioner of Police, who may inquire into and report on such matters as the CRA requests.121
      7. As with the previous regime in place in Victoria, licences are valid only for the period specified by the regulator, and cannot exceed three years.122
      8. Once licensed, an IMA is subject to a variety of duties and must still comply with requests for information from the CRA.123 The IMA must keep extensive records of every casino marketing arrangement that it organises, promotes or conducts, including player details and other prescribed matters.
      9. At present, there are no IMAs licensed under the Singaporean regime.124
      10. Of the four potential options outlined above, the first option—maintenance of the current regime—can quickly be discounted. It does nothing to address the inherent limitations on a casino operator’s ability to accurately and thoroughly assess the probity or otherwise of third parties, particularly where those parties are based in foreign jurisdictions.
      11. The first option also pays insufficient regard to the fact that:
        • as recently as late last year, Crown’s own experts examined Crown’s junket probity processes and found them substandard
        • Crown’s conduct regarding junkets to date has shown that it cannot, at least yet, be left to its own devices in managing the risks associated with junkets
        • a casino operator will always have a financial self-interest in partnering with profitable JTOs and JTRs, even in the face of doubts about their probity.
      12. The second and third options—reverting to the regulatory model in place before 2013 or implementing a model similar to that in place in Singapore respectively—are not dissimilar, though both have disadvantages. The second option would likely result in a not insignificant cost to the State, for the primary benefit of a private enterprise. If that course were to be adopted, a mechanism might be introduced where the casino operator bears those costs or some portion of those costs, given that the relevant regulatory work would effectively be undertaken on its behalf.
      13. The Singaporean regime is more developed than the model previously contained in the Casino Control Act and related regulations. It appears to represent a superior model for junket licensing. One difficulty for a Victorian—as opposed to a Federal—regulator may be gaining access to relevant information from foreign jurisdictions about foreign nationals and associated entities. This much was acknowledged by the VCGLR, which, in its closing submissions observed:

        ...

        1. Any regulatory licensing regime will face difficulties in assessing, verifying and ensuring the probity of junket entities given they are commonly foreign entities, require the provision of intelligence and evidence from Commonwealth and overseas agencies, and require adequate resourcing to thoroughly investigate.
        2. Doing so may be seen to transfer the obligation of a casino operator, who should, as a suitable person, ensure that the entities they do business with, including junkets, are themselves suitable, to the regulator ...125
      14. In circumstances where players who might otherwise participate in junkets can instead enter into premium player arrangements with casino operators directly, the fourth option can be justified by the findings of the AUSTRAC Junkets Report and the inherent and demonstrated risks associated with junkets.

      Recommendation 8: Regulation of junkets

      It is recommended that the Casino Control Act be amended to prohibit a casino operator from dealing with junket tour operators.

      Endnotes

      1 The Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 3 defines ‘junket’ to mean ‘an arrangement whereby a person or group of people is introduced to a casino operator by a junket organiser or promoter who receives a commission based on the turnover of play in the casino attributable to persons introduced by the organiser or promoter or otherwise calculated by reference to such play’.

      2 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 68 [27].

      3 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 16 [22].

      4 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 19 [40]; see also 24 [63].

      5 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 16 [22].

      6 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 16 [22].

      7 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 15 [16].

      8 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 17 [24].

      9 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 15–16 [16]–[17].

      10 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 15 [16].

      11 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 67–8 [21]–[24].

      12 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 67–8 [23]–[25].

      13 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 67 [22]–[23].

      14 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 67 [21].

      15 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020).

      16 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 8.

      17 Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) s 68(8).

      18 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 8.

      19 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 8; Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 14 [9].

      20 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 8.

      21 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 7.

      22 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 8.

      23 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 8.

      24 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 9.

      25 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 9.

      26 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 9.

      27 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 9.

      28 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 9.

      29 Exhibit RC0455 Junket Operators and Premium Players revenue spreadsheet, n.d.; Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 196 [2.4].

      30 Indeed, in its closing submissions to the Bergin Inquiry, Crown Resorts and Crown Sydney Gaming Pty Ltd observed that ‘it has in practice been impossible since March 2020 for junkets to operate at Crown Melbourne or Crown Perth’: Exhibit RC1560 Crown Resorts, Closing submission to Bergin Inquiry, n.d., 64 [216].

      31 Exhibit RC0455 Junket Operators and Premium Players revenue spreadsheet, n.d.

      32 Exhibit RC0463 Letter from DLA Piper to Solicitors Assisting, 31 May 2021, Annexure i, 152 [454]; Exhibit RC1561 Crown Melbourne ML/TF Risk Assessment Review, n.d.

      33 See, eg, Exhibit RC1554 Article: How ‘Mr Chinatown’ Delivered the Whales, 29 July 2019; Exhibit RC1555 Article: How Australia’s Casino Got Tied Up With Criminals, 29 July 2019; Exhibit RC1556 Article: Casinos Face Probe into Organised Crime Links, 1 August 2019.

      34 For a detailed timeline of the regulatory action, see Chapter 10.

      35 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 301 [17].

      36 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 301 [17]; Crown Resorts, ‘ILGA Inquiry—Evidence’ (ASX Media Release, 25 September 2020).

      37 Exhibit RC1523 Letter from Ross Kennedy to Barry Felstead, 2 October 2020.

      38 Exhibit RC0292 VCGLR Confidential Reasons for Decision, 27 April 2021, 10 [33]–[36].

      39 Exhibit RC0366 VCGLR Transcript of proceedings in the matter of Crown Melbourne, 21 January 2021, 2.

      40 Exhibit RC0292 VCGLR Confidential Reasons for Decision, 27 April 2021, 11 [41].

      41 Exhibit RC0366 VCGLR Transcript of proceedings in the matter of Crown Melbourne, 21 January 2021, 2.

      42 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 302 [19]; Crown Resorts, ‘Future Junket Relationships—Update’ (ASX Media Release, 17 November 2020).

      43 Exhibit RC0366 VCGLR Transcript of proceedings in the matter of Crown Melbourne, 21 January 2021, 2.

      44 Exhibit RC0366 VCGLR Transcript of proceedings in the matter of Crown Melbourne, 21 January 2021.

      45 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 298 [2]; Exhibit RC0970 Bergin Report Volume 2, 1 February 2021, 692 [15(c)]. A summary of the Bergin Report’s findings regarding junkets is set out in Chapter 3 of this Report.

      46 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, v [11].

      47 Exhibit RC0292 VCGLR Confidential Reasons for Decision, 27 April 2021, 2.

      48 ILGA, ‘Bergin Report Update Regarding Crown’s Barangaroo Casino’ (Media Release, 13 May 2021) 1.

      49 Crown Resorts, ‘NSW ILGA Announcement in Relation to Crown Sydney’ (ASX Media Release, 13 May 2021).

      50 Exhibit RC0461 Letter from Allens Linklaters to Solicitors Assisting, 19 May 2021.

      51 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 154 [E.4].

      52 FATF, Vulnerabilities of Casinos and Gaming Sector (Report, March 2009) 48 [153].

      53 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 63–8.

      54 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 4.

      55 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 63 [3]–[4].

      56 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 63 [1].

      57 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 64 [5]–[6].

      58 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 64 [7].

      59 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 64–5 [9].

      60 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 3.

      61 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 25.

      62 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 31.

      63 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 35.

      64 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 37.

      65 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 41.

      66 Transcript of Nicholas Stokes, 20 May 2021, 364.

      67 Transcript of A Police Officer, 18 June 2021, 2079–80.

      68 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 4, 10, 28.

      69 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 28.

      70 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 29.

      71 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 31.

      72 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 31. Fiat currency is currency that is designated and accepted as legal tender within a country; ie coin or paper money.

      73 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 31.

      74 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 32.

      75 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 34.

      76 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 34.

      77 AUSTRAC, Junket Tour Operations in Australia: Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Risk Assessment (Report, 11 December 2020) 34.

      78 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 12.1.2, sch 5 item 115(b); Casino Control Act 1991 (Vic) ss 121(1), 122(1)(w).

      79 Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 2 December 2003, 1989 (Justin Madden).

      80 See, eg, Exhibit RC0969 Crown Melbourne Junket and Premium Player Programs ICS version 10, 24 December 2015; Exhibit RC1276 Crown Melbourne Junket and Premium Player Programs ICS version 11, December 2020.

      81 Exhibit RC0969 Crown Melbourne Junket and Premium Player Programs ICS version 10, 24 December 2015, cl 2.5.1.

      82 Exhibit RC1276 Crown Melbourne Junket and Premium Player Programs ICS version 11, December 2020.

      83 See generally Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, Chapter 3.4.

      84 See Chapter 3.

      85 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 313 [100], 314 [107].

      86 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 318 [126], 319 [133].

      87 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 320 [136].

      88 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 320 [139].

      89 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 319 [133].

      90 Exhibit RC0192 FTI Consulting Review of Due Diligence Procedures for Operators and Premium Players Crown Resorts draft report, 10 September 2019.

      91 Exhibit RC0192 FTI Consulting Review of Due Diligence Procedures for Operators and Premium Players Crown Resorts draft report, 10 September 2019, 6–8.

      92 Exhibit RC0354 Third Statement of Xavier Walsh, 3 May 2021, Annexure i.

      93 Exhibit RC0453 BRG Investigative Report regarding Chau Cheok Wa et al, 12 September 2020.

      94 See Chapter 3.

      95 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 319 [129(d)].

      96 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 318 [127]–[128].

      97 Exhibit RC0192 FTI Consulting Review of Due Diligence Procedures for Operators and Premium Players Crown Resorts draft report, 10 September 2019, Annexure 5.

      98 Exhibit RC0192 FTI Consulting Review of Due Diligence Procedures for Operators and Premium Players Crown Resorts draft report, 10 September 2019, 7.

      99 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 10 June 2021, 2021.

      100 Transcript of Anne Siegers, 10 June 2021, 2030.

      101 See, eg, Transcript of Anne Siegers, 10 June 2021, 2013, 2015, 2021–2; Transcript of Jane Halton, 7 July 2021, 3576.

      102 Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 232–3 [6.8]–[6.10].

      103 Adrian Finanzio, Penny Neskovcin, Meg O’Sullivan and Geoffrey Kozminsky, Counsel Assisting Submissions, Royal Commission into the Casino Operator and Licence (14 July 2021) 203 [6.12].

      104 Exhibit RC0354 Third Statement of Xavier Walsh, 3 May 2021, Annexure i, Appendix G.

      105 See, eg, recommendation 18 in Exhibit RC0354 Third Statement of Xavier Walsh, 3 May 2021, Annexure i, Appendix G.

      106 Transcript of Murray Lawson, 20 May 2021, 302.

      107 Transcript of Murray Lawson, 20 May 2021, 307.

      108 Cf Exhibit RC0192 FTI Consulting Review of Due Diligence Procedures for Operators and Premium Players Crown Resorts draft report, 10 September 2019, Annexure 5 and Exhibit RC0354 Third Statement of Xavier Walsh, 3 May 2021, Annexure i, Appendix G.

      109 Exhibit RC0354 Third Statement of Xavier Walsh, 3 May 2021, Annexure i, Appendix G, recommendation 4.

      110 Exhibit RC0192 FTI Consulting Review of Due Diligence Procedures for Operators and Premium Players Crown Resorts draft report, 10 September 2019, Annexure 5.

      111 Exhibit RC0192 FTI Consulting Review of Due Diligence Procedures for Operators and Premium Players Crown Resorts draft report, 10 September 2019, Annexure 5 (Agents) and Exhibit RC0354 Third Statement of Xavier Walsh, 3 May 2021, Annexure i, Appendix G, recommendation 7.

      112 Responsive submission Crown Melbourne Limited and Crown Resorts Limited, 2 August 2021, 165 [E.38].

      113 Transcript of Xavier Walsh, 5 July 2021, 3305–6.

      114 Transcript of Xavier Walsh, 5 July 2021, 3305–6.

      115 Exhibit RC0445 Bergin Report Volume 1, 1 February 2021, 301 [18].

      116 Bergin Inquiry Transcript (Felstead), 19 August 2020, 1328–34.

      117 Bergin Inquiry Transcript (Felstead), 19 August 2020, 1334.

      118 Exhibit RC1560 Crown Resorts closing submission to the Bergin Inquiry, n.d., 64 [215].

      119 Casino Control Act (Singapore, cap 33A, 2007 rev ed).

      120 See also Casino Control Act (Singapore, cap 33A, 2007 rev ed) s 110B.

      121 Casino Control (Casino Marketing Arrangements) Regulations 2013 (Singapore) rr 10(2)(c), 10(2)(d), 10(3).

      122 Casino Control (Casino Marketing Arrangements) Regulations 2013 (Singapore) r 17.

      123 Casino Control (Casino Marketing Arrangements) Regulations 2013 (Singapore) pt III, particularly r 24.

      124 ‘Licenses & Approvals’, CRA (Web Page, 1 March 2021) < www.cra.gov.sg/licenses-approvals/licenses/External Link international-market-agents>.

      125 Responsive submission VCGLR, 2 August 2021, 56–7 [165(c)]–[165(d)].


      Reviewed 25 October 2021